From bedd6906eabdd513042d6a178d4dc56a3a41d1d3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Fox Caminiti Date: Fri, 16 Dec 2022 20:16:43 -0500 Subject: v3, file/build organization --- dependencies/include/libavutil/adler32.h | 63 ++ dependencies/include/libavutil/aes.h | 69 ++ dependencies/include/libavutil/aes_ctr.h | 99 +++ dependencies/include/libavutil/attributes.h | 173 ++++ dependencies/include/libavutil/audio_fifo.h | 186 ++++ dependencies/include/libavutil/avassert.h | 75 ++ dependencies/include/libavutil/avconfig.h | 6 + dependencies/include/libavutil/avstring.h | 438 ++++++++++ dependencies/include/libavutil/avutil.h | 371 ++++++++ dependencies/include/libavutil/base64.h | 72 ++ dependencies/include/libavutil/blowfish.h | 82 ++ dependencies/include/libavutil/bprint.h | 251 ++++++ dependencies/include/libavutil/bswap.h | 111 +++ dependencies/include/libavutil/buffer.h | 322 +++++++ dependencies/include/libavutil/camellia.h | 70 ++ dependencies/include/libavutil/cast5.h | 80 ++ dependencies/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h | 783 +++++++++++++++++ dependencies/include/libavutil/common.h | 578 +++++++++++++ dependencies/include/libavutil/cpu.h | 134 +++ dependencies/include/libavutil/crc.h | 102 +++ dependencies/include/libavutil/csp.h | 111 +++ dependencies/include/libavutil/des.h | 81 ++ dependencies/include/libavutil/detection_bbox.h | 108 +++ dependencies/include/libavutil/dict.h | 241 ++++++ dependencies/include/libavutil/display.h | 109 +++ dependencies/include/libavutil/dovi_meta.h | 236 +++++ dependencies/include/libavutil/downmix_info.h | 115 +++ dependencies/include/libavutil/encryption_info.h | 205 +++++ dependencies/include/libavutil/error.h | 128 +++ dependencies/include/libavutil/eval.h | 140 +++ dependencies/include/libavutil/ffversion.h | 5 + dependencies/include/libavutil/fifo.h | 448 ++++++++++ dependencies/include/libavutil/file.h | 80 ++ dependencies/include/libavutil/film_grain_params.h | 260 ++++++ dependencies/include/libavutil/frame.h | 959 +++++++++++++++++++++ dependencies/include/libavutil/hash.h | 264 ++++++ .../include/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_metadata.h | 343 ++++++++ .../include/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_vivid_metadata.h | 285 ++++++ dependencies/include/libavutil/hmac.h | 99 +++ dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h | 610 +++++++++++++ dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h | 69 ++ dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h | 178 ++++ dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h | 169 ++++ dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h | 75 ++ .../include/libavutil/hwcontext_mediacodec.h | 47 + dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_opencl.h | 100 +++ dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h | 64 ++ dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h | 117 +++ dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h | 44 + .../include/libavutil/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h | 96 +++ dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vulkan.h | 281 ++++++ dependencies/include/libavutil/imgutils.h | 331 +++++++ dependencies/include/libavutil/intfloat.h | 77 ++ dependencies/include/libavutil/intreadwrite.h | 644 ++++++++++++++ dependencies/include/libavutil/lfg.h | 81 ++ dependencies/include/libavutil/log.h | 387 +++++++++ dependencies/include/libavutil/lzo.h | 66 ++ dependencies/include/libavutil/macros.h | 80 ++ .../include/libavutil/mastering_display_metadata.h | 128 +++ dependencies/include/libavutil/mathematics.h | 245 ++++++ dependencies/include/libavutil/md5.h | 89 ++ dependencies/include/libavutil/mem.h | 697 +++++++++++++++ dependencies/include/libavutil/motion_vector.h | 57 ++ dependencies/include/libavutil/murmur3.h | 115 +++ dependencies/include/libavutil/opt.h | 891 +++++++++++++++++++ dependencies/include/libavutil/parseutils.h | 197 +++++ dependencies/include/libavutil/pixdesc.h | 435 ++++++++++ dependencies/include/libavutil/pixelutils.h | 51 ++ dependencies/include/libavutil/pixfmt.h | 691 +++++++++++++++ dependencies/include/libavutil/random_seed.h | 43 + dependencies/include/libavutil/rational.h | 221 +++++ dependencies/include/libavutil/rc4.h | 69 ++ dependencies/include/libavutil/replaygain.h | 50 ++ dependencies/include/libavutil/ripemd.h | 83 ++ dependencies/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h | 269 ++++++ dependencies/include/libavutil/sha.h | 90 ++ dependencies/include/libavutil/sha512.h | 92 ++ dependencies/include/libavutil/spherical.h | 227 +++++ dependencies/include/libavutil/stereo3d.h | 229 +++++ dependencies/include/libavutil/tea.h | 71 ++ dependencies/include/libavutil/threadmessage.h | 115 +++ dependencies/include/libavutil/time.h | 56 ++ dependencies/include/libavutil/timecode.h | 199 +++++ dependencies/include/libavutil/timestamp.h | 78 ++ dependencies/include/libavutil/tree.h | 137 +++ dependencies/include/libavutil/twofish.h | 70 ++ dependencies/include/libavutil/tx.h | 176 ++++ dependencies/include/libavutil/uuid.h | 146 ++++ dependencies/include/libavutil/version.h | 124 +++ dependencies/include/libavutil/video_enc_params.h | 171 ++++ dependencies/include/libavutil/xtea.h | 94 ++ 91 files changed, 18204 insertions(+) create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/adler32.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/aes.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/aes_ctr.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/attributes.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/audio_fifo.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/avassert.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/avconfig.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/avstring.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/avutil.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/base64.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/blowfish.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/bprint.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/bswap.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/buffer.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/camellia.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/cast5.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/common.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/cpu.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/crc.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/csp.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/des.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/detection_bbox.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/dict.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/display.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/dovi_meta.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/downmix_info.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/encryption_info.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/error.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/eval.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/ffversion.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/fifo.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/file.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/film_grain_params.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/frame.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/hash.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_metadata.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_vivid_metadata.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/hmac.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_mediacodec.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_opencl.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vulkan.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/imgutils.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/intfloat.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/intreadwrite.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/lfg.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/log.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/lzo.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/macros.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/mastering_display_metadata.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/mathematics.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/md5.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/mem.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/motion_vector.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/murmur3.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/opt.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/parseutils.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/pixdesc.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/pixelutils.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/pixfmt.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/random_seed.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/rational.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/rc4.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/replaygain.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/ripemd.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/sha.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/sha512.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/spherical.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/stereo3d.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/tea.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/threadmessage.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/time.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/timecode.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/timestamp.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/tree.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/twofish.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/tx.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/uuid.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/version.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/video_enc_params.h create mode 100644 dependencies/include/libavutil/xtea.h (limited to 'dependencies/include/libavutil') diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/adler32.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/adler32.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..232d07f --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/adler32.h @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Mans Rullgard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_adler32 + * Public header for Adler-32 hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ADLER32_H +#define AVUTIL_ADLER32_H + +#include +#include +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_adler32 Adler-32 + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * Adler-32 hash function implementation. + * + * @{ + */ + +typedef uint32_t AVAdler; + +/** + * Calculate the Adler32 checksum of a buffer. + * + * Passing the return value to a subsequent av_adler32_update() call + * allows the checksum of multiple buffers to be calculated as though + * they were concatenated. + * + * @param adler initial checksum value + * @param buf pointer to input buffer + * @param len size of input buffer + * @return updated checksum + */ +AVAdler av_adler32_update(AVAdler adler, const uint8_t *buf, + size_t len) av_pure; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ADLER32_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/aes.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/aes.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4e73473 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/aes.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2007 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_H +#define AVUTIL_AES_H + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_aes AES + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_aes_size; + +struct AVAES; + +/** + * Allocate an AVAES context. + */ +struct AVAES *av_aes_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVAES context. + * + * @param a The AVAES context + * @param key Pointer to the key + * @param key_bits 128, 192 or 256 + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +int av_aes_init(struct AVAES *a, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param a The AVAES context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 16 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_aes_crypt(struct AVAES *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/aes_ctr.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/aes_ctr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d98c071 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/aes_ctr.h @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +/* + * AES-CTR cipher + * Copyright (c) 2015 Eran Kornblau + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H +#define AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_aes_ctr AES-CTR + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" + +#define AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE (16) +#define AES_CTR_IV_SIZE (8) + +struct AVAESCTR; + +/** + * Allocate an AVAESCTR context. + */ +struct AVAESCTR *av_aes_ctr_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVAESCTR context. + * + * @param a The AVAESCTR context to initialize + * @param key encryption key, must have a length of AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE + */ +int av_aes_ctr_init(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t *key); + +/** + * Release an AVAESCTR context. + * + * @param a The AVAESCTR context + */ +void av_aes_ctr_free(struct AVAESCTR *a); + +/** + * Process a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param a The AVAESCTR context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param size the size of src and dst + */ +void av_aes_ctr_crypt(struct AVAESCTR *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int size); + +/** + * Get the current iv + */ +const uint8_t* av_aes_ctr_get_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a); + +/** + * Generate a random iv + */ +void av_aes_ctr_set_random_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a); + +/** + * Forcefully change the 8-byte iv + */ +void av_aes_ctr_set_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv); + +/** + * Forcefully change the "full" 16-byte iv, including the counter + */ +void av_aes_ctr_set_full_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv); + +/** + * Increment the top 64 bit of the iv (performed after each frame) + */ +void av_aes_ctr_increment_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/attributes.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/attributes.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..04c615c --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/attributes.h @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Macro definitions for various function/variable attributes + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H +#define AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) (__GNUC__ > (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (y)) +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) (__GNUC__ < (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ <= (y)) +#else +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) 0 +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) 0 +#endif + +#ifdef __has_builtin +# define AV_HAS_BUILTIN(x) __has_builtin(x) +#else +# define AV_HAS_BUILTIN(x) 0 +#endif + +#ifndef av_always_inline +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define av_always_inline __attribute__((always_inline)) inline +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define av_always_inline __forceinline +#else +# define av_always_inline inline +#endif +#endif + +#ifndef av_extern_inline +#if defined(__ICL) && __ICL >= 1210 || defined(__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__) +# define av_extern_inline extern inline +#else +# define av_extern_inline inline +#endif +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,4) +# define av_warn_unused_result __attribute__((warn_unused_result)) +#else +# define av_warn_unused_result +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define av_noinline __attribute__((noinline)) +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define av_noinline __declspec(noinline) +#else +# define av_noinline +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_pure __attribute__((pure)) +#else +# define av_pure +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,6) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_const __attribute__((const)) +#else +# define av_const +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_cold __attribute__((cold)) +#else +# define av_cold +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,1) && !defined(__llvm__) +# define av_flatten __attribute__((flatten)) +#else +# define av_flatten +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define attribute_deprecated __attribute__((deprecated)) +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define attribute_deprecated __declspec(deprecated) +#else +# define attribute_deprecated +#endif + +/** + * Disable warnings about deprecated features + * This is useful for sections of code kept for backward compatibility and + * scheduled for removal. + */ +#ifndef AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,6) || defined(__clang__) +# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \ + _Pragma("GCC diagnostic push") \ + _Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"") \ + code \ + _Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop") +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \ + __pragma(warning(push)) \ + __pragma(warning(disable : 4996)) \ + code; \ + __pragma(warning(pop)) +#else +# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) code +#endif +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_unused __attribute__((unused)) +#else +# define av_unused +#endif + +/** + * Mark a variable as used and prevent the compiler from optimizing it + * away. This is useful for variables accessed only from inline + * assembler without the compiler being aware. + */ +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_used __attribute__((used)) +#else +# define av_used +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,3) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_alias __attribute__((may_alias)) +#else +# define av_alias +#endif + +#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) +# define av_uninit(x) x=x +#else +# define av_uninit(x) x +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_builtin_constant_p __builtin_constant_p +# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, fmtpos, attrpos))) +#else +# define av_builtin_constant_p(x) 0 +# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,5) || defined(__clang__) +# define av_noreturn __attribute__((noreturn)) +#else +# define av_noreturn +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/audio_fifo.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/audio_fifo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d1e4c85 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/audio_fifo.h @@ -0,0 +1,186 @@ +/* + * Audio FIFO + * Copyright (c) 2012 Justin Ruggles + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Audio FIFO Buffer + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H +#define AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "samplefmt.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_audiofifo Audio FIFO Buffer + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Context for an Audio FIFO Buffer. + * + * - Operates at the sample level rather than the byte level. + * - Supports multiple channels with either planar or packed sample format. + * - Automatic reallocation when writing to a full buffer. + */ +typedef struct AVAudioFifo AVAudioFifo; + +/** + * Free an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to free + */ +void av_audio_fifo_free(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * Allocate an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @param sample_fmt sample format + * @param channels number of channels + * @param nb_samples initial allocation size, in samples + * @return newly allocated AVAudioFifo, or NULL on error + */ +AVAudioFifo *av_audio_fifo_alloc(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int channels, + int nb_samples); + +/** + * Reallocate an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to reallocate + * @param nb_samples new allocation size, in samples + * @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_audio_fifo_realloc(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Write data to an AVAudioFifo. + * + * The AVAudioFifo will be reallocated automatically if the available space + * is less than nb_samples. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to write to + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to write + * @return number of samples actually written, or negative AVERROR + * code on failure. If successful, the number of samples + * actually written will always be nb_samples. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_write(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Peek data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to peek + * @return number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code + * on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not + * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than + * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_peek(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Peek data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to peek + * @param offset offset from current read position + * @return number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code + * on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not + * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than + * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_peek_at(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples, int offset); + +/** + * Read data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to read + * @return number of samples actually read, or negative AVERROR code + * on failure. The number of samples actually read will not + * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than + * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_read(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Drain data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * Removes the data without reading it. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to drain + * @param nb_samples number of samples to drain + * @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_audio_fifo_drain(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Reset the AVAudioFifo buffer. + * + * This empties all data in the buffer. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to reset + */ +void av_audio_fifo_reset(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for reading. + * + * @param af the AVAudioFifo to query + * @return number of samples available for reading + */ +int av_audio_fifo_size(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for writing. + * + * @param af the AVAudioFifo to query + * @return number of samples available for writing + */ +int av_audio_fifo_space(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/avassert.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/avassert.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..51e462b --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/avassert.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2010 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * simple assert() macros that are a bit more flexible than ISO C assert(). + * @author Michael Niedermayer + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H +#define AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H + +#include +#include "log.h" +#include "macros.h" + +/** + * assert() equivalent, that is always enabled. + */ +#define av_assert0(cond) do { \ + if (!(cond)) { \ + av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_PANIC, "Assertion %s failed at %s:%d\n", \ + AV_STRINGIFY(cond), __FILE__, __LINE__); \ + abort(); \ + } \ +} while (0) + + +/** + * assert() equivalent, that does not lie in speed critical code. + * These asserts() thus can be enabled without fearing speed loss. + */ +#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 0 +#define av_assert1(cond) av_assert0(cond) +#else +#define av_assert1(cond) ((void)0) +#endif + + +/** + * assert() equivalent, that does lie in speed critical code. + */ +#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 1 +#define av_assert2(cond) av_assert0(cond) +#define av_assert2_fpu() av_assert0_fpu() +#else +#define av_assert2(cond) ((void)0) +#define av_assert2_fpu() ((void)0) +#endif + +/** + * Assert that floating point operations can be executed. + * + * This will av_assert0() that the cpu is not in MMX state on X86 + */ +void av_assert0_fpu(void); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/avconfig.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/avconfig.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c289fbb --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/avconfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +/* Generated by ffmpeg configure */ +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H +#define AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H +#define AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN 0 +#define AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED 1 +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/avstring.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/avstring.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..74aa4cd --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/avstring.h @@ -0,0 +1,438 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2007 Mans Rullgard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H +#define AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H + +#include +#include +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_string + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str. If it is, *ptr is set to + * the address of the first character in str after the prefix. + * + * @param str input string + * @param pfx prefix to test + * @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str + * @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise + */ +int av_strstart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr); + +/** + * Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str independent of case. If + * it is, *ptr is set to the address of the first character in str + * after the prefix. + * + * @param str input string + * @param pfx prefix to test + * @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str + * @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise + */ +int av_stristart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr); + +/** + * Locate the first case-independent occurrence in the string haystack + * of the string needle. A zero-length string needle is considered to + * match at the start of haystack. + * + * This function is a case-insensitive version of the standard strstr(). + * + * @param haystack string to search in + * @param needle string to search for + * @return pointer to the located match within haystack + * or a null pointer if no match + */ +char *av_stristr(const char *haystack, const char *needle); + +/** + * Locate the first occurrence of the string needle in the string haystack + * where not more than hay_length characters are searched. A zero-length + * string needle is considered to match at the start of haystack. + * + * This function is a length-limited version of the standard strstr(). + * + * @param haystack string to search in + * @param needle string to search for + * @param hay_length length of string to search in + * @return pointer to the located match within haystack + * or a null pointer if no match + */ +char *av_strnstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle, size_t hay_length); + +/** + * Copy the string src to dst, but no more than size - 1 bytes, and + * null-terminate dst. + * + * This function is the same as BSD strlcpy(). + * + * @param dst destination buffer + * @param src source string + * @param size size of destination buffer + * @return the length of src + * + * @warning since the return value is the length of src, src absolutely + * _must_ be a properly 0-terminated string, otherwise this will read beyond + * the end of the buffer and possibly crash. + */ +size_t av_strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size); + +/** + * Append the string src to the string dst, but to a total length of + * no more than size - 1 bytes, and null-terminate dst. + * + * This function is similar to BSD strlcat(), but differs when + * size <= strlen(dst). + * + * @param dst destination buffer + * @param src source string + * @param size size of destination buffer + * @return the total length of src and dst + * + * @warning since the return value use the length of src and dst, these + * absolutely _must_ be a properly 0-terminated strings, otherwise this + * will read beyond the end of the buffer and possibly crash. + */ +size_t av_strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size); + +/** + * Append output to a string, according to a format. Never write out of + * the destination buffer, and always put a terminating 0 within + * the buffer. + * @param dst destination buffer (string to which the output is + * appended) + * @param size total size of the destination buffer + * @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the + * following parameters are used + * @return the length of the string that would have been generated + * if enough space had been available + */ +size_t av_strlcatf(char *dst, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4); + +/** + * Get the count of continuous non zero chars starting from the beginning. + * + * @param s the string whose length to count + * @param len maximum number of characters to check in the string, that + * is the maximum value which is returned by the function + */ +static inline size_t av_strnlen(const char *s, size_t len) +{ + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < len && s[i]; i++) + ; + return i; +} + +/** + * Print arguments following specified format into a large enough auto + * allocated buffer. It is similar to GNU asprintf(). + * @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the + * following parameters are used. + * @return the allocated string + * @note You have to free the string yourself with av_free(). + */ +char *av_asprintf(const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(1, 2); + +#if FF_API_D2STR +/** + * Convert a number to an av_malloced string. + * @deprecated use av_asprintf() with "%f" or a more specific format + */ +attribute_deprecated +char *av_d2str(double d); +#endif + +/** + * Unescape the given string until a non escaped terminating char, + * and return the token corresponding to the unescaped string. + * + * The normal \ and ' escaping is supported. Leading and trailing + * whitespaces are removed, unless they are escaped with '\' or are + * enclosed between ''. + * + * @param buf the buffer to parse, buf will be updated to point to the + * terminating char + * @param term a 0-terminated list of terminating chars + * @return the malloced unescaped string, which must be av_freed by + * the user, NULL in case of allocation failure + */ +char *av_get_token(const char **buf, const char *term); + +/** + * Split the string into several tokens which can be accessed by + * successive calls to av_strtok(). + * + * A token is defined as a sequence of characters not belonging to the + * set specified in delim. + * + * On the first call to av_strtok(), s should point to the string to + * parse, and the value of saveptr is ignored. In subsequent calls, s + * should be NULL, and saveptr should be unchanged since the previous + * call. + * + * This function is similar to strtok_r() defined in POSIX.1. + * + * @param s the string to parse, may be NULL + * @param delim 0-terminated list of token delimiters, must be non-NULL + * @param saveptr user-provided pointer which points to stored + * information necessary for av_strtok() to continue scanning the same + * string. saveptr is updated to point to the next character after the + * first delimiter found, or to NULL if the string was terminated + * @return the found token, or NULL when no token is found + */ +char *av_strtok(char *s, const char *delim, char **saveptr); + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isdigit. + */ +static inline av_const int av_isdigit(int c) +{ + return c >= '0' && c <= '9'; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isgraph. + */ +static inline av_const int av_isgraph(int c) +{ + return c > 32 && c < 127; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isspace. + */ +static inline av_const int av_isspace(int c) +{ + return c == ' ' || c == '\f' || c == '\n' || c == '\r' || c == '\t' || + c == '\v'; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to uppercase. + */ +static inline av_const int av_toupper(int c) +{ + if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') + c ^= 0x20; + return c; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to lowercase. + */ +static inline av_const int av_tolower(int c) +{ + if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') + c ^= 0x20; + return c; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isxdigit. + */ +static inline av_const int av_isxdigit(int c) +{ + c = av_tolower(c); + return av_isdigit(c) || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f'); +} + +/** + * Locale-independent case-insensitive compare. + * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive + */ +int av_strcasecmp(const char *a, const char *b); + +/** + * Locale-independent case-insensitive compare. + * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive + */ +int av_strncasecmp(const char *a, const char *b, size_t n); + +/** + * Locale-independent strings replace. + * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are replace + */ +char *av_strireplace(const char *str, const char *from, const char *to); + +/** + * Thread safe basename. + * @param path the string to parse, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators. + * @return pointer to the basename substring. + * If path does not contain a slash, the function returns a copy of path. + * If path is a NULL pointer or points to an empty string, a pointer + * to a string "." is returned. + */ +const char *av_basename(const char *path); + +/** + * Thread safe dirname. + * @param path the string to parse, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators. + * @return A pointer to a string that's the parent directory of path. + * If path is a NULL pointer or points to an empty string, a pointer + * to a string "." is returned. + * @note the function may modify the contents of the path, so copies should be passed. + */ +const char *av_dirname(char *path); + +/** + * Match instances of a name in a comma-separated list of names. + * List entries are checked from the start to the end of the names list, + * the first match ends further processing. If an entry prefixed with '-' + * matches, then 0 is returned. The "ALL" list entry is considered to + * match all names. + * + * @param name Name to look for. + * @param names List of names. + * @return 1 on match, 0 otherwise. + */ +int av_match_name(const char *name, const char *names); + +/** + * Append path component to the existing path. + * Path separator '/' is placed between when needed. + * Resulting string have to be freed with av_free(). + * @param path base path + * @param component component to be appended + * @return new path or NULL on error. + */ +char *av_append_path_component(const char *path, const char *component); + +enum AVEscapeMode { + AV_ESCAPE_MODE_AUTO, ///< Use auto-selected escaping mode. + AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, ///< Use backslash escaping. + AV_ESCAPE_MODE_QUOTE, ///< Use single-quote escaping. + AV_ESCAPE_MODE_XML, ///< Use XML non-markup character data escaping. +}; + +/** + * Consider spaces special and escape them even in the middle of the + * string. + * + * This is equivalent to adding the whitespace characters to the special + * characters lists, except it is guaranteed to use the exact same list + * of whitespace characters as the rest of libavutil. + */ +#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_WHITESPACE (1 << 0) + +/** + * Escape only specified special characters. + * Without this flag, escape also any characters that may be considered + * special by av_get_token(), such as the single quote. + */ +#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_STRICT (1 << 1) + +/** + * Within AV_ESCAPE_MODE_XML, additionally escape single quotes for single + * quoted attributes. + */ +#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_XML_SINGLE_QUOTES (1 << 2) + +/** + * Within AV_ESCAPE_MODE_XML, additionally escape double quotes for double + * quoted attributes. + */ +#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_XML_DOUBLE_QUOTES (1 << 3) + + +/** + * Escape string in src, and put the escaped string in an allocated + * string in *dst, which must be freed with av_free(). + * + * @param dst pointer where an allocated string is put + * @param src string to escape, must be non-NULL + * @param special_chars string containing the special characters which + * need to be escaped, can be NULL + * @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros. + * Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to + * AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without + * notice. + * @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_ macros + * @return the length of the allocated string, or a negative error code in case of error + * @see av_bprint_escape() + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_escape(char **dst, const char *src, const char *special_chars, + enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags); + +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES 1 ///< accept codepoints over 0x10FFFF +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS 2 ///< accept non-characters - 0xFFFE and 0xFFFF +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES 4 ///< accept UTF-16 surrogates codes +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_EXCLUDE_XML_INVALID_CONTROL_CODES 8 ///< exclude control codes not accepted by XML + +#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_ALL \ + AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES + +/** + * Read and decode a single UTF-8 code point (character) from the + * buffer in *buf, and update *buf to point to the next byte to + * decode. + * + * In case of an invalid byte sequence, the pointer will be updated to + * the next byte after the invalid sequence and the function will + * return an error code. + * + * Depending on the specified flags, the function will also fail in + * case the decoded code point does not belong to a valid range. + * + * @note For speed-relevant code a carefully implemented use of + * GET_UTF8() may be preferred. + * + * @param codep pointer used to return the parsed code in case of success. + * The value in *codep is set even in case the range check fails. + * @param bufp pointer to the address the first byte of the sequence + * to decode, updated by the function to point to the + * byte next after the decoded sequence + * @param buf_end pointer to the end of the buffer, points to the next + * byte past the last in the buffer. This is used to + * avoid buffer overreads (in case of an unfinished + * UTF-8 sequence towards the end of the buffer). + * @param flags a collection of AV_UTF8_FLAG_* flags + * @return >= 0 in case a sequence was successfully read, a negative + * value in case of invalid sequence + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_utf8_decode(int32_t *codep, const uint8_t **bufp, const uint8_t *buf_end, + unsigned int flags); + +/** + * Check if a name is in a list. + * @returns 0 if not found, or the 1 based index where it has been found in the + * list. + */ +int av_match_list(const char *name, const char *list, char separator); + +/** + * See libc sscanf manual for more information. + * Locale-independent sscanf implementation. + */ +int av_sscanf(const char *string, const char *format, ...); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/avutil.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/avutil.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..64b68bd --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/avutil.h @@ -0,0 +1,371 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H +#define AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu + * Convenience header that includes @ref lavu "libavutil"'s core. + */ + +/** + * @mainpage + * + * @section ffmpeg_intro Introduction + * + * This document describes the usage of the different libraries + * provided by FFmpeg. + * + * @li @ref libavc "libavcodec" encoding/decoding library + * @li @ref lavfi "libavfilter" graph-based frame editing library + * @li @ref libavf "libavformat" I/O and muxing/demuxing library + * @li @ref lavd "libavdevice" special devices muxing/demuxing library + * @li @ref lavu "libavutil" common utility library + * @li @ref lswr "libswresample" audio resampling, format conversion and mixing + * @li @ref lpp "libpostproc" post processing library + * @li @ref libsws "libswscale" color conversion and scaling library + * + * @section ffmpeg_versioning Versioning and compatibility + * + * Each of the FFmpeg libraries contains a version.h header, which defines a + * major, minor and micro version number with the + * LIBRARYNAME_VERSION_{MAJOR,MINOR,MICRO} macros. The major version + * number is incremented with backward incompatible changes - e.g. removing + * parts of the public API, reordering public struct members, etc. The minor + * version number is incremented for backward compatible API changes or major + * new features - e.g. adding a new public function or a new decoder. The micro + * version number is incremented for smaller changes that a calling program + * might still want to check for - e.g. changing behavior in a previously + * unspecified situation. + * + * FFmpeg guarantees backward API and ABI compatibility for each library as long + * as its major version number is unchanged. This means that no public symbols + * will be removed or renamed. Types and names of the public struct members and + * values of public macros and enums will remain the same (unless they were + * explicitly declared as not part of the public API). Documented behavior will + * not change. + * + * In other words, any correct program that works with a given FFmpeg snapshot + * should work just as well without any changes with any later snapshot with the + * same major versions. This applies to both rebuilding the program against new + * FFmpeg versions or to replacing the dynamic FFmpeg libraries that a program + * links against. + * + * However, new public symbols may be added and new members may be appended to + * public structs whose size is not part of public ABI (most public structs in + * FFmpeg). New macros and enum values may be added. Behavior in undocumented + * situations may change slightly (and be documented). All those are accompanied + * by an entry in doc/APIchanges and incrementing either the minor or micro + * version number. + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu libavutil + * Common code shared across all FFmpeg libraries. + * + * @note + * libavutil is designed to be modular. In most cases, in order to use the + * functions provided by one component of libavutil you must explicitly include + * the specific header containing that feature. If you are only using + * media-related components, you could simply include libavutil/avutil.h, which + * brings in most of the "core" components. + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_crypto Crypto and Hashing + * + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_math Mathematics + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_string String Manipulation + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_mem Memory Management + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_data Data Structures + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_video Video related + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_audio Audio related + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_error Error Codes + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_log Logging Facility + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_misc Other + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup version_utils Library Version Macros + * + * @{ + * + * @} + */ + + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_ver + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return the LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avutil_version(void); + +/** + * Return an informative version string. This usually is the actual release + * version number or a git commit description. This string has no fixed format + * and can change any time. It should never be parsed by code. + */ +const char *av_version_info(void); + +/** + * Return the libavutil build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avutil_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavutil license. + */ +const char *avutil_license(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_media Media Type + * @brief Media Type + */ + +enum AVMediaType { + AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1, ///< Usually treated as AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA + AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA, ///< Opaque data information usually continuous + AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT, ///< Opaque data information usually sparse + AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB +}; + +/** + * Return a string describing the media_type enum, NULL if media_type + * is unknown. + */ +const char *av_get_media_type_string(enum AVMediaType media_type); + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_const Constants + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_enc Encoding specific + * + * @note those definition should move to avcodec + * @{ + */ + +#define FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT 7 +#define FF_LAMBDA_SCALE (1< + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_base64 Base64 + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Decode a base64-encoded string. + * + * @param out buffer for decoded data + * @param in null-terminated input string + * @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer, must be at + * least 3/4 of the length of in, that is AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(strlen(in)) + * @return number of bytes written, or a negative value in case of + * invalid input + */ +int av_base64_decode(uint8_t *out, const char *in, int out_size); + +/** + * Calculate the output size in bytes needed to decode a base64 string + * with length x to a data buffer. + */ +#define AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(x) ((x) * 3LL / 4) + +/** + * Encode data to base64 and null-terminate. + * + * @param out buffer for encoded data + * @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer (including the + * null terminator), must be at least AV_BASE64_SIZE(in_size) + * @param in input buffer containing the data to encode + * @param in_size size in bytes of the in buffer + * @return out or NULL in case of error + */ +char *av_base64_encode(char *out, int out_size, const uint8_t *in, int in_size); + +/** + * Calculate the output size needed to base64-encode x bytes to a + * null-terminated string. + */ +#define AV_BASE64_SIZE(x) (((x)+2) / 3 * 4 + 1) + + /** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BASE64_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/blowfish.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/blowfish.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9e289a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/blowfish.h @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +/* + * Blowfish algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H +#define AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_blowfish Blowfish + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_BF_ROUNDS 16 + +typedef struct AVBlowfish { + uint32_t p[AV_BF_ROUNDS + 2]; + uint32_t s[4][256]; +} AVBlowfish; + +/** + * Allocate an AVBlowfish context. + */ +AVBlowfish *av_blowfish_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVBlowfish context. + * + * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context + * @param key a key + * @param key_len length of the key + */ +void av_blowfish_init(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_len); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context + * @param xl left four bytes halves of input to be encrypted + * @param xr right four bytes halves of input to be encrypted + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_blowfish_crypt_ecb(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint32_t *xl, uint32_t *xr, + int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_blowfish_crypt(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/bprint.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/bprint.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f27d30f --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/bprint.h @@ -0,0 +1,251 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2012 Nicolas George + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_avbprint + * AVBPrint public header + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BPRINT_H +#define AVUTIL_BPRINT_H + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "avstring.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_avbprint AVBPrint + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * A buffer to print data progressively + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Define a structure with extra padding to a fixed size + * This helps ensuring binary compatibility with future versions. + */ + +#define FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(name, size, ...) \ +struct ff_pad_helper_##name { __VA_ARGS__ }; \ +typedef struct name { \ + __VA_ARGS__ \ + char reserved_padding[size - sizeof(struct ff_pad_helper_##name)]; \ +} name; + +/** + * Buffer to print data progressively + * + * The string buffer grows as necessary and is always 0-terminated. + * The content of the string is never accessed, and thus is + * encoding-agnostic and can even hold binary data. + * + * Small buffers are kept in the structure itself, and thus require no + * memory allocation at all (unless the contents of the buffer is needed + * after the structure goes out of scope). This is almost as lightweight as + * declaring a local `char buf[512]`. + * + * The length of the string can go beyond the allocated size: the buffer is + * then truncated, but the functions still keep account of the actual total + * length. + * + * In other words, AVBPrint.len can be greater than AVBPrint.size and records + * the total length of what would have been to the buffer if there had been + * enough memory. + * + * Append operations do not need to be tested for failure: if a memory + * allocation fails, data stop being appended to the buffer, but the length + * is still updated. This situation can be tested with + * av_bprint_is_complete(). + * + * The AVBPrint.size_max field determines several possible behaviours: + * - `size_max = -1` (= `UINT_MAX`) or any large value will let the buffer be + * reallocated as necessary, with an amortized linear cost. + * - `size_max = 0` prevents writing anything to the buffer: only the total + * length is computed. The write operations can then possibly be repeated in + * a buffer with exactly the necessary size + * (using `size_init = size_max = len + 1`). + * - `size_max = 1` is automatically replaced by the exact size available in the + * structure itself, thus ensuring no dynamic memory allocation. The + * internal buffer is large enough to hold a reasonable paragraph of text, + * such as the current paragraph. + */ + +FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(AVBPrint, 1024, + char *str; /**< string so far */ + unsigned len; /**< length so far */ + unsigned size; /**< allocated memory */ + unsigned size_max; /**< maximum allocated memory */ + char reserved_internal_buffer[1]; +) + +/** + * @name Max size special values + * Convenience macros for special values for av_bprint_init() size_max + * parameter. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Buffer will be reallocated as necessary, with an amortized linear cost. + */ +#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_UNLIMITED ((unsigned)-1) +/** + * Use the exact size available in the AVBPrint structure itself. + * + * Thus ensuring no dynamic memory allocation. The internal buffer is large + * enough to hold a reasonable paragraph of text, such as the current paragraph. + */ +#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_AUTOMATIC 1 +/** + * Do not write anything to the buffer, only calculate the total length. + * + * The write operations can then possibly be repeated in a buffer with + * exactly the necessary size (using `size_init = size_max = AVBPrint.len + 1`). + */ +#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_COUNT_ONLY 0 +/** @} */ + +/** + * Init a print buffer. + * + * @param buf buffer to init + * @param size_init initial size (including the final 0) + * @param size_max maximum size; + * - `0` means do not write anything, just count the length + * - `1` is replaced by the maximum value for automatic storage + * any large value means that the internal buffer will be + * reallocated as needed up to that limit + * - `-1` is converted to `UINT_MAX`, the largest limit possible. + * Check also `AV_BPRINT_SIZE_*` macros. + */ +void av_bprint_init(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size_init, unsigned size_max); + +/** + * Init a print buffer using a pre-existing buffer. + * + * The buffer will not be reallocated. + * + * @param buf buffer structure to init + * @param buffer byte buffer to use for the string data + * @param size size of buffer + */ +void av_bprint_init_for_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, char *buffer, unsigned size); + +/** + * Append a formatted string to a print buffer. + */ +void av_bprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3); + +/** + * Append a formatted string to a print buffer. + */ +void av_vbprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, va_list vl_arg); + +/** + * Append char c n times to a print buffer. + */ +void av_bprint_chars(AVBPrint *buf, char c, unsigned n); + +/** + * Append data to a print buffer. + * + * param buf bprint buffer to use + * param data pointer to data + * param size size of data + */ +void av_bprint_append_data(AVBPrint *buf, const char *data, unsigned size); + +struct tm; +/** + * Append a formatted date and time to a print buffer. + * + * param buf bprint buffer to use + * param fmt date and time format string, see strftime() + * param tm broken-down time structure to translate + * + * @note due to poor design of the standard strftime function, it may + * produce poor results if the format string expands to a very long text and + * the bprint buffer is near the limit stated by the size_max option. + */ +void av_bprint_strftime(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, const struct tm *tm); + +/** + * Allocate bytes in the buffer for external use. + * + * @param[in] buf buffer structure + * @param[in] size required size + * @param[out] mem pointer to the memory area + * @param[out] actual_size size of the memory area after allocation; + * can be larger or smaller than size + */ +void av_bprint_get_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size, + unsigned char **mem, unsigned *actual_size); + +/** + * Reset the string to "" but keep internal allocated data. + */ +void av_bprint_clear(AVBPrint *buf); + +/** + * Test if the print buffer is complete (not truncated). + * + * It may have been truncated due to a memory allocation failure + * or the size_max limit (compare size and size_max if necessary). + */ +static inline int av_bprint_is_complete(const AVBPrint *buf) +{ + return buf->len < buf->size; +} + +/** + * Finalize a print buffer. + * + * The print buffer can no longer be used afterwards, + * but the len and size fields are still valid. + * + * @arg[out] ret_str if not NULL, used to return a permanent copy of the + * buffer contents, or NULL if memory allocation fails; + * if NULL, the buffer is discarded and freed + * @return 0 for success or error code (probably AVERROR(ENOMEM)) + */ +int av_bprint_finalize(AVBPrint *buf, char **ret_str); + +/** + * Escape the content in src and append it to dstbuf. + * + * @param dstbuf already inited destination bprint buffer + * @param src string containing the text to escape + * @param special_chars string containing the special characters which + * need to be escaped, can be NULL + * @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros. + * Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to + * AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without + * notice. + * @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_* macros + */ +void av_bprint_escape(AVBPrint *dstbuf, const char *src, const char *special_chars, + enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags); + +/** @} */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BPRINT_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/bswap.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/bswap.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4840ab4 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/bswap.h @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * byte swapping routines + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BSWAP_H +#define AVUTIL_BSWAP_H + +#include +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "attributes.h" + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H + +#include "config.h" + +#if ARCH_AARCH64 +# include "aarch64/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_ARM +# include "arm/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_AVR32 +# include "avr32/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_RISCV +# include "riscv/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_SH4 +# include "sh4/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_X86 +# include "x86/bswap.h" +#endif + +#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ + +#define AV_BSWAP16C(x) (((x) << 8 & 0xff00) | ((x) >> 8 & 0x00ff)) +#define AV_BSWAP32C(x) (AV_BSWAP16C(x) << 16 | AV_BSWAP16C((x) >> 16)) +#define AV_BSWAP64C(x) (AV_BSWAP32C(x) << 32 | AV_BSWAP32C((x) >> 32)) + +#define AV_BSWAPC(s, x) AV_BSWAP##s##C(x) + +#ifndef av_bswap16 +static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_bswap16(uint16_t x) +{ + x= (x>>8) | (x<<8); + return x; +} +#endif + +#ifndef av_bswap32 +static av_always_inline av_const uint32_t av_bswap32(uint32_t x) +{ + return AV_BSWAP32C(x); +} +#endif + +#ifndef av_bswap64 +static inline uint64_t av_const av_bswap64(uint64_t x) +{ + return (uint64_t)av_bswap32(x) << 32 | av_bswap32(x >> 32); +} +#endif + +// be2ne ... big-endian to native-endian +// le2ne ... little-endian to native-endian + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +#define av_be2ne16(x) (x) +#define av_be2ne32(x) (x) +#define av_be2ne64(x) (x) +#define av_le2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x) +#define av_le2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x) +#define av_le2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x) +#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) (x) +#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x) +#else +#define av_be2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x) +#define av_be2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x) +#define av_be2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x) +#define av_le2ne16(x) (x) +#define av_le2ne32(x) (x) +#define av_le2ne64(x) (x) +#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x) +#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) (x) +#endif + +#define AV_BE2NE16C(x) AV_BE2NEC(16, x) +#define AV_BE2NE32C(x) AV_BE2NEC(32, x) +#define AV_BE2NE64C(x) AV_BE2NEC(64, x) +#define AV_LE2NE16C(x) AV_LE2NEC(16, x) +#define AV_LE2NE32C(x) AV_LE2NEC(32, x) +#define AV_LE2NE64C(x) AV_LE2NEC(64, x) + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BSWAP_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/buffer.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/buffer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e1ef5b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/buffer.h @@ -0,0 +1,322 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_buffer + * refcounted data buffer API + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BUFFER_H +#define AVUTIL_BUFFER_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_buffer AVBuffer + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @{ + * AVBuffer is an API for reference-counted data buffers. + * + * There are two core objects in this API -- AVBuffer and AVBufferRef. AVBuffer + * represents the data buffer itself; it is opaque and not meant to be accessed + * by the caller directly, but only through AVBufferRef. However, the caller may + * e.g. compare two AVBuffer pointers to check whether two different references + * are describing the same data buffer. AVBufferRef represents a single + * reference to an AVBuffer and it is the object that may be manipulated by the + * caller directly. + * + * There are two functions provided for creating a new AVBuffer with a single + * reference -- av_buffer_alloc() to just allocate a new buffer, and + * av_buffer_create() to wrap an existing array in an AVBuffer. From an existing + * reference, additional references may be created with av_buffer_ref(). + * Use av_buffer_unref() to free a reference (this will automatically free the + * data once all the references are freed). + * + * The convention throughout this API and the rest of FFmpeg is such that the + * buffer is considered writable if there exists only one reference to it (and + * it has not been marked as read-only). The av_buffer_is_writable() function is + * provided to check whether this is true and av_buffer_make_writable() will + * automatically create a new writable buffer when necessary. + * Of course nothing prevents the calling code from violating this convention, + * however that is safe only when all the existing references are under its + * control. + * + * @note Referencing and unreferencing the buffers is thread-safe and thus + * may be done from multiple threads simultaneously without any need for + * additional locking. + * + * @note Two different references to the same buffer can point to different + * parts of the buffer (i.e. their AVBufferRef.data will not be equal). + */ + +/** + * A reference counted buffer type. It is opaque and is meant to be used through + * references (AVBufferRef). + */ +typedef struct AVBuffer AVBuffer; + +/** + * A reference to a data buffer. + * + * The size of this struct is not a part of the public ABI and it is not meant + * to be allocated directly. + */ +typedef struct AVBufferRef { + AVBuffer *buffer; + + /** + * The data buffer. It is considered writable if and only if + * this is the only reference to the buffer, in which case + * av_buffer_is_writable() returns 1. + */ + uint8_t *data; + /** + * Size of data in bytes. + */ + size_t size; +} AVBufferRef; + +/** + * Allocate an AVBuffer of the given size using av_malloc(). + * + * @return an AVBufferRef of given size or NULL when out of memory + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_alloc(size_t size); + +/** + * Same as av_buffer_alloc(), except the returned buffer will be initialized + * to zero. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_allocz(size_t size); + +/** + * Always treat the buffer as read-only, even when it has only one + * reference. + */ +#define AV_BUFFER_FLAG_READONLY (1 << 0) + +/** + * Create an AVBuffer from an existing array. + * + * If this function is successful, data is owned by the AVBuffer. The caller may + * only access data through the returned AVBufferRef and references derived from + * it. + * If this function fails, data is left untouched. + * @param data data array + * @param size size of data in bytes + * @param free a callback for freeing this buffer's data + * @param opaque parameter to be got for processing or passed to free + * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFER_FLAG_* + * + * @return an AVBufferRef referring to data on success, NULL on failure. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_create(uint8_t *data, size_t size, + void (*free)(void *opaque, uint8_t *data), + void *opaque, int flags); + +/** + * Default free callback, which calls av_free() on the buffer data. + * This function is meant to be passed to av_buffer_create(), not called + * directly. + */ +void av_buffer_default_free(void *opaque, uint8_t *data); + +/** + * Create a new reference to an AVBuffer. + * + * @return a new AVBufferRef referring to the same AVBuffer as buf or NULL on + * failure. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_ref(const AVBufferRef *buf); + +/** + * Free a given reference and automatically free the buffer if there are no more + * references to it. + * + * @param buf the reference to be freed. The pointer is set to NULL on return. + */ +void av_buffer_unref(AVBufferRef **buf); + +/** + * @return 1 if the caller may write to the data referred to by buf (which is + * true if and only if buf is the only reference to the underlying AVBuffer). + * Return 0 otherwise. + * A positive answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on buf. + */ +int av_buffer_is_writable(const AVBufferRef *buf); + +/** + * @return the opaque parameter set by av_buffer_create. + */ +void *av_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef *buf); + +int av_buffer_get_ref_count(const AVBufferRef *buf); + +/** + * Create a writable reference from a given buffer reference, avoiding data copy + * if possible. + * + * @param buf buffer reference to make writable. On success, buf is either left + * untouched, or it is unreferenced and a new writable AVBufferRef is + * written in its place. On failure, buf is left untouched. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. + */ +int av_buffer_make_writable(AVBufferRef **buf); + +/** + * Reallocate a given buffer. + * + * @param buf a buffer reference to reallocate. On success, buf will be + * unreferenced and a new reference with the required size will be + * written in its place. On failure buf will be left untouched. *buf + * may be NULL, then a new buffer is allocated. + * @param size required new buffer size. + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @note the buffer is actually reallocated with av_realloc() only if it was + * initially allocated through av_buffer_realloc(NULL) and there is only one + * reference to it (i.e. the one passed to this function). In all other cases + * a new buffer is allocated and the data is copied. + */ +int av_buffer_realloc(AVBufferRef **buf, size_t size); + +/** + * Ensure dst refers to the same data as src. + * + * When *dst is already equivalent to src, do nothing. Otherwise unreference dst + * and replace it with a new reference to src. + * + * @param dst Pointer to either a valid buffer reference or NULL. On success, + * this will point to a buffer reference equivalent to src. On + * failure, dst will be left untouched. + * @param src A buffer reference to replace dst with. May be NULL, then this + * function is equivalent to av_buffer_unref(dst). + * @return 0 on success + * AVERROR(ENOMEM) on memory allocation failure. + */ +int av_buffer_replace(AVBufferRef **dst, const AVBufferRef *src); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_bufferpool AVBufferPool + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @{ + * AVBufferPool is an API for a lock-free thread-safe pool of AVBuffers. + * + * Frequently allocating and freeing large buffers may be slow. AVBufferPool is + * meant to solve this in cases when the caller needs a set of buffers of the + * same size (the most obvious use case being buffers for raw video or audio + * frames). + * + * At the beginning, the user must call av_buffer_pool_init() to create the + * buffer pool. Then whenever a buffer is needed, call av_buffer_pool_get() to + * get a reference to a new buffer, similar to av_buffer_alloc(). This new + * reference works in all aspects the same way as the one created by + * av_buffer_alloc(). However, when the last reference to this buffer is + * unreferenced, it is returned to the pool instead of being freed and will be + * reused for subsequent av_buffer_pool_get() calls. + * + * When the caller is done with the pool and no longer needs to allocate any new + * buffers, av_buffer_pool_uninit() must be called to mark the pool as freeable. + * Once all the buffers are released, it will automatically be freed. + * + * Allocating and releasing buffers with this API is thread-safe as long as + * either the default alloc callback is used, or the user-supplied one is + * thread-safe. + */ + +/** + * The buffer pool. This structure is opaque and not meant to be accessed + * directly. It is allocated with av_buffer_pool_init() and freed with + * av_buffer_pool_uninit(). + */ +typedef struct AVBufferPool AVBufferPool; + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool. + * + * @param size size of each buffer in this pool + * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the + * pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be used + * (av_buffer_alloc()). + * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init(size_t size, AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(size_t size)); + +/** + * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool with a more complex allocator. + * + * @param size size of each buffer in this pool + * @param opaque arbitrary user data used by the allocator + * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the + * pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be + * used (av_buffer_alloc()). + * @param pool_free a function that will be called immediately before the pool + * is freed. I.e. after av_buffer_pool_uninit() is called + * by the caller and all the frames are returned to the pool + * and freed. It is intended to uninitialize the user opaque + * data. May be NULL. + * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init2(size_t size, void *opaque, + AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(void *opaque, size_t size), + void (*pool_free)(void *opaque)); + +/** + * Mark the pool as being available for freeing. It will actually be freed only + * once all the allocated buffers associated with the pool are released. Thus it + * is safe to call this function while some of the allocated buffers are still + * in use. + * + * @param pool pointer to the pool to be freed. It will be set to NULL. + */ +void av_buffer_pool_uninit(AVBufferPool **pool); + +/** + * Allocate a new AVBuffer, reusing an old buffer from the pool when available. + * This function may be called simultaneously from multiple threads. + * + * @return a reference to the new buffer on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_buffer_pool_get(AVBufferPool *pool); + +/** + * Query the original opaque parameter of an allocated buffer in the pool. + * + * @param ref a buffer reference to a buffer returned by av_buffer_pool_get. + * @return the opaque parameter set by the buffer allocator function of the + * buffer pool. + * + * @note the opaque parameter of ref is used by the buffer pool implementation, + * therefore you have to use this function to access the original opaque + * parameter of an allocated buffer. + */ +void *av_buffer_pool_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef *ref); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BUFFER_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/camellia.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/camellia.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9678710 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/camellia.h @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +/* + * An implementation of the CAMELLIA algorithm as mentioned in RFC3713 + * Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H +#define AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H + +#include + + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil CAMELLIA algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_camellia CAMELLIA + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_camellia_size; + +struct AVCAMELLIA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVCAMELLIA context + * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) + */ +struct AVCAMELLIA *av_camellia_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVCAMELLIA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context + * @param key a key of 16, 24, 32 bytes used for encryption/decryption + * @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 128, 192, 256 + */ +int av_camellia_init(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context + * + * @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 16 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_camellia_crypt(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t* iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/cast5.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/cast5.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ad5b347 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/cast5.h @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +/* + * An implementation of the CAST128 algorithm as mentioned in RFC2144 + * Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CAST5_H +#define AVUTIL_CAST5_H + +#include + + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil CAST5 algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_cast5 CAST5 + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_cast5_size; + +struct AVCAST5; + +/** + * Allocate an AVCAST5 context + * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) + */ +struct AVCAST5 *av_cast5_alloc(void); +/** + * Initialize an AVCAST5 context. + * + * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context + * @param key a key of 5,6,...16 bytes used for encryption/decryption + * @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 40,48,...,128 + * @return 0 on success, less than 0 on failure + */ +int av_cast5_init(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, ECB mode only + * + * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_cast5_crypt(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context + * + * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_cast5_crypt2(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_CAST5_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f345415 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h @@ -0,0 +1,783 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * Copyright (c) 2008 Peter Ross + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H +#define AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H + +#include +#include + +#include "version.h" +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_audio_channels + * Public libavutil channel layout APIs header. + */ + + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_audio_channels Audio channels + * @ingroup lavu_audio + * + * Audio channel layout utility functions + * + * @{ + */ + +enum AVChannel { + ///< Invalid channel index + AV_CHAN_NONE = -1, + AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_FRONT_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY, + AV_CHAN_BACK_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_BACK_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_BACK_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_SIDE_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_SIDE_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_TOP_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_RIGHT, + /** Stereo downmix. */ + AV_CHAN_STEREO_LEFT = 29, + /** See above. */ + AV_CHAN_STEREO_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_WIDE_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_WIDE_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY_2, + AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT, + AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER, + AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT, + AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT, + + /** Channel is empty can be safely skipped. */ + AV_CHAN_UNUSED = 0x200, + + /** Channel contains data, but its position is unknown. */ + AV_CHAN_UNKNOWN = 0x300, + + /** + * Range of channels between AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE and + * AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END represent Ambisonic components using the ACN system. + * + * Given a channel id `` between AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE and + * AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END (inclusive), the ACN index of the channel `` is + * ` = - AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE`. + * + * @note these values are only used for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM channel + * orderings, the AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC ordering orders the channels + * implicitly by their position in the stream. + */ + AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE = 0x400, + // leave space for 1024 ids, which correspond to maximum order-32 harmonics, + // which should be enough for the foreseeable use cases + AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END = 0x7ff, +}; + +enum AVChannelOrder { + /** + * Only the channel count is specified, without any further information + * about the channel order. + */ + AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, + /** + * The native channel order, i.e. the channels are in the same order in + * which they are defined in the AVChannel enum. This supports up to 63 + * different channels. + */ + AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_NATIVE, + /** + * The channel order does not correspond to any other predefined order and + * is stored as an explicit map. For example, this could be used to support + * layouts with 64 or more channels, or with empty/skipped (AV_CHAN_SILENCE) + * channels at arbitrary positions. + */ + AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM, + /** + * The audio is represented as the decomposition of the sound field into + * spherical harmonics. Each channel corresponds to a single expansion + * component. Channels are ordered according to ACN (Ambisonic Channel + * Number). + * + * The channel with the index n in the stream contains the spherical + * harmonic of degree l and order m given by + * @code{.unparsed} + * l = floor(sqrt(n)), + * m = n - l * (l + 1). + * @endcode + * + * Conversely given a spherical harmonic of degree l and order m, the + * corresponding channel index n is given by + * @code{.unparsed} + * n = l * (l + 1) + m. + * @endcode + * + * Normalization is assumed to be SN3D (Schmidt Semi-Normalization) + * as defined in AmbiX format $ 2.1. + */ + AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC, +}; + + +/** + * @defgroup channel_masks Audio channel masks + * + * A channel layout is a 64-bits integer with a bit set for every channel. + * The number of bits set must be equal to the number of channels. + * The value 0 means that the channel layout is not known. + * @note this data structure is not powerful enough to handle channels + * combinations that have the same channel multiple times, such as + * dual-mono. + * + * @{ + */ +#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT ) +#define AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_CENTER ) +#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY (1ULL << AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY ) +#define AV_CH_BACK_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BACK_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BACK_RIGHT ) +#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER ) +#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_BACK_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BACK_CENTER ) +#define AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SIDE_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SIDE_RIGHT ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_CENTER ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_CENTER ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_CENTER ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_RIGHT ) +#define AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_STEREO_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_STEREO_RIGHT ) +#define AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_WIDE_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_WIDE_RIGHT ) +#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 (1ULL << AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT ) +#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER ) +#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT ) +#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT ) + +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT +/** Channel mask value used for AVCodecContext.request_channel_layout + to indicate that the user requests the channel order of the decoder output + to be the native codec channel order. + @deprecated channel order is now indicated in a special field in + AVChannelLayout + */ +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_NATIVE 0x8000000000000000ULL +#endif + +/** + * @} + * @defgroup channel_mask_c Audio channel layouts + * @{ + * */ +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO (AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO (AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_TOP_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_CUBE (AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL|AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX (AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT|AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_22POINT2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT) + +enum AVMatrixEncoding { + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NONE, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBY, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLII, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIX, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIZ, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYEX, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYHEADPHONE, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NB +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * An AVChannelCustom defines a single channel within a custom order layout + * + * Unlike most structures in FFmpeg, sizeof(AVChannelCustom) is a part of the + * public ABI. + * + * No new fields may be added to it without a major version bump. + */ +typedef struct AVChannelCustom { + enum AVChannel id; + char name[16]; + void *opaque; +} AVChannelCustom; + +/** + * An AVChannelLayout holds information about the channel layout of audio data. + * + * A channel layout here is defined as a set of channels ordered in a specific + * way (unless the channel order is AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, in which case an + * AVChannelLayout carries only the channel count). + * All orders may be treated as if they were AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC by + * ignoring everything but the channel count, as long as av_channel_layout_check() + * considers they are valid. + * + * Unlike most structures in FFmpeg, sizeof(AVChannelLayout) is a part of the + * public ABI and may be used by the caller. E.g. it may be allocated on stack + * or embedded in caller-defined structs. + * + * AVChannelLayout can be initialized as follows: + * - default initialization with {0}, followed by setting all used fields + * correctly; + * - by assigning one of the predefined AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_* initializers; + * - with a constructor function, such as av_channel_layout_default(), + * av_channel_layout_from_mask() or av_channel_layout_from_string(). + * + * The channel layout must be unitialized with av_channel_layout_uninit() + * + * Copying an AVChannelLayout via assigning is forbidden, + * av_channel_layout_copy() must be used instead (and its return value should + * be checked) + * + * No new fields may be added to it without a major version bump, except for + * new elements of the union fitting in sizeof(uint64_t). + */ +typedef struct AVChannelLayout { + /** + * Channel order used in this layout. + * This is a mandatory field. + */ + enum AVChannelOrder order; + + /** + * Number of channels in this layout. Mandatory field. + */ + int nb_channels; + + /** + * Details about which channels are present in this layout. + * For AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, this field is undefined and must not be + * used. + */ + union { + /** + * This member must be used for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_NATIVE, and may be used + * for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC to signal non-diegetic channels. + * It is a bitmask, where the position of each set bit means that the + * AVChannel with the corresponding value is present. + * + * I.e. when (mask & (1 << AV_CHAN_FOO)) is non-zero, then AV_CHAN_FOO + * is present in the layout. Otherwise it is not present. + * + * @note when a channel layout using a bitmask is constructed or + * modified manually (i.e. not using any of the av_channel_layout_* + * functions), the code doing it must ensure that the number of set bits + * is equal to nb_channels. + */ + uint64_t mask; + /** + * This member must be used when the channel order is + * AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM. It is a nb_channels-sized array, with each + * element signalling the presence of the AVChannel with the + * corresponding value in map[i].id. + * + * I.e. when map[i].id is equal to AV_CHAN_FOO, then AV_CH_FOO is the + * i-th channel in the audio data. + * + * When map[i].id is in the range between AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE and + * AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END (inclusive), the channel contains an ambisonic + * component with ACN index (as defined above) + * n = map[i].id - AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE. + * + * map[i].name may be filled with a 0-terminated string, in which case + * it will be used for the purpose of identifying the channel with the + * convenience functions below. Otherise it must be zeroed. + */ + AVChannelCustom *map; + } u; + + /** + * For some private data of the user. + */ + void *opaque; +} AVChannelLayout; + +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(nb, m) \ + { .order = AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_NATIVE, .nb_channels = (nb), .u = { .mask = (m) }} + +/** + * @name Common pre-defined channel layouts + * @{ + */ +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MONO AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(1, AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_STEREO AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(2, AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_2POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(3, AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_2_1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(3, AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_SURROUND AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(3, AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_3POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4, AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_4POINT0 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4, AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_4POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(5, AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_2_2 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4, AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_QUAD AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4, AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT0 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(5, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(5, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT0 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT0 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1_TOP_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_TOP_BACK) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_CUBE AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_CUBE) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(16, AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(2, AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_22POINT2 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(24, AV_CH_LAYOUT_22POINT2) +#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_AMBISONIC_FIRST_ORDER \ + { .order = AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC, .nb_channels = 4, .u = { .mask = 0 }} +/** @} */ + +struct AVBPrint; + +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT +/** + * @name Deprecated Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return a channel layout id that matches name, or 0 if no match is found. + * + * name can be one or several of the following notations, + * separated by '+' or '|': + * - the name of an usual channel layout (mono, stereo, 4.0, quad, 5.0, + * 5.0(side), 5.1, 5.1(side), 7.1, 7.1(wide), downmix); + * - the name of a single channel (FL, FR, FC, LFE, BL, BR, FLC, FRC, BC, + * SL, SR, TC, TFL, TFC, TFR, TBL, TBC, TBR, DL, DR); + * - a number of channels, in decimal, followed by 'c', yielding + * the default channel layout for that number of channels (@see + * av_get_default_channel_layout); + * - a channel layout mask, in hexadecimal starting with "0x" (see the + * AV_CH_* macros). + * + * Example: "stereo+FC" = "2c+FC" = "2c+1c" = "0x7" + * + * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_from_string() + */ +attribute_deprecated +uint64_t av_get_channel_layout(const char *name); + +/** + * Return a channel layout and the number of channels based on the specified name. + * + * This function is similar to (@see av_get_channel_layout), but can also parse + * unknown channel layout specifications. + * + * @param[in] name channel layout specification string + * @param[out] channel_layout parsed channel layout (0 if unknown) + * @param[out] nb_channels number of channels + * + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if the parsing fails. + * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_from_string() + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_get_extended_channel_layout(const char *name, uint64_t* channel_layout, int* nb_channels); + +/** + * Return a description of a channel layout. + * If nb_channels is <= 0, it is guessed from the channel_layout. + * + * @param buf put here the string containing the channel layout + * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer + * @param nb_channels number of channels + * @param channel_layout channel layout bitset + * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_describe() + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_get_channel_layout_string(char *buf, int buf_size, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout); + +/** + * Append a description of a channel layout to a bprint buffer. + * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_describe() + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_bprint_channel_layout(struct AVBPrint *bp, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout); + +/** + * Return the number of channels in the channel layout. + * @deprecated use AVChannelLayout.nb_channels + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_get_channel_layout_nb_channels(uint64_t channel_layout); + +/** + * Return default channel layout for a given number of channels. + * + * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_default() + */ +attribute_deprecated +int64_t av_get_default_channel_layout(int nb_channels); + +/** + * Get the index of a channel in channel_layout. + * + * @param channel_layout channel layout bitset + * @param channel a channel layout describing exactly one channel which must be + * present in channel_layout. + * + * @return index of channel in channel_layout on success, a negative AVERROR + * on error. + * + * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_index_from_channel() + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_get_channel_layout_channel_index(uint64_t channel_layout, + uint64_t channel); + +/** + * Get the channel with the given index in channel_layout. + * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_channel_from_index() + */ +attribute_deprecated +uint64_t av_channel_layout_extract_channel(uint64_t channel_layout, int index); + +/** + * Get the name of a given channel. + * + * @return channel name on success, NULL on error. + * + * @deprecated use av_channel_name() + */ +attribute_deprecated +const char *av_get_channel_name(uint64_t channel); + +/** + * Get the description of a given channel. + * + * @param channel a channel layout with a single channel + * @return channel description on success, NULL on error + * @deprecated use av_channel_description() + */ +attribute_deprecated +const char *av_get_channel_description(uint64_t channel); + +/** + * Get the value and name of a standard channel layout. + * + * @param[in] index index in an internal list, starting at 0 + * @param[out] layout channel layout mask + * @param[out] name name of the layout + * @return 0 if the layout exists, + * <0 if index is beyond the limits + * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_standard() + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_get_standard_channel_layout(unsigned index, uint64_t *layout, + const char **name); +/** + * @} + */ +#endif + +/** + * Get a human readable string in an abbreviated form describing a given channel. + * This is the inverse function of @ref av_channel_from_string(). + * + * @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to put the generated string + * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer. + * @param channel the AVChannel whose name to get + * @return amount of bytes needed to hold the output string, or a negative AVERROR + * on failure. If the returned value is bigger than buf_size, then the + * string was truncated. + */ +int av_channel_name(char *buf, size_t buf_size, enum AVChannel channel); + +/** + * bprint variant of av_channel_name(). + * + * @note the string will be appended to the bprint buffer. + */ +void av_channel_name_bprint(struct AVBPrint *bp, enum AVChannel channel_id); + +/** + * Get a human readable string describing a given channel. + * + * @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to put the generated string + * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer. + * @param channel the AVChannel whose description to get + * @return amount of bytes needed to hold the output string, or a negative AVERROR + * on failure. If the returned value is bigger than buf_size, then the + * string was truncated. + */ +int av_channel_description(char *buf, size_t buf_size, enum AVChannel channel); + +/** + * bprint variant of av_channel_description(). + * + * @note the string will be appended to the bprint buffer. + */ +void av_channel_description_bprint(struct AVBPrint *bp, enum AVChannel channel_id); + +/** + * This is the inverse function of @ref av_channel_name(). + * + * @return the channel with the given name + * AV_CHAN_NONE when name does not identify a known channel + */ +enum AVChannel av_channel_from_string(const char *name); + +/** + * Initialize a native channel layout from a bitmask indicating which channels + * are present. + * + * @param channel_layout the layout structure to be initialized + * @param mask bitmask describing the channel layout + * + * @return 0 on success + * AVERROR(EINVAL) for invalid mask values + */ +int av_channel_layout_from_mask(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, uint64_t mask); + +/** + * Initialize a channel layout from a given string description. + * The input string can be represented by: + * - the formal channel layout name (returned by av_channel_layout_describe()) + * - single or multiple channel names (returned by av_channel_name(), eg. "FL", + * or concatenated with "+", each optionally containing a custom name after + * a "@", eg. "FL@Left+FR@Right+LFE") + * - a decimal or hexadecimal value of a native channel layout (eg. "4" or "0x4") + * - the number of channels with default layout (eg. "4c") + * - the number of unordered channels (eg. "4C" or "4 channels") + * - the ambisonic order followed by optional non-diegetic channels (eg. + * "ambisonic 2+stereo") + * + * @param channel_layout input channel layout + * @param str string describing the channel layout + * @return 0 channel layout was detected, AVERROR_INVALIDATATA otherwise + */ +int av_channel_layout_from_string(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, + const char *str); + +/** + * Get the default channel layout for a given number of channels. + * + * @param ch_layout the layout structure to be initialized + * @param nb_channels number of channels + */ +void av_channel_layout_default(AVChannelLayout *ch_layout, int nb_channels); + +/** + * Iterate over all standard channel layouts. + * + * @param opaque a pointer where libavutil will store the iteration state. Must + * point to NULL to start the iteration. + * + * @return the standard channel layout or NULL when the iteration is + * finished + */ +const AVChannelLayout *av_channel_layout_standard(void **opaque); + +/** + * Free any allocated data in the channel layout and reset the channel + * count to 0. + * + * @param channel_layout the layout structure to be uninitialized + */ +void av_channel_layout_uninit(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout); + +/** + * Make a copy of a channel layout. This differs from just assigning src to dst + * in that it allocates and copies the map for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM. + * + * @note the destination channel_layout will be always uninitialized before copy. + * + * @param dst destination channel layout + * @param src source channel layout + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ +int av_channel_layout_copy(AVChannelLayout *dst, const AVChannelLayout *src); + +/** + * Get a human-readable string describing the channel layout properties. + * The string will be in the same format that is accepted by + * @ref av_channel_layout_from_string(), allowing to rebuild the same + * channel layout, except for opaque pointers. + * + * @param channel_layout channel layout to be described + * @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to put the generated string + * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer. + * @return amount of bytes needed to hold the output string, or a negative AVERROR + * on failure. If the returned value is bigger than buf_size, then the + * string was truncated. + */ +int av_channel_layout_describe(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, + char *buf, size_t buf_size); + +/** + * bprint variant of av_channel_layout_describe(). + * + * @note the string will be appended to the bprint buffer. + * @return 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR value on failure. + */ +int av_channel_layout_describe_bprint(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, + struct AVBPrint *bp); + +/** + * Get the channel with the given index in a channel layout. + * + * @param channel_layout input channel layout + * @param idx index of the channel + * @return channel with the index idx in channel_layout on success or + * AV_CHAN_NONE on failure (if idx is not valid or the channel order is + * unspecified) + */ +enum AVChannel +av_channel_layout_channel_from_index(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, unsigned int idx); + +/** + * Get the index of a given channel in a channel layout. In case multiple + * channels are found, only the first match will be returned. + * + * @param channel_layout input channel layout + * @param channel the channel whose index to obtain + * @return index of channel in channel_layout on success or a negative number if + * channel is not present in channel_layout. + */ +int av_channel_layout_index_from_channel(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, + enum AVChannel channel); + +/** + * Get the index in a channel layout of a channel described by the given string. + * In case multiple channels are found, only the first match will be returned. + * + * This function accepts channel names in the same format as + * @ref av_channel_from_string(). + * + * @param channel_layout input channel layout + * @param name string describing the channel whose index to obtain + * @return a channel index described by the given string, or a negative AVERROR + * value. + */ +int av_channel_layout_index_from_string(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, + const char *name); + +/** + * Get a channel described by the given string. + * + * This function accepts channel names in the same format as + * @ref av_channel_from_string(). + * + * @param channel_layout input channel layout + * @param name string describing the channel to obtain + * @return a channel described by the given string in channel_layout on success + * or AV_CHAN_NONE on failure (if the string is not valid or the channel + * order is unspecified) + */ +enum AVChannel +av_channel_layout_channel_from_string(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, + const char *name); + +/** + * Find out what channels from a given set are present in a channel layout, + * without regard for their positions. + * + * @param channel_layout input channel layout + * @param mask a combination of AV_CH_* representing a set of channels + * @return a bitfield representing all the channels from mask that are present + * in channel_layout + */ +uint64_t av_channel_layout_subset(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, + uint64_t mask); + +/** + * Check whether a channel layout is valid, i.e. can possibly describe audio + * data. + * + * @param channel_layout input channel layout + * @return 1 if channel_layout is valid, 0 otherwise. + */ +int av_channel_layout_check(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout); + +/** + * Check whether two channel layouts are semantically the same, i.e. the same + * channels are present on the same positions in both. + * + * If one of the channel layouts is AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, while the other is + * not, they are considered to be unequal. If both are AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, + * they are considered equal iff the channel counts are the same in both. + * + * @param chl input channel layout + * @param chl1 input channel layout + * @return 0 if chl and chl1 are equal, 1 if they are not equal. A negative + * AVERROR code if one or both are invalid. + */ +int av_channel_layout_compare(const AVChannelLayout *chl, const AVChannelLayout *chl1); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/common.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/common.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fd1404b --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/common.h @@ -0,0 +1,578 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * common internal and external API header + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_COMMON_H +#define AVUTIL_COMMON_H + +#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS) && !defined(UINT64_C) +#error missing -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS / #define __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "macros.h" + +//rounded division & shift +#define RSHIFT(a,b) ((a) > 0 ? ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1))>>(b) : ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1)-1)>>(b)) +/* assume b>0 */ +#define ROUNDED_DIV(a,b) (((a)>=0 ? (a) + ((b)>>1) : (a) - ((b)>>1))/(b)) +/* Fast a/(1<=0 and b>=0 */ +#define AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(a,b) (!av_builtin_constant_p(b) ? -((-(a)) >> (b)) \ + : ((a) + (1<<(b)) - 1) >> (b)) +/* Backwards compat. */ +#define FF_CEIL_RSHIFT AV_CEIL_RSHIFT + +#define FFUDIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ?(a):(a)-(b)+1) / (b)) +#define FFUMOD(a,b) ((a)-(b)*FFUDIV(a,b)) + +/** + * Absolute value, Note, INT_MIN / INT64_MIN result in undefined behavior as they + * are not representable as absolute values of their type. This is the same + * as with *abs() + * @see FFNABS() + */ +#define FFABS(a) ((a) >= 0 ? (a) : (-(a))) +#define FFSIGN(a) ((a) > 0 ? 1 : -1) + +/** + * Negative Absolute value. + * this works for all integers of all types. + * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice, it thus must not have + * a sideeffect, that is FFNABS(x++) has undefined behavior. + */ +#define FFNABS(a) ((a) <= 0 ? (a) : (-(a))) + +/** + * Unsigned Absolute value. + * This takes the absolute value of a signed int and returns it as a unsigned. + * This also works with INT_MIN which would otherwise not be representable + * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice. + */ +#define FFABSU(a) ((a) <= 0 ? -(unsigned)(a) : (unsigned)(a)) +#define FFABS64U(a) ((a) <= 0 ? -(uint64_t)(a) : (uint64_t)(a)) + +/* misc math functions */ + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +# include "config.h" +# include "intmath.h" +#endif + +#ifndef av_ceil_log2 +# define av_ceil_log2 av_ceil_log2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip +# define av_clip av_clip_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip64 +# define av_clip64 av_clip64_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_uint8 +# define av_clip_uint8 av_clip_uint8_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_int8 +# define av_clip_int8 av_clip_int8_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_uint16 +# define av_clip_uint16 av_clip_uint16_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_int16 +# define av_clip_int16 av_clip_int16_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clipl_int32 +# define av_clipl_int32 av_clipl_int32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_intp2 +# define av_clip_intp2 av_clip_intp2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_uintp2 +# define av_clip_uintp2 av_clip_uintp2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_mod_uintp2 +# define av_mod_uintp2 av_mod_uintp2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_add32 +# define av_sat_add32 av_sat_add32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_dadd32 +# define av_sat_dadd32 av_sat_dadd32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_sub32 +# define av_sat_sub32 av_sat_sub32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_dsub32 +# define av_sat_dsub32 av_sat_dsub32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_add64 +# define av_sat_add64 av_sat_add64_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_sub64 +# define av_sat_sub64 av_sat_sub64_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clipf +# define av_clipf av_clipf_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clipd +# define av_clipd av_clipd_c +#endif +#ifndef av_popcount +# define av_popcount av_popcount_c +#endif +#ifndef av_popcount64 +# define av_popcount64 av_popcount64_c +#endif +#ifndef av_parity +# define av_parity av_parity_c +#endif + +#ifndef av_log2 +av_const int av_log2(unsigned v); +#endif + +#ifndef av_log2_16bit +av_const int av_log2_16bit(unsigned v); +#endif + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the amin-amax range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_c(int a, int amin, int amax) +{ +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + if (a < amin) return amin; + else if (a > amax) return amax; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed 64bit integer value into the amin-amax range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int64_t av_clip64_c(int64_t a, int64_t amin, int64_t amax) +{ +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + if (a < amin) return amin; + else if (a > amax) return amax; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-255 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const uint8_t av_clip_uint8_c(int a) +{ + if (a&(~0xFF)) return (~a)>>31; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the -128,127 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int8_t av_clip_int8_c(int a) +{ + if ((a+0x80U) & ~0xFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7F; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-65535 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_clip_uint16_c(int a) +{ + if (a&(~0xFFFF)) return (~a)>>31; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the -32768,32767 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int16_t av_clip_int16_c(int a) +{ + if ((a+0x8000U) & ~0xFFFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7FFF; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed 64-bit integer value into the -2147483648,2147483647 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32_c(int64_t a) +{ + if ((a+0x80000000u) & ~UINT64_C(0xFFFFFFFF)) return (int32_t)((a>>63) ^ 0x7FFFFFFF); + else return (int32_t)a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer into the -(2^p),(2^p-1) range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param p bit position to clip at + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_intp2_c(int a, int p) +{ + if (((unsigned)a + (1 << p)) & ~((2 << p) - 1)) + return (a >> 31) ^ ((1 << p) - 1); + else + return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer to an unsigned power of two range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param p bit position to clip at + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_clip_uintp2_c(int a, int p) +{ + if (a & ~((1<> 31 & ((1<= 0) + return INT64_MAX ^ (b >> 63); + return s; +#endif +} + +/** + * Subtract two signed 64-bit values with saturation. + * + * @param a one value + * @param b another value + * @return difference with signed saturation + */ +static av_always_inline int64_t av_sat_sub64_c(int64_t a, int64_t b) { +#if (!defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(5,1)) || AV_HAS_BUILTIN(__builtin_sub_overflow) + int64_t tmp; + return !__builtin_sub_overflow(a, b, &tmp) ? tmp : (tmp < 0 ? INT64_MAX : INT64_MIN); +#else + if (b <= 0 && a >= INT64_MAX + b) + return INT64_MAX; + if (b >= 0 && a <= INT64_MIN + b) + return INT64_MIN; + return a - b; +#endif +} + +/** + * Clip a float value into the amin-amax range. + * If a is nan or -inf amin will be returned. + * If a is +inf amax will be returned. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const float av_clipf_c(float a, float amin, float amax) +{ +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + return FFMIN(FFMAX(a, amin), amax); +} + +/** + * Clip a double value into the amin-amax range. + * If a is nan or -inf amin will be returned. + * If a is +inf amax will be returned. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const double av_clipd_c(double a, double amin, double amax) +{ +#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 + if (amin > amax) abort(); +#endif + return FFMIN(FFMAX(a, amin), amax); +} + +/** Compute ceil(log2(x)). + * @param x value used to compute ceil(log2(x)) + * @return computed ceiling of log2(x) + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_ceil_log2_c(int x) +{ + return av_log2((x - 1U) << 1); +} + +/** + * Count number of bits set to one in x + * @param x value to count bits of + * @return the number of bits set to one in x + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount_c(uint32_t x) +{ + x -= (x >> 1) & 0x55555555; + x = (x & 0x33333333) + ((x >> 2) & 0x33333333); + x = (x + (x >> 4)) & 0x0F0F0F0F; + x += x >> 8; + return (x + (x >> 16)) & 0x3F; +} + +/** + * Count number of bits set to one in x + * @param x value to count bits of + * @return the number of bits set to one in x + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x) +{ + return av_popcount((uint32_t)x) + av_popcount((uint32_t)(x >> 32)); +} + +static av_always_inline av_const int av_parity_c(uint32_t v) +{ + return av_popcount(v) & 1; +} + +/** + * Convert a UTF-8 character (up to 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form. + * + * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t. + * @param GET_BYTE Expression reading one byte from the input. + * Evaluated up to 7 times (4 for the currently + * assigned Unicode range). With a memory buffer + * input, this could be *ptr++, or if you want to make sure + * that *ptr stops at the end of a NULL terminated string then + * *ptr ? *ptr++ : 0 + * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input, + * typically a goto statement. + * + * @warning ERROR should not contain a loop control statement which + * could interact with the internal while loop, and should force an + * exit from the macro code (e.g. through a goto or a return) in order + * to prevent undefined results. + */ +#define GET_UTF8(val, GET_BYTE, ERROR)\ + val= (GET_BYTE);\ + {\ + uint32_t top = (val & 128) >> 1;\ + if ((val & 0xc0) == 0x80 || val >= 0xFE)\ + {ERROR}\ + while (val & top) {\ + unsigned int tmp = (GET_BYTE) - 128;\ + if(tmp>>6)\ + {ERROR}\ + val= (val<<6) + tmp;\ + top <<= 5;\ + }\ + val &= (top << 1) - 1;\ + } + +/** + * Convert a UTF-16 character (2 or 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form. + * + * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t. + * @param GET_16BIT Expression returning two bytes of UTF-16 data converted + * to native byte order. Evaluated one or two times. + * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input, + * typically a goto statement. + */ +#define GET_UTF16(val, GET_16BIT, ERROR)\ + val = (GET_16BIT);\ + {\ + unsigned int hi = val - 0xD800;\ + if (hi < 0x800) {\ + val = (GET_16BIT) - 0xDC00;\ + if (val > 0x3FFU || hi > 0x3FFU)\ + {ERROR}\ + val += (hi<<10) + 0x10000;\ + }\ + }\ + +/** + * @def PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE) + * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-8 encoded form (up to 4 bytes long). + * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds + * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-8. If + * val is given as a function it is executed only once. + * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint8_t. It + * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be + * output by PUT_BYTE. + * @param PUT_BYTE writes the converted UTF-8 bytes to any proper destination. + * It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp as the input byte. + * For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" PUT_BYTE will be + * executed up to 4 times for values in the valid UTF-8 range and up to + * 7 times in the general case, depending on the length of the converted + * Unicode character. + */ +#define PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)\ + {\ + int bytes, shift;\ + uint32_t in = val;\ + if (in < 0x80) {\ + tmp = in;\ + PUT_BYTE\ + } else {\ + bytes = (av_log2(in) + 4) / 5;\ + shift = (bytes - 1) * 6;\ + tmp = (256 - (256 >> bytes)) | (in >> shift);\ + PUT_BYTE\ + while (shift >= 6) {\ + shift -= 6;\ + tmp = 0x80 | ((in >> shift) & 0x3f);\ + PUT_BYTE\ + }\ + }\ + } + +/** + * @def PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT) + * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-16 encoded form (2 or 4 bytes). + * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds + * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-16. If + * val is given as a function it is executed only once. + * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint16_t. It + * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be + * output by PUT_16BIT. + * @param PUT_16BIT writes the converted UTF-16 data to any proper destination + * in desired endianness. It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp + * as the input byte. For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" + * PUT_BYTE will be executed 1 or 2 times depending on input character. + */ +#define PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)\ + {\ + uint32_t in = val;\ + if (in < 0x10000) {\ + tmp = in;\ + PUT_16BIT\ + } else {\ + tmp = 0xD800 | ((in - 0x10000) >> 10);\ + PUT_16BIT\ + tmp = 0xDC00 | ((in - 0x10000) & 0x3FF);\ + PUT_16BIT\ + }\ + }\ + + + +#include "mem.h" + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +# include "internal.h" +#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_COMMON_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/cpu.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/cpu.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8fa5ea9 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/cpu.h @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CPU_H +#define AVUTIL_CPU_H + +#include + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE 0x80000000 /* force usage of selected flags (OR) */ + + /* lower 16 bits - CPU features */ +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX 0x0001 ///< standard MMX +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMXEXT 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX2 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOW 0x0004 ///< AMD 3DNOW +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE 0x0008 ///< SSE functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2 0x0010 ///< PIV SSE2 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2SLOW 0x40000000 ///< SSE2 supported, but usually not faster + ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOWEXT 0x0020 ///< AMD 3DNowExt +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3 0x0040 ///< Prescott SSE3 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3SLOW 0x20000000 ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster + ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3 0x0080 ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3SLOW 0x4000000 ///< SSSE3 supported, but usually not faster +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ATOM 0x10000000 ///< Atom processor, some SSSE3 instructions are slower +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE4 0x0100 ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE42 0x0200 ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AESNI 0x80000 ///< Advanced Encryption Standard functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX 0x4000 ///< AVX functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVXSLOW 0x8000000 ///< AVX supported, but slow when using YMM registers (e.g. Bulldozer) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_XOP 0x0400 ///< Bulldozer XOP functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA4 0x0800 ///< Bulldozer FMA4 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_CMOV 0x1000 ///< supports cmov instruction +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX2 0x8000 ///< AVX2 functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA3 0x10000 ///< Haswell FMA3 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI1 0x20000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 1 +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI2 0x40000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 2 +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX512 0x100000 ///< AVX-512 functions: requires OS support even if YMM/ZMM registers aren't used +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX512ICL 0x200000 ///< F/CD/BW/DQ/VL/VNNI/IFMA/VBMI/VBMI2/VPOPCNTDQ/BITALG/GFNI/VAES/VPCLMULQDQ +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SLOW_GATHER 0x2000000 ///< CPU has slow gathers. + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ALTIVEC 0x0001 ///< standard +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VSX 0x0002 ///< ISA 2.06 +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_POWER8 0x0004 ///< ISA 2.07 + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV5TE (1 << 0) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6 (1 << 1) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6T2 (1 << 2) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP (1 << 3) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFPV3 (1 << 4) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_NEON (1 << 5) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV8 (1 << 6) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP_VM (1 << 7) ///< VFPv2 vector mode, deprecated in ARMv7-A and unavailable in various CPUs implementations +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SETEND (1 <<16) + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMI (1 << 0) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MSA (1 << 1) + +//Loongarch SIMD extension. +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_LSX (1 << 0) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_LASX (1 << 1) + +// RISC-V extensions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVI (1 << 0) ///< I (full GPR bank) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVF (1 << 1) ///< F (single precision FP) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVD (1 << 2) ///< D (double precision FP) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVV_I32 (1 << 3) ///< Vectors of 8/16/32-bit int's */ +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVV_F32 (1 << 4) ///< Vectors of float's */ +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVV_I64 (1 << 5) ///< Vectors of 64-bit int's */ +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVV_F64 (1 << 6) ///< Vectors of double's +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVB_BASIC (1 << 7) ///< Basic bit-manipulations + +/** + * Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU. + * The returned value is affected by av_force_cpu_flags() if that was used + * before. So av_get_cpu_flags() can easily be used in an application to + * detect the enabled cpu flags. + */ +int av_get_cpu_flags(void); + +/** + * Disables cpu detection and forces the specified flags. + * -1 is a special case that disables forcing of specific flags. + */ +void av_force_cpu_flags(int flags); + +/** + * Parse CPU caps from a string and update the given AV_CPU_* flags based on that. + * + * @return negative on error. + */ +int av_parse_cpu_caps(unsigned *flags, const char *s); + +/** + * @return the number of logical CPU cores present. + */ +int av_cpu_count(void); + +/** + * Overrides cpu count detection and forces the specified count. + * Count < 1 disables forcing of specific count. + */ +void av_cpu_force_count(int count); + +/** + * Get the maximum data alignment that may be required by FFmpeg. + * + * Note that this is affected by the build configuration and the CPU flags mask, + * so e.g. if the CPU supports AVX, but libavutil has been built with + * --disable-avx or the AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX flag has been disabled through + * av_set_cpu_flags_mask(), then this function will behave as if AVX is not + * present. + */ +size_t av_cpu_max_align(void); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CPU_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/crc.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/crc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7f59812 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/crc.h @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_crc32 + * Public header for CRC hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CRC_H +#define AVUTIL_CRC_H + +#include +#include +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_crc32 CRC + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check) hash function implementation. + * + * This module supports numerous CRC polynomials, in addition to the most + * widely used CRC-32-IEEE. See @ref AVCRCId for a list of available + * polynomials. + * + * @{ + */ + +typedef uint32_t AVCRC; + +typedef enum { + AV_CRC_8_ATM, + AV_CRC_16_ANSI, + AV_CRC_16_CCITT, + AV_CRC_32_IEEE, + AV_CRC_32_IEEE_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_32_IEEE */ + AV_CRC_16_ANSI_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_16_ANSI */ + AV_CRC_24_IEEE, + AV_CRC_8_EBU, + AV_CRC_MAX, /*< Not part of public API! Do not use outside libavutil. */ +}AVCRCId; + +/** + * Initialize a CRC table. + * @param ctx must be an array of size sizeof(AVCRC)*257 or sizeof(AVCRC)*1024 + * @param le If 1, the lowest bit represents the coefficient for the highest + * exponent of the corresponding polynomial (both for poly and + * actual CRC). + * If 0, you must swap the CRC parameter and the result of av_crc + * if you need the standard representation (can be simplified in + * most cases to e.g. bswap16): + * av_bswap32(crc << (32-bits)) + * @param bits number of bits for the CRC + * @param poly generator polynomial without the x**bits coefficient, in the + * representation as specified by le + * @param ctx_size size of ctx in bytes + * @return <0 on failure + */ +int av_crc_init(AVCRC *ctx, int le, int bits, uint32_t poly, int ctx_size); + +/** + * Get an initialized standard CRC table. + * @param crc_id ID of a standard CRC + * @return a pointer to the CRC table or NULL on failure + */ +const AVCRC *av_crc_get_table(AVCRCId crc_id); + +/** + * Calculate the CRC of a block. + * @param ctx initialized AVCRC array (see av_crc_init()) + * @param crc CRC of previous blocks if any or initial value for CRC + * @param buffer buffer whose CRC to calculate + * @param length length of the buffer + * @return CRC updated with the data from the given block + * + * @see av_crc_init() "le" parameter + */ +uint32_t av_crc(const AVCRC *ctx, uint32_t crc, + const uint8_t *buffer, size_t length) av_pure; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CRC_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/csp.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/csp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..18ef208 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/csp.h @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2016 Ronald S. Bultje + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CSP_H +#define AVUTIL_CSP_H + +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * @file + * Colorspace value utility functions for libavutil. + * @ingroup lavu_math_csp + * @author Ronald S. Bultje + * @author Leo Izen + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_math_csp Colorspace Utility + * @ingroup lavu_math + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Struct containing luma coefficients to be used for RGB to YUV/YCoCg, or similar + * calculations. + */ +typedef struct AVLumaCoefficients { + AVRational cr, cg, cb; +} AVLumaCoefficients; + +/** + * Struct containing chromaticity x and y values for the standard CIE 1931 + * chromaticity definition. + */ +typedef struct AVCIExy { + AVRational x, y; +} AVCIExy; + +/** + * Struct defining the red, green, and blue primary locations in terms of CIE + * 1931 chromaticity x and y. + */ +typedef struct AVPrimaryCoefficients { + AVCIExy r, g, b; +} AVPrimaryCoefficients; + +/** + * Struct defining white point location in terms of CIE 1931 chromaticity x + * and y. + */ +typedef AVCIExy AVWhitepointCoefficients; + +/** + * Struct that contains both white point location and primaries location, providing + * the complete description of a color gamut. + */ +typedef struct AVColorPrimariesDesc { + AVWhitepointCoefficients wp; + AVPrimaryCoefficients prim; +} AVColorPrimariesDesc; + +/** + * Retrieves the Luma coefficients necessary to construct a conversion matrix + * from an enum constant describing the colorspace. + * @param csp An enum constant indicating YUV or similar colorspace. + * @return The Luma coefficients associated with that colorspace, or NULL + * if the constant is unknown to libavutil. + */ +const AVLumaCoefficients *av_csp_luma_coeffs_from_avcsp(enum AVColorSpace csp); + +/** + * Retrieves a complete gamut description from an enum constant describing the + * color primaries. + * @param prm An enum constant indicating primaries + * @return A description of the colorspace gamut associated with that enum + * constant, or NULL if the constant is unknown to libavutil. + */ +const AVColorPrimariesDesc *av_csp_primaries_desc_from_id(enum AVColorPrimaries prm); + +/** + * Detects which enum AVColorPrimaries constant corresponds to the given complete + * gamut description. + * @see enum AVColorPrimaries + * @param prm A description of the colorspace gamut + * @return The enum constant associated with this gamut, or + * AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED if no clear match can be idenitified. + */ +enum AVColorPrimaries av_csp_primaries_id_from_desc(const AVColorPrimariesDesc *prm); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CSP_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/des.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/des.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3a3e6fa --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/des.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +/* + * DES encryption/decryption + * Copyright (c) 2007 Reimar Doeffinger + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DES_H +#define AVUTIL_DES_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_des DES + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct AVDES { + uint64_t round_keys[3][16]; + int triple_des; +} AVDES; + +/** + * Allocate an AVDES context. + */ +AVDES *av_des_alloc(void); + +/** + * @brief Initializes an AVDES context. + * + * @param d pointer to a AVDES structure to initialize + * @param key pointer to the key to use + * @param key_bits must be 64 or 192 + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption/CBC-MAC, 1 for decryption + * @return zero on success, negative value otherwise + */ +int av_des_init(struct AVDES *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt); + +/** + * @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the DES algorithm. + * + * @param d pointer to the AVDES structure + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used, + * must be 8-byte aligned + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_des_crypt(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @brief Calculates CBC-MAC using the DES algorithm. + * + * @param d pointer to the AVDES structure + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + */ +void av_des_mac(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DES_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/detection_bbox.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/detection_bbox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0119880 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/detection_bbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DETECTION_BBOX_H +#define AVUTIL_DETECTION_BBOX_H + +#include "rational.h" +#include "avassert.h" +#include "frame.h" + +typedef struct AVDetectionBBox { + /** + * Distance in pixels from the left/top edge of the frame, + * together with width and height, defining the bounding box. + */ + int x; + int y; + int w; + int h; + +#define AV_DETECTION_BBOX_LABEL_NAME_MAX_SIZE 64 + + /** + * Detect result with confidence + */ + char detect_label[AV_DETECTION_BBOX_LABEL_NAME_MAX_SIZE]; + AVRational detect_confidence; + + /** + * At most 4 classifications based on the detected bounding box. + * For example, we can get max 4 different attributes with 4 different + * DNN models on one bounding box. + * classify_count is zero if no classification. + */ +#define AV_NUM_DETECTION_BBOX_CLASSIFY 4 + uint32_t classify_count; + char classify_labels[AV_NUM_DETECTION_BBOX_CLASSIFY][AV_DETECTION_BBOX_LABEL_NAME_MAX_SIZE]; + AVRational classify_confidences[AV_NUM_DETECTION_BBOX_CLASSIFY]; +} AVDetectionBBox; + +typedef struct AVDetectionBBoxHeader { + /** + * Information about how the bounding box is generated. + * for example, the DNN model name. + */ + char source[256]; + + /** + * Number of bounding boxes in the array. + */ + uint32_t nb_bboxes; + + /** + * Offset in bytes from the beginning of this structure at which + * the array of bounding boxes starts. + */ + size_t bboxes_offset; + + /** + * Size of each bounding box in bytes. + */ + size_t bbox_size; +} AVDetectionBBoxHeader; + +/* + * Get the bounding box at the specified {@code idx}. Must be between 0 and nb_bboxes. + */ +static av_always_inline AVDetectionBBox * +av_get_detection_bbox(const AVDetectionBBoxHeader *header, unsigned int idx) +{ + av_assert0(idx < header->nb_bboxes); + return (AVDetectionBBox *)((uint8_t *)header + header->bboxes_offset + + idx * header->bbox_size); +} + +/** + * Allocates memory for AVDetectionBBoxHeader, plus an array of {@code nb_bboxes} + * AVDetectionBBox, and initializes the variables. + * Can be freed with a normal av_free() call. + * + * @param nb_bboxes number of AVDetectionBBox structures to allocate + * @param out_size if non-NULL, the size in bytes of the resulting data array is + * written here. + */ +AVDetectionBBoxHeader *av_detection_bbox_alloc(uint32_t nb_bboxes, size_t *out_size); + +/** + * Allocates memory for AVDetectionBBoxHeader, plus an array of {@code nb_bboxes} + * AVDetectionBBox, in the given AVFrame {@code frame} as AVFrameSideData of type + * AV_FRAME_DATA_DETECTION_BBOXES and initializes the variables. + */ +AVDetectionBBoxHeader *av_detection_bbox_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame, uint32_t nb_bboxes); +#endif diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/dict.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/dict.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..713c9e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/dict.h @@ -0,0 +1,241 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Public dictionary API. + * @deprecated + * AVDictionary is provided for compatibility with libav. It is both in + * implementation as well as API inefficient. It does not scale and is + * extremely slow with large dictionaries. + * It is recommended that new code uses our tree container from tree.c/h + * where applicable, which uses AVL trees to achieve O(log n) performance. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DICT_H +#define AVUTIL_DICT_H + +#include + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_dict AVDictionary + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @brief Simple key:value store + * + * @{ + * Dictionaries are used for storing key-value pairs. + * + * - To **create an AVDictionary**, simply pass an address of a NULL + * pointer to av_dict_set(). NULL can be used as an empty dictionary + * wherever a pointer to an AVDictionary is required. + * - To **insert an entry**, use av_dict_set(). + * - Use av_dict_get() to **retrieve an entry**. + * - To **iterate over all entries**, use av_dict_iterate(). + * - In order to **free the dictionary and all its contents**, use av_dict_free(). + * + @code + AVDictionary *d = NULL; // "create" an empty dictionary + AVDictionaryEntry *t = NULL; + + av_dict_set(&d, "foo", "bar", 0); // add an entry + + char *k = av_strdup("key"); // if your strings are already allocated, + char *v = av_strdup("value"); // you can avoid copying them like this + av_dict_set(&d, k, v, AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY | AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL); + + while ((t = av_dict_iterate(d, t))) { + <....> // iterate over all entries in d + } + av_dict_free(&d); + @endcode + */ + +/** + * @name AVDictionary Flags + * Flags that influence behavior of the matching of keys or insertion to the dictionary. + * @{ + */ +#define AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE 1 /**< Only get an entry with exact-case key match. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */ +#define AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX 2 /**< Return first entry in a dictionary whose first part corresponds to the search key, + ignoring the suffix of the found key string. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */ +#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY 4 /**< Take ownership of a key that's been + allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */ +#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL 8 /**< Take ownership of a value that's been + allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */ +#define AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE 16 /**< Don't overwrite existing entries. */ +#define AV_DICT_APPEND 32 /**< If the entry already exists, append to it. Note that no + delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. */ +#define AV_DICT_MULTIKEY 64 /**< Allow to store several equal keys in the dictionary */ +/** + * @} + */ + +typedef struct AVDictionaryEntry { + char *key; + char *value; +} AVDictionaryEntry; + +typedef struct AVDictionary AVDictionary; + +/** + * Get a dictionary entry with matching key. + * + * The returned entry key or value must not be changed, or it will + * cause undefined behavior. + * + * @param prev Set to the previous matching element to find the next. + * If set to NULL the first matching element is returned. + * @param key Matching key + * @param flags A collection of AV_DICT_* flags controlling how the + * entry is retrieved + * + * @return Found entry or NULL in case no matching entry was found in the dictionary + */ +AVDictionaryEntry *av_dict_get(const AVDictionary *m, const char *key, + const AVDictionaryEntry *prev, int flags); + +/** + * Iterate over a dictionary + * + * Iterates through all entries in the dictionary. + * + * @warning The returned AVDictionaryEntry key/value must not be changed. + * + * @warning As av_dict_set() invalidates all previous entries returned + * by this function, it must not be called while iterating over the dict. + * + * Typical usage: + * @code + * const AVDictionaryEntry *e = NULL; + * while ((e = av_dict_iterate(m, e))) { + * // ... + * } + * @endcode + * + * @param m The dictionary to iterate over + * @param prev Pointer to the previous AVDictionaryEntry, NULL initially + * + * @retval AVDictionaryEntry* The next element in the dictionary + * @retval NULL No more elements in the dictionary + */ +const AVDictionaryEntry *av_dict_iterate(const AVDictionary *m, + const AVDictionaryEntry *prev); + +/** + * Get number of entries in dictionary. + * + * @param m dictionary + * @return number of entries in dictionary + */ +int av_dict_count(const AVDictionary *m); + +/** + * Set the given entry in *pm, overwriting an existing entry. + * + * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY or AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL is set, + * these arguments will be freed on error. + * + * @warning Adding a new entry to a dictionary invalidates all existing entries + * previously returned with av_dict_get() or av_dict_iterate(). + * + * @param pm Pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL + * a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm. + * @param key Entry key to add to *pm (will either be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags) + * @param value Entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags). + * Passing a NULL value will cause an existing entry to be deleted. + * + * @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0 + */ +int av_dict_set(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, const char *value, int flags); + +/** + * Convenience wrapper for av_dict_set() that converts the value to a string + * and stores it. + * + * Note: If ::AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY is set, key will be freed on error. + */ +int av_dict_set_int(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, int64_t value, int flags); + +/** + * Parse the key/value pairs list and add the parsed entries to a dictionary. + * + * In case of failure, all the successfully set entries are stored in + * *pm. You may need to manually free the created dictionary. + * + * @param key_val_sep A 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value + * @param pairs_sep A 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other + * @param flags Flags to use when adding to the dictionary. + * ::AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY and ::AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL + * are ignored since the key/value tokens will always + * be duplicated. + * + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_dict_parse_string(AVDictionary **pm, const char *str, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep, + int flags); + +/** + * Copy entries from one AVDictionary struct into another. + * + * @note Metadata is read using the ::AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag + * + * @param dst Pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct to copy into. If *dst is NULL, + * this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst + * @param src Pointer to the source AVDictionary struct to copy items from. + * @param flags Flags to use when setting entries in *dst + * + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. If dst was allocated + * by this function, callers should free the associated memory. + */ +int av_dict_copy(AVDictionary **dst, const AVDictionary *src, int flags); + +/** + * Free all the memory allocated for an AVDictionary struct + * and all keys and values. + */ +void av_dict_free(AVDictionary **m); + +/** + * Get dictionary entries as a string. + * + * Create a string containing dictionary's entries. + * Such string may be passed back to av_dict_parse_string(). + * @note String is escaped with backslashes ('\'). + * + * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same. + * + * @param[in] m The dictionary + * @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg entries. + * Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed. + * @param[in] key_val_sep Character used to separate key from value + * @param[in] pairs_sep Character used to separate two pairs from each other + * + * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error + */ +int av_dict_get_string(const AVDictionary *m, char **buffer, + const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DICT_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/display.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/display.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..50f2b44 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/display.h @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2014 Vittorio Giovara + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_video_display + * Display matrix + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H +#define AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_video_display Display transformation matrix functions + * @ingroup lavu_video + * + * The display transformation matrix specifies an affine transformation that + * should be applied to video frames for correct presentation. It is compatible + * with the matrices stored in the ISO/IEC 14496-12 container format. + * + * The data is a 3x3 matrix represented as a 9-element array: + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * | a b u | + * (a, b, u, c, d, v, x, y, w) -> | c d v | + * | x y w | + * @endcode + * + * All numbers are stored in native endianness, as 16.16 fixed-point values, + * except for u, v and w, which are stored as 2.30 fixed-point values. + * + * The transformation maps a point (p, q) in the source (pre-transformation) + * frame to the point (p', q') in the destination (post-transformation) frame as + * follows: + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * | a b u | + * (p, q, 1) . | c d v | = z * (p', q', 1) + * | x y w | + * @endcode + * + * The transformation can also be more explicitly written in components as + * follows: + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * p' = (a * p + c * q + x) / z; + * q' = (b * p + d * q + y) / z; + * z = u * p + v * q + w + * @endcode + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Extract the rotation component of the transformation matrix. + * + * @param matrix the transformation matrix + * @return the angle (in degrees) by which the transformation rotates the frame + * counterclockwise. The angle will be in range [-180.0, 180.0], + * or NaN if the matrix is singular. + * + * @note floating point numbers are inherently inexact, so callers are + * recommended to round the return value to nearest integer before use. + */ +double av_display_rotation_get(const int32_t matrix[9]); + +/** + * Initialize a transformation matrix describing a pure clockwise + * rotation by the specified angle (in degrees). + * + * @param[out] matrix a transformation matrix (will be fully overwritten + * by this function) + * @param angle rotation angle in degrees. + */ +void av_display_rotation_set(int32_t matrix[9], double angle); + +/** + * Flip the input matrix horizontally and/or vertically. + * + * @param[in,out] matrix a transformation matrix + * @param hflip whether the matrix should be flipped horizontally + * @param vflip whether the matrix should be flipped vertically + */ +void av_display_matrix_flip(int32_t matrix[9], int hflip, int vflip); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/dovi_meta.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/dovi_meta.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d11e02 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/dovi_meta.h @@ -0,0 +1,236 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2020 Vacing Fang + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * DOVI configuration + */ + + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DOVI_META_H +#define AVUTIL_DOVI_META_H + +#include +#include +#include "rational.h" + +/* + * DOVI configuration + * ref: dolby-vision-bitstreams-within-the-iso-base-media-file-format-v2.1.2 + dolby-vision-bitstreams-in-mpeg-2-transport-stream-multiplex-v1.2 + * @code + * uint8_t dv_version_major, the major version number that the stream complies with + * uint8_t dv_version_minor, the minor version number that the stream complies with + * uint8_t dv_profile, the Dolby Vision profile + * uint8_t dv_level, the Dolby Vision level + * uint8_t rpu_present_flag + * uint8_t el_present_flag + * uint8_t bl_present_flag + * uint8_t dv_bl_signal_compatibility_id + * @endcode + * + * @note The struct must be allocated with av_dovi_alloc() and + * its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord { + uint8_t dv_version_major; + uint8_t dv_version_minor; + uint8_t dv_profile; + uint8_t dv_level; + uint8_t rpu_present_flag; + uint8_t el_present_flag; + uint8_t bl_present_flag; + uint8_t dv_bl_signal_compatibility_id; +} AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord; + +/** + * Allocate a AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord structure and initialize its + * fields to default values. + * + * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure + */ +AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord *av_dovi_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Dolby Vision RPU data header. + * + * @note sizeof(AVDOVIRpuDataHeader) is not part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVDOVIRpuDataHeader { + uint8_t rpu_type; + uint16_t rpu_format; + uint8_t vdr_rpu_profile; + uint8_t vdr_rpu_level; + uint8_t chroma_resampling_explicit_filter_flag; + uint8_t coef_data_type; /* informative, lavc always converts to fixed */ + uint8_t coef_log2_denom; + uint8_t vdr_rpu_normalized_idc; + uint8_t bl_video_full_range_flag; + uint8_t bl_bit_depth; /* [8, 16] */ + uint8_t el_bit_depth; /* [8, 16] */ + uint8_t vdr_bit_depth; /* [8, 16] */ + uint8_t spatial_resampling_filter_flag; + uint8_t el_spatial_resampling_filter_flag; + uint8_t disable_residual_flag; +} AVDOVIRpuDataHeader; + +enum AVDOVIMappingMethod { + AV_DOVI_MAPPING_POLYNOMIAL = 0, + AV_DOVI_MAPPING_MMR = 1, +}; + +/** + * Coefficients of a piece-wise function. The pieces of the function span the + * value ranges between two adjacent pivot values. + */ +#define AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES 8 +typedef struct AVDOVIReshapingCurve { + uint8_t num_pivots; /* [2, 9] */ + uint16_t pivots[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES + 1]; /* sorted ascending */ + enum AVDOVIMappingMethod mapping_idc[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES]; + /* AV_DOVI_MAPPING_POLYNOMIAL */ + uint8_t poly_order[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES]; /* [1, 2] */ + int64_t poly_coef[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES][3]; /* x^0, x^1, x^2 */ + /* AV_DOVI_MAPPING_MMR */ + uint8_t mmr_order[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES]; /* [1, 3] */ + int64_t mmr_constant[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES]; + int64_t mmr_coef[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES][3/* order - 1 */][7]; +} AVDOVIReshapingCurve; + +enum AVDOVINLQMethod { + AV_DOVI_NLQ_NONE = -1, + AV_DOVI_NLQ_LINEAR_DZ = 0, +}; + +/** + * Coefficients of the non-linear inverse quantization. For the interpretation + * of these, see ETSI GS CCM 001. + */ +typedef struct AVDOVINLQParams { + uint16_t nlq_offset; + uint64_t vdr_in_max; + /* AV_DOVI_NLQ_LINEAR_DZ */ + uint64_t linear_deadzone_slope; + uint64_t linear_deadzone_threshold; +} AVDOVINLQParams; + +/** + * Dolby Vision RPU data mapping parameters. + * + * @note sizeof(AVDOVIDataMapping) is not part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVDOVIDataMapping { + uint8_t vdr_rpu_id; + uint8_t mapping_color_space; + uint8_t mapping_chroma_format_idc; + AVDOVIReshapingCurve curves[3]; /* per component */ + + /* Non-linear inverse quantization */ + enum AVDOVINLQMethod nlq_method_idc; + uint32_t num_x_partitions; + uint32_t num_y_partitions; + AVDOVINLQParams nlq[3]; /* per component */ +} AVDOVIDataMapping; + +/** + * Dolby Vision RPU colorspace metadata parameters. + * + * @note sizeof(AVDOVIColorMetadata) is not part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVDOVIColorMetadata { + uint8_t dm_metadata_id; + uint8_t scene_refresh_flag; + + /** + * Coefficients of the custom Dolby Vision IPT-PQ matrices. These are to be + * used instead of the matrices indicated by the frame's colorspace tags. + * The output of rgb_to_lms_matrix is to be fed into a BT.2020 LMS->RGB + * matrix based on a Hunt-Pointer-Estevez transform, but without any + * crosstalk. (See the definition of the ICtCp colorspace for more + * information.) + */ + AVRational ycc_to_rgb_matrix[9]; /* before PQ linearization */ + AVRational ycc_to_rgb_offset[3]; /* input offset of neutral value */ + AVRational rgb_to_lms_matrix[9]; /* after PQ linearization */ + + /** + * Extra signal metadata (see Dolby patents for more info). + */ + uint16_t signal_eotf; + uint16_t signal_eotf_param0; + uint16_t signal_eotf_param1; + uint32_t signal_eotf_param2; + uint8_t signal_bit_depth; + uint8_t signal_color_space; + uint8_t signal_chroma_format; + uint8_t signal_full_range_flag; /* [0, 3] */ + uint16_t source_min_pq; + uint16_t source_max_pq; + uint16_t source_diagonal; +} AVDOVIColorMetadata; + +/** + * Combined struct representing a combination of header, mapping and color + * metadata, for attaching to frames as side data. + * + * @note The struct must be allocated with av_dovi_metadata_alloc() and + * its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ + +typedef struct AVDOVIMetadata { + /** + * Offset in bytes from the beginning of this structure at which the + * respective structs start. + */ + size_t header_offset; /* AVDOVIRpuDataHeader */ + size_t mapping_offset; /* AVDOVIDataMapping */ + size_t color_offset; /* AVDOVIColorMetadata */ +} AVDOVIMetadata; + +static av_always_inline AVDOVIRpuDataHeader * +av_dovi_get_header(const AVDOVIMetadata *data) +{ + return (AVDOVIRpuDataHeader *)((uint8_t *) data + data->header_offset); +} + +static av_always_inline AVDOVIDataMapping * +av_dovi_get_mapping(const AVDOVIMetadata *data) +{ + return (AVDOVIDataMapping *)((uint8_t *) data + data->mapping_offset); +} + +static av_always_inline AVDOVIColorMetadata * +av_dovi_get_color(const AVDOVIMetadata *data) +{ + return (AVDOVIColorMetadata *)((uint8_t *) data + data->color_offset); +} + +/** + * Allocate an AVDOVIMetadata structure and initialize its + * fields to default values. + * + * @param size If this parameter is non-NULL, the size in bytes of the + * allocated struct will be written here on success + * + * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure + */ +AVDOVIMetadata *av_dovi_metadata_alloc(size_t *size); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DOVI_META_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/downmix_info.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/downmix_info.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..221cf5b --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/downmix_info.h @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2014 Tim Walker + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H +#define AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H + +#include "frame.h" + +/** + * @file + * audio downmix medatata + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @defgroup downmix_info Audio downmix metadata + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Possible downmix types. + */ +enum AVDownmixType { + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /**< Not indicated. */ + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LORO, /**< Lo/Ro 2-channel downmix (Stereo). */ + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LTRT, /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Surround compatible. */ + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_DPLII, /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Pro Logic II compatible. */ + AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_NB /**< Number of downmix types. Not part of ABI. */ +}; + +/** + * This structure describes optional metadata relevant to a downmix procedure. + * + * All fields are set by the decoder to the value indicated in the audio + * bitstream (if present), or to a "sane" default otherwise. + */ +typedef struct AVDownmixInfo { + /** + * Type of downmix preferred by the mastering engineer. + */ + enum AVDownmixType preferred_downmix_type; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center + * channel during a regular downmix. + */ + double center_mix_level; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center + * channel during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix. + */ + double center_mix_level_ltrt; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround + * channels during a regular downmix. + */ + double surround_mix_level; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround + * channels during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix. + */ + double surround_mix_level_ltrt; + + /** + * Absolute scale factor representing the level at which the LFE data is + * mixed into L/R channels during downmixing. + */ + double lfe_mix_level; +} AVDownmixInfo; + +/** + * Get a frame's AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO side data for editing. + * + * If the side data is absent, it is created and added to the frame. + * + * @param frame the frame for which the side data is to be obtained or created + * + * @return the AVDownmixInfo structure to be edited by the caller, or NULL if + * the structure cannot be allocated. + */ +AVDownmixInfo *av_downmix_info_update_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/encryption_info.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/encryption_info.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8fe7ebf --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/encryption_info.h @@ -0,0 +1,205 @@ +/** + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H +#define AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H + +#include +#include + +typedef struct AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo { + /** The number of bytes that are clear. */ + unsigned int bytes_of_clear_data; + + /** + * The number of bytes that are protected. If using pattern encryption, + * the pattern applies to only the protected bytes; if not using pattern + * encryption, all these bytes are encrypted. + */ + unsigned int bytes_of_protected_data; +} AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo; + +/** + * This describes encryption info for a packet. This contains frame-specific + * info for how to decrypt the packet before passing it to the decoder. + * + * The size of this struct is not part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVEncryptionInfo { + /** The fourcc encryption scheme, in big-endian byte order. */ + uint32_t scheme; + + /** + * Only used for pattern encryption. This is the number of 16-byte blocks + * that are encrypted. + */ + uint32_t crypt_byte_block; + + /** + * Only used for pattern encryption. This is the number of 16-byte blocks + * that are clear. + */ + uint32_t skip_byte_block; + + /** + * The ID of the key used to encrypt the packet. This should always be + * 16 bytes long, but may be changed in the future. + */ + uint8_t *key_id; + uint32_t key_id_size; + + /** + * The initialization vector. This may have been zero-filled to be the + * correct block size. This should always be 16 bytes long, but may be + * changed in the future. + */ + uint8_t *iv; + uint32_t iv_size; + + /** + * An array of subsample encryption info specifying how parts of the sample + * are encrypted. If there are no subsamples, then the whole sample is + * encrypted. + */ + AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo *subsamples; + uint32_t subsample_count; +} AVEncryptionInfo; + +/** + * This describes info used to initialize an encryption key system. + * + * The size of this struct is not part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVEncryptionInitInfo { + /** + * A unique identifier for the key system this is for, can be NULL if it + * is not known. This should always be 16 bytes, but may change in the + * future. + */ + uint8_t* system_id; + uint32_t system_id_size; + + /** + * An array of key IDs this initialization data is for. All IDs are the + * same length. Can be NULL if there are no known key IDs. + */ + uint8_t** key_ids; + /** The number of key IDs. */ + uint32_t num_key_ids; + /** + * The number of bytes in each key ID. This should always be 16, but may + * change in the future. + */ + uint32_t key_id_size; + + /** + * Key-system specific initialization data. This data is copied directly + * from the file and the format depends on the specific key system. This + * can be NULL if there is no initialization data; in that case, there + * will be at least one key ID. + */ + uint8_t* data; + uint32_t data_size; + + /** + * An optional pointer to the next initialization info in the list. + */ + struct AVEncryptionInitInfo *next; +} AVEncryptionInitInfo; + +/** + * Allocates an AVEncryptionInfo structure and sub-pointers to hold the given + * number of subsamples. This will allocate pointers for the key ID, IV, + * and subsample entries, set the size members, and zero-initialize the rest. + * + * @param subsample_count The number of subsamples. + * @param key_id_size The number of bytes in the key ID, should be 16. + * @param iv_size The number of bytes in the IV, should be 16. + * + * @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error. + */ +AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_alloc(uint32_t subsample_count, uint32_t key_id_size, uint32_t iv_size); + +/** + * Allocates an AVEncryptionInfo structure with a copy of the given data. + * @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error. + */ +AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_clone(const AVEncryptionInfo *info); + +/** + * Frees the given encryption info object. This MUST NOT be used to free the + * side-data data pointer, that should use normal side-data methods. + */ +void av_encryption_info_free(AVEncryptionInfo *info); + +/** + * Creates a copy of the AVEncryptionInfo that is contained in the given side + * data. The resulting object should be passed to av_encryption_info_free() + * when done. + * + * @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error. + */ +AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_get_side_data(const uint8_t *side_data, size_t side_data_size); + +/** + * Allocates and initializes side data that holds a copy of the given encryption + * info. The resulting pointer should be either freed using av_free or given + * to av_packet_add_side_data(). + * + * @return The new side-data pointer, or NULL. + */ +uint8_t *av_encryption_info_add_side_data( + const AVEncryptionInfo *info, size_t *side_data_size); + + +/** + * Allocates an AVEncryptionInitInfo structure and sub-pointers to hold the + * given sizes. This will allocate pointers and set all the fields. + * + * @return The new AVEncryptionInitInfo structure, or NULL on error. + */ +AVEncryptionInitInfo *av_encryption_init_info_alloc( + uint32_t system_id_size, uint32_t num_key_ids, uint32_t key_id_size, uint32_t data_size); + +/** + * Frees the given encryption init info object. This MUST NOT be used to free + * the side-data data pointer, that should use normal side-data methods. + */ +void av_encryption_init_info_free(AVEncryptionInitInfo* info); + +/** + * Creates a copy of the AVEncryptionInitInfo that is contained in the given + * side data. The resulting object should be passed to + * av_encryption_init_info_free() when done. + * + * @return The new AVEncryptionInitInfo structure, or NULL on error. + */ +AVEncryptionInitInfo *av_encryption_init_info_get_side_data( + const uint8_t* side_data, size_t side_data_size); + +/** + * Allocates and initializes side data that holds a copy of the given encryption + * init info. The resulting pointer should be either freed using av_free or + * given to av_packet_add_side_data(). + * + * @return The new side-data pointer, or NULL. + */ +uint8_t *av_encryption_init_info_add_side_data( + const AVEncryptionInitInfo *info, size_t *side_data_size); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/error.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/error.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0d3269a --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/error.h @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * error code definitions + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ERROR_H +#define AVUTIL_ERROR_H + +#include +#include + +#include "macros.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_error + * + * @{ + */ + + +/* error handling */ +#if EDOM > 0 +#define AVERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a negative error code from a POSIX error code, to return from library functions. +#define AVUNERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a POSIX error code from a library function error return value. +#else +/* Some platforms have E* and errno already negated. */ +#define AVERROR(e) (e) +#define AVUNERROR(e) (e) +#endif + +#define FFERRTAG(a, b, c, d) (-(int)MKTAG(a, b, c, d)) + +#define AVERROR_BSF_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'B','S','F') ///< Bitstream filter not found +#define AVERROR_BUG FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G','!') ///< Internal bug, also see AVERROR_BUG2 +#define AVERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL FFERRTAG( 'B','U','F','S') ///< Buffer too small +#define AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','C') ///< Decoder not found +#define AVERROR_DEMUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','M') ///< Demuxer not found +#define AVERROR_ENCODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'E','N','C') ///< Encoder not found +#define AVERROR_EOF FFERRTAG( 'E','O','F',' ') ///< End of file +#define AVERROR_EXIT FFERRTAG( 'E','X','I','T') ///< Immediate exit was requested; the called function should not be restarted +#define AVERROR_EXTERNAL FFERRTAG( 'E','X','T',' ') ///< Generic error in an external library +#define AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'F','I','L') ///< Filter not found +#define AVERROR_INVALIDDATA FFERRTAG( 'I','N','D','A') ///< Invalid data found when processing input +#define AVERROR_MUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'M','U','X') ///< Muxer not found +#define AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'O','P','T') ///< Option not found +#define AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME FFERRTAG( 'P','A','W','E') ///< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg, patches welcome +#define AVERROR_PROTOCOL_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'P','R','O') ///< Protocol not found + +#define AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'S','T','R') ///< Stream not found +/** + * This is semantically identical to AVERROR_BUG + * it has been introduced in Libav after our AVERROR_BUG and with a modified value. + */ +#define AVERROR_BUG2 FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G',' ') +#define AVERROR_UNKNOWN FFERRTAG( 'U','N','K','N') ///< Unknown error, typically from an external library +#define AVERROR_EXPERIMENTAL (-0x2bb2afa8) ///< Requested feature is flagged experimental. Set strict_std_compliance if you really want to use it. +#define AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6701) ///< Input changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED) +#define AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6702) ///< Output changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED) +/* HTTP & RTSP errors */ +#define AVERROR_HTTP_BAD_REQUEST FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','0') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','1') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_FORBIDDEN FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','3') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','4') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_OTHER_4XX FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','X','X') +#define AVERROR_HTTP_SERVER_ERROR FFERRTAG(0xF8,'5','X','X') + +#define AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE 64 + +/** + * Put a description of the AVERROR code errnum in errbuf. + * In case of failure the global variable errno is set to indicate the + * error. Even in case of failure av_strerror() will print a generic + * error message indicating the errnum provided to errbuf. + * + * @param errnum error code to describe + * @param errbuf buffer to which description is written + * @param errbuf_size the size in bytes of errbuf + * @return 0 on success, a negative value if a description for errnum + * cannot be found + */ +int av_strerror(int errnum, char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size); + +/** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing an error string + * corresponding to the AVERROR code errnum. + * + * @param errbuf a buffer + * @param errbuf_size size in bytes of errbuf + * @param errnum error code to describe + * @return the buffer in input, filled with the error description + * @see av_strerror() + */ +static inline char *av_make_error_string(char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size, int errnum) +{ + av_strerror(errnum, errbuf, errbuf_size); + return errbuf; +} + +/** + * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in + * function arguments but never stand-alone. + */ +#define av_err2str(errnum) \ + av_make_error_string((char[AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE, errnum) + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ERROR_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/eval.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/eval.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ee8cffb --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/eval.h @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2002 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * simple arithmetic expression evaluator + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_EVAL_H +#define AVUTIL_EVAL_H + +typedef struct AVExpr AVExpr; + +/** + * Parse and evaluate an expression. + * Note, this is significantly slower than av_expr_eval(). + * + * @param res a pointer to a double where is put the result value of + * the expression, or NAN in case of error + * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)" + * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0} + * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from const_names + * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers + * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument + * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers + * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments + * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2 + * @param log_offset log level offset, can be used to silence error messages + * @param log_ctx parent logging context + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_expr_parse_and_eval(double *res, const char *s, + const char * const *const_names, const double *const_values, + const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double), + const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double), + void *opaque, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Parse an expression. + * + * @param expr a pointer where is put an AVExpr containing the parsed + * value in case of successful parsing, or NULL otherwise. + * The pointed to AVExpr must be freed with av_expr_free() by the user + * when it is not needed anymore. + * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)" + * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0} + * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers + * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument + * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers + * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments + * @param log_offset log level offset, can be used to silence error messages + * @param log_ctx parent logging context + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_expr_parse(AVExpr **expr, const char *s, + const char * const *const_names, + const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double), + const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double), + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Evaluate a previously parsed expression. + * + * @param e the AVExpr to evaluate + * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from av_expr_parse() const_names + * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2 + * @return the value of the expression + */ +double av_expr_eval(AVExpr *e, const double *const_values, void *opaque); + +/** + * Track the presence of variables and their number of occurrences in a parsed expression + * + * @param e the AVExpr to track variables in + * @param counter a zero-initialized array where the count of each variable will be stored + * @param size size of array + * @return 0 on success, a negative value indicates that no expression or array was passed + * or size was zero + */ +int av_expr_count_vars(AVExpr *e, unsigned *counter, int size); + +/** + * Track the presence of user provided functions and their number of occurrences + * in a parsed expression. + * + * @param e the AVExpr to track user provided functions in + * @param counter a zero-initialized array where the count of each function will be stored + * if you passed 5 functions with 2 arguments to av_expr_parse() + * then for arg=2 this will use upto 5 entries. + * @param size size of array + * @param arg number of arguments the counted functions have + * @return 0 on success, a negative value indicates that no expression or array was passed + * or size was zero + */ +int av_expr_count_func(AVExpr *e, unsigned *counter, int size, int arg); + +/** + * Free a parsed expression previously created with av_expr_parse(). + */ +void av_expr_free(AVExpr *e); + +/** + * Parse the string in numstr and return its value as a double. If + * the string is empty, contains only whitespaces, or does not contain + * an initial substring that has the expected syntax for a + * floating-point number, no conversion is performed. In this case, + * returns a value of zero and the value returned in tail is the value + * of numstr. + * + * @param numstr a string representing a number, may contain one of + * the International System number postfixes, for example 'K', 'M', + * 'G'. If 'i' is appended after the postfix, powers of 2 are used + * instead of powers of 10. The 'B' postfix multiplies the value by + * 8, and can be appended after another postfix or used alone. This + * allows using for example 'KB', 'MiB', 'G' and 'B' as postfix. + * @param tail if non-NULL puts here the pointer to the char next + * after the last parsed character + */ +double av_strtod(const char *numstr, char **tail); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_EVAL_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/ffversion.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/ffversion.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..db56165 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/ffversion.h @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +/* Automatically generated by version.sh, do not manually edit! */ +#ifndef AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H +#define AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H +#define FFMPEG_VERSION "N-109379-g2eb7151261" +#endif /* AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/fifo.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/fifo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..70f9376 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/fifo.h @@ -0,0 +1,448 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_fifo + * A generic FIFO API + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_FIFO_H +#define AVUTIL_FIFO_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_fifo AVFifo + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @{ + * A generic FIFO API + */ + +typedef struct AVFifo AVFifo; + +/** + * Callback for writing or reading from a FIFO, passed to (and invoked from) the + * av_fifo_*_cb() functions. It may be invoked multiple times from a single + * av_fifo_*_cb() call and may process less data than the maximum size indicated + * by nb_elems. + * + * @param opaque the opaque pointer provided to the av_fifo_*_cb() function + * @param buf the buffer for reading or writing the data, depending on which + * av_fifo_*_cb function is called + * @param nb_elems On entry contains the maximum number of elements that can be + * read from / written into buf. On success, the callback should + * update it to contain the number of elements actually written. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative error code on failure (will be returned from + * the invoking av_fifo_*_cb() function) + */ +typedef int AVFifoCB(void *opaque, void *buf, size_t *nb_elems); + +/** + * Automatically resize the FIFO on writes, so that the data fits. This + * automatic resizing happens up to a limit that can be modified with + * av_fifo_auto_grow_limit(). + */ +#define AV_FIFO_FLAG_AUTO_GROW (1 << 0) + +/** + * Allocate and initialize an AVFifo with a given element size. + * + * @param elems initial number of elements that can be stored in the FIFO + * @param elem_size Size in bytes of a single element. Further operations on + * the returned FIFO will implicitly use this element size. + * @param flags a combination of AV_FIFO_FLAG_* + * + * @return newly-allocated AVFifo on success, a negative error code on failure + */ +AVFifo *av_fifo_alloc2(size_t elems, size_t elem_size, + unsigned int flags); + +/** + * @return Element size for FIFO operations. This element size is set at + * FIFO allocation and remains constant during its lifetime + */ +size_t av_fifo_elem_size(const AVFifo *f); + +/** + * Set the maximum size (in elements) to which the FIFO can be resized + * automatically. Has no effect unless AV_FIFO_FLAG_AUTO_GROW is used. + */ +void av_fifo_auto_grow_limit(AVFifo *f, size_t max_elems); + +/** + * @return number of elements available for reading from the given FIFO. + */ +size_t av_fifo_can_read(const AVFifo *f); + +/** + * @return Number of elements that can be written into the given FIFO without + * growing it. + * + * In other words, this number of elements or less is guaranteed to fit + * into the FIFO. More data may be written when the + * AV_FIFO_FLAG_AUTO_GROW flag was specified at FIFO creation, but this + * may involve memory allocation, which can fail. + */ +size_t av_fifo_can_write(const AVFifo *f); + +/** + * Enlarge an AVFifo. + * + * On success, the FIFO will be large enough to hold exactly + * inc + av_fifo_can_read() + av_fifo_can_write() + * elements. In case of failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged. + * + * @param f AVFifo to resize + * @param inc number of elements to allocate for, in addition to the current + * allocated size + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + */ +int av_fifo_grow2(AVFifo *f, size_t inc); + +/** + * Write data into a FIFO. + * + * In case nb_elems > av_fifo_can_write(f) and the AV_FIFO_FLAG_AUTO_GROW flag + * was not specified at FIFO creation, nothing is written and an error + * is returned. + * + * Calling function is guaranteed to succeed if nb_elems <= av_fifo_can_write(f). + * + * @param f the FIFO buffer + * @param buf Data to be written. nb_elems * av_fifo_elem_size(f) bytes will be + * read from buf on success. + * @param nb_elems number of elements to write into FIFO + * + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + */ +int av_fifo_write(AVFifo *f, const void *buf, size_t nb_elems); + +/** + * Write data from a user-provided callback into a FIFO. + * + * @param f the FIFO buffer + * @param read_cb Callback supplying the data to the FIFO. May be called + * multiple times. + * @param opaque opaque user data to be provided to read_cb + * @param nb_elems Should point to the maximum number of elements that can be + * written. Will be updated to contain the number of elements + * actually written. + * + * @return non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + */ +int av_fifo_write_from_cb(AVFifo *f, AVFifoCB read_cb, + void *opaque, size_t *nb_elems); + +/** + * Read data from a FIFO. + * + * In case nb_elems > av_fifo_can_read(f), nothing is read and an error + * is returned. + * + * @param f the FIFO buffer + * @param buf Buffer to store the data. nb_elems * av_fifo_elem_size(f) bytes + * will be written into buf on success. + * @param nb_elems number of elements to read from FIFO + * + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + */ +int av_fifo_read(AVFifo *f, void *buf, size_t nb_elems); + +/** + * Feed data from a FIFO into a user-provided callback. + * + * @param f the FIFO buffer + * @param write_cb Callback the data will be supplied to. May be called + * multiple times. + * @param opaque opaque user data to be provided to write_cb + * @param nb_elems Should point to the maximum number of elements that can be + * read. Will be updated to contain the total number of elements + * actually sent to the callback. + * + * @return non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + */ +int av_fifo_read_to_cb(AVFifo *f, AVFifoCB write_cb, + void *opaque, size_t *nb_elems); + +/** + * Read data from a FIFO without modifying FIFO state. + * + * Returns an error if an attempt is made to peek to nonexistent elements + * (i.e. if offset + nb_elems is larger than av_fifo_can_read(f)). + * + * @param f the FIFO buffer + * @param buf Buffer to store the data. nb_elems * av_fifo_elem_size(f) bytes + * will be written into buf. + * @param nb_elems number of elements to read from FIFO + * @param offset number of initial elements to skip. + * + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + */ +int av_fifo_peek(AVFifo *f, void *buf, size_t nb_elems, size_t offset); + +/** + * Feed data from a FIFO into a user-provided callback. + * + * @param f the FIFO buffer + * @param write_cb Callback the data will be supplied to. May be called + * multiple times. + * @param opaque opaque user data to be provided to write_cb + * @param nb_elems Should point to the maximum number of elements that can be + * read. Will be updated to contain the total number of elements + * actually sent to the callback. + * @param offset number of initial elements to skip; offset + *nb_elems must not + * be larger than av_fifo_can_read(f). + * + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + */ +int av_fifo_peek_to_cb(AVFifo *f, AVFifoCB write_cb, void *opaque, + size_t *nb_elems, size_t offset); + +/** + * Discard the specified amount of data from an AVFifo. + * @param size number of elements to discard, MUST NOT be larger than + * av_fifo_can_read(f) + */ +void av_fifo_drain2(AVFifo *f, size_t size); + +/* + * Empty the AVFifo. + * @param f AVFifo to reset + */ +void av_fifo_reset2(AVFifo *f); + +/** + * Free an AVFifo and reset pointer to NULL. + * @param f Pointer to an AVFifo to free. *f == NULL is allowed. + */ +void av_fifo_freep2(AVFifo **f); + + +#if FF_API_FIFO_OLD_API +typedef struct AVFifoBuffer { + uint8_t *buffer; + uint8_t *rptr, *wptr, *end; + uint32_t rndx, wndx; +} AVFifoBuffer; + +/** + * Initialize an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param size of FIFO + * @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure + * @deprecated use av_fifo_alloc2() + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc(unsigned int size); + +/** + * Initialize an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param nmemb number of elements + * @param size size of the single element + * @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure + * @deprecated use av_fifo_alloc2() + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/** + * Free an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to free + * @deprecated use the AVFifo API with av_fifo_freep2() + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_fifo_free(AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Free an AVFifoBuffer and reset pointer to NULL. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to free + * @deprecated use the AVFifo API with av_fifo_freep2() + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_fifo_freep(AVFifoBuffer **f); + +/** + * Reset the AVFifoBuffer to the state right after av_fifo_alloc, in particular it is emptied. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to reset + * @deprecated use av_fifo_reset2() with the new AVFifo-API + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_fifo_reset(AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Return the amount of data in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the + * amount of data you can read from it. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @return size + * @deprecated use av_fifo_can_read() with the new AVFifo-API + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_fifo_size(const AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Return the amount of space in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the + * amount of data you can write into it. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to write into + * @return size + * @deprecated use av_fifo_can_write() with the new AVFifo-API + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_fifo_space(const AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Feed data at specific position from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback. + * Similar as av_fifo_gereric_read but without discarding data. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @param offset offset from current read position + * @param buf_size number of bytes to read + * @param func generic read function + * @param dest data destination + * + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + * + * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_peek() when func == NULL, + * av_fifo_peek_to_cb() otherwise + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_fifo_generic_peek_at(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int offset, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int)); + +/** + * Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback. + * Similar as av_fifo_gereric_read but without discarding data. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @param buf_size number of bytes to read + * @param func generic read function + * @param dest data destination + * + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + * + * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_peek() when func == NULL, + * av_fifo_peek_to_cb() otherwise + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_fifo_generic_peek(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int)); + +/** + * Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @param buf_size number of bytes to read + * @param func generic read function + * @param dest data destination + * + * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure + * + * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_read() when func == NULL, + * av_fifo_read_to_cb() otherwise + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_fifo_generic_read(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int)); + +/** + * Feed data from a user-supplied callback to an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to write to + * @param src data source; non-const since it may be used as a + * modifiable context by the function defined in func + * @param size number of bytes to write + * @param func generic write function; the first parameter is src, + * the second is dest_buf, the third is dest_buf_size. + * func must return the number of bytes written to dest_buf, or <= 0 to + * indicate no more data available to write. + * If func is NULL, src is interpreted as a simple byte array for source data. + * @return the number of bytes written to the FIFO or a negative error code on failure + * + * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_write() when func == NULL, + * av_fifo_write_from_cb() otherwise + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_fifo_generic_write(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *src, int size, int (*func)(void*, void*, int)); + +/** + * Resize an AVFifoBuffer. + * In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged. + * + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize + * @param size new AVFifoBuffer size in bytes + * @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise + * + * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_grow2() to increase FIFO size, + * decreasing FIFO size is not supported + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_fifo_realloc2(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int size); + +/** + * Enlarge an AVFifoBuffer. + * In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged. + * The new fifo size may be larger than the requested size. + * + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize + * @param additional_space the amount of space in bytes to allocate in addition to av_fifo_size() + * @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise + * + * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_grow2(); note that unlike + * this function it adds to the allocated size, rather than to the used size + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_fifo_grow(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int additional_space); + +/** + * Read and discard the specified amount of data from an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @param size amount of data to read in bytes + * + * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_drain2() + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_fifo_drain(AVFifoBuffer *f, int size); + +#if FF_API_FIFO_PEEK2 +/** + * Return a pointer to the data stored in a FIFO buffer at a certain offset. + * The FIFO buffer is not modified. + * + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to peek at, f must be non-NULL + * @param offs an offset in bytes, its absolute value must be less + * than the used buffer size or the returned pointer will + * point outside to the buffer data. + * The used buffer size can be checked with av_fifo_size(). + * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_peek() or av_fifo_peek_to_cb() + */ +attribute_deprecated +static inline uint8_t *av_fifo_peek2(const AVFifoBuffer *f, int offs) +{ + uint8_t *ptr = f->rptr + offs; + if (ptr >= f->end) + ptr = f->buffer + (ptr - f->end); + else if (ptr < f->buffer) + ptr = f->end - (f->buffer - ptr); + return ptr; +} +#endif +#endif + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_FIFO_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/file.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/file.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fc87a9c --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/file.h @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_FILE_H +#define AVUTIL_FILE_H + +#include +#include + +#include "version.h" +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @file + * Misc file utilities. + */ + +/** + * Read the file with name filename, and put its content in a newly + * allocated buffer or map it with mmap() when available. + * In case of success set *bufptr to the read or mmapped buffer, and + * *size to the size in bytes of the buffer in *bufptr. + * Unlike mmap this function succeeds with zero sized files, in this + * case *bufptr will be set to NULL and *size will be set to 0. + * The returned buffer must be released with av_file_unmap(). + * + * @param filename path to the file + * @param[out] bufptr pointee is set to the mapped or allocated buffer + * @param[out] size pointee is set to the size in bytes of the buffer + * @param log_offset loglevel offset used for logging + * @param log_ctx context used for logging + * @return a non negative number in case of success, a negative value + * corresponding to an AVERROR error code in case of failure + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_file_map(const char *filename, uint8_t **bufptr, size_t *size, + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Unmap or free the buffer bufptr created by av_file_map(). + * + * @param bufptr the buffer previously created with av_file_map() + * @param size size in bytes of bufptr, must be the same as returned + * by av_file_map() + */ +void av_file_unmap(uint8_t *bufptr, size_t size); + +#if FF_API_AV_FOPEN_UTF8 +/** + * Wrapper to work around the lack of mkstemp() on mingw. + * Also, tries to create file in /tmp first, if possible. + * *prefix can be a character constant; *filename will be allocated internally. + * @return file descriptor of opened file (or negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code on error) + * and opened file name in **filename. + * @note On very old libcs it is necessary to set a secure umask before + * calling this, av_tempfile() can't call umask itself as it is used in + * libraries and could interfere with the calling application. + * @deprecated as fd numbers cannot be passed saftely between libs on some platforms + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_tempfile(const char *prefix, char **filename, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_FILE_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/film_grain_params.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/film_grain_params.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f3bd0a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/film_grain_params.h @@ -0,0 +1,260 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_H +#define AVUTIL_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_H + +#include "frame.h" + +enum AVFilmGrainParamsType { + AV_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_NONE = 0, + + /** + * The union is valid when interpreted as AVFilmGrainAOMParams (codec.aom) + */ + AV_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_AV1, + + /** + * The union is valid when interpreted as AVFilmGrainH274Params (codec.h274) + */ + AV_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_H274, +}; + +/** + * This structure describes how to handle film grain synthesis for AOM codecs. + * + * @note The struct must be allocated as part of AVFilmGrainParams using + * av_film_grain_params_alloc(). Its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVFilmGrainAOMParams { + /** + * Number of points, and the scale and value for each point of the + * piecewise linear scaling function for the uma plane. + */ + int num_y_points; + uint8_t y_points[14][2 /* value, scaling */]; + + /** + * Signals whether to derive the chroma scaling function from the luma. + * Not equivalent to copying the luma values and scales. + */ + int chroma_scaling_from_luma; + + /** + * If chroma_scaling_from_luma is set to 0, signals the chroma scaling + * function parameters. + */ + int num_uv_points[2 /* cb, cr */]; + uint8_t uv_points[2 /* cb, cr */][10][2 /* value, scaling */]; + + /** + * Specifies the shift applied to the chroma components. For AV1, its within + * [8; 11] and determines the range and quantization of the film grain. + */ + int scaling_shift; + + /** + * Specifies the auto-regression lag. + */ + int ar_coeff_lag; + + /** + * Luma auto-regression coefficients. The number of coefficients is given by + * 2 * ar_coeff_lag * (ar_coeff_lag + 1). + */ + int8_t ar_coeffs_y[24]; + + /** + * Chroma auto-regression coefficients. The number of coefficients is given by + * 2 * ar_coeff_lag * (ar_coeff_lag + 1) + !!num_y_points. + */ + int8_t ar_coeffs_uv[2 /* cb, cr */][25]; + + /** + * Specifies the range of the auto-regressive coefficients. Values of 6, + * 7, 8 and so on represent a range of [-2, 2), [-1, 1), [-0.5, 0.5) and + * so on. For AV1 must be between 6 and 9. + */ + int ar_coeff_shift; + + /** + * Signals the down shift applied to the generated gaussian numbers during + * synthesis. + */ + int grain_scale_shift; + + /** + * Specifies the luma/chroma multipliers for the index to the component + * scaling function. + */ + int uv_mult[2 /* cb, cr */]; + int uv_mult_luma[2 /* cb, cr */]; + + /** + * Offset used for component scaling function. For AV1 its a 9-bit value + * with a range [-256, 255] + */ + int uv_offset[2 /* cb, cr */]; + + /** + * Signals whether to overlap film grain blocks. + */ + int overlap_flag; + + /** + * Signals to clip to limited color levels after film grain application. + */ + int limit_output_range; +} AVFilmGrainAOMParams; + +/** + * This structure describes how to handle film grain synthesis for codecs using + * the ITU-T H.274 Versatile suplemental enhancement information message. + * + * @note The struct must be allocated as part of AVFilmGrainParams using + * av_film_grain_params_alloc(). Its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVFilmGrainH274Params { + /** + * Specifies the film grain simulation mode. + * 0 = Frequency filtering, 1 = Auto-regression + */ + int model_id; + + /** + * Specifies the bit depth used for the luma component. + */ + int bit_depth_luma; + + /** + * Specifies the bit depth used for the chroma components. + */ + int bit_depth_chroma; + + enum AVColorRange color_range; + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + enum AVColorSpace color_space; + + /** + * Specifies the blending mode used to blend the simulated film grain + * with the decoded images. + * + * 0 = Additive, 1 = Multiplicative + */ + int blending_mode_id; + + /** + * Specifies a scale factor used in the film grain characterization equations. + */ + int log2_scale_factor; + + /** + * Indicates if the modelling of film grain for a given component is present. + */ + int component_model_present[3 /* y, cb, cr */]; + + /** + * Specifies the number of intensity intervals for which a specific set of + * model values has been estimated, with a range of [1, 256]. + */ + uint16_t num_intensity_intervals[3 /* y, cb, cr */]; + + /** + * Specifies the number of model values present for each intensity interval + * in which the film grain has been modelled, with a range of [1, 6]. + */ + uint8_t num_model_values[3 /* y, cb, cr */]; + + /** + * Specifies the lower ounds of each intensity interval for whichthe set of + * model values applies for the component. + */ + uint8_t intensity_interval_lower_bound[3 /* y, cb, cr */][256 /* intensity interval */]; + + /** + * Specifies the upper bound of each intensity interval for which the set of + * model values applies for the component. + */ + uint8_t intensity_interval_upper_bound[3 /* y, cb, cr */][256 /* intensity interval */]; + + /** + * Specifies the model values for the component for each intensity interval. + * - When model_id == 0, the following applies: + * For comp_model_value[y], the range of values is [0, 2^bit_depth_luma - 1] + * For comp_model_value[cb..cr], the range of values is [0, 2^bit_depth_chroma - 1] + * - Otherwise, the following applies: + * For comp_model_value[y], the range of values is [-2^(bit_depth_luma - 1), 2^(bit_depth_luma - 1) - 1] + * For comp_model_value[cb..cr], the range of values is [-2^(bit_depth_chroma - 1), 2^(bit_depth_chroma - 1) - 1] + */ + int16_t comp_model_value[3 /* y, cb, cr */][256 /* intensity interval */][6 /* model value */]; +} AVFilmGrainH274Params; + +/** + * This structure describes how to handle film grain synthesis in video + * for specific codecs. Must be present on every frame where film grain is + * meant to be synthesised for correct presentation. + * + * @note The struct must be allocated with av_film_grain_params_alloc() and + * its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVFilmGrainParams { + /** + * Specifies the codec for which this structure is valid. + */ + enum AVFilmGrainParamsType type; + + /** + * Seed to use for the synthesis process, if the codec allows for it. + * + * @note For H.264, this refers to `pic_offset` as defined in + * SMPTE RDD 5-2006. + */ + uint64_t seed; + + /** + * Additional fields may be added both here and in any structure included. + * If a codec's film grain structure differs slightly over another + * codec's, fields within may change meaning depending on the type. + */ + union { + AVFilmGrainAOMParams aom; + AVFilmGrainH274Params h274; + } codec; +} AVFilmGrainParams; + +/** + * Allocate an AVFilmGrainParams structure and set its fields to + * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * If size is not NULL it will be set to the number of bytes allocated. + * + * @return An AVFilmGrainParams filled with default values or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVFilmGrainParams *av_film_grain_params_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVFilmGrainParams and add it to the frame. + * + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVFilmGrainParams structure to be filled by caller. + */ +AVFilmGrainParams *av_film_grain_params_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/frame.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/frame.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e60a82f --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/frame.h @@ -0,0 +1,959 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_frame + * reference-counted frame API + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_FRAME_H +#define AVUTIL_FRAME_H + +#include +#include + +#include "avutil.h" +#include "buffer.h" +#include "channel_layout.h" +#include "dict.h" +#include "rational.h" +#include "samplefmt.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "version.h" + + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_frame AVFrame + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @{ + * AVFrame is an abstraction for reference-counted raw multimedia data. + */ + +enum AVFrameSideDataType { + /** + * The data is the AVPanScan struct defined in libavcodec. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_PANSCAN, + /** + * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions. + * A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data. + * The number of bytes of CC data is AVFrameSideData.size. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_A53_CC, + /** + * Stereoscopic 3d metadata. + * The data is the AVStereo3D struct defined in libavutil/stereo3d.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_STEREO3D, + /** + * The data is the AVMatrixEncoding enum defined in libavutil/channel_layout.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_MATRIXENCODING, + /** + * Metadata relevant to a downmix procedure. + * The data is the AVDownmixInfo struct defined in libavutil/downmix_info.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO, + /** + * ReplayGain information in the form of the AVReplayGain struct. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_REPLAYGAIN, + /** + * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine + * transformation that needs to be applied to the frame for correct + * presentation. + * + * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX, + /** + * Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified + * in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_AFD, + /** + * Motion vectors exported by some codecs (on demand through the export_mvs + * flag set in the libavcodec AVCodecContext flags2 option). + * The data is the AVMotionVector struct defined in + * libavutil/motion_vector.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_MOTION_VECTORS, + /** + * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples. This is exported + * only if the "skip_manual" AVOption is set in libavcodec. + * This has the same format as AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES. + * @code + * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet + * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet + * u8 reason for start skip + * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence) + * @endcode + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES, + /** + * This side data must be associated with an audio frame and corresponds to + * enum AVAudioServiceType defined in avcodec.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE, + /** + * Mastering display metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is + * an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata type and contains information about the + * mastering display color volume. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA, + /** + * The GOP timecode in 25 bit timecode format. Data format is 64-bit integer. + * This is set on the first frame of a GOP that has a temporal reference of 0. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_GOP_TIMECODE, + + /** + * The data represents the AVSphericalMapping structure defined in + * libavutil/spherical.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_SPHERICAL, + + /** + * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This payload contains data in + * the form of the AVContentLightMetadata struct. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL, + + /** + * The data contains an ICC profile as an opaque octet buffer following the + * format described by ISO 15076-1 with an optional name defined in the + * metadata key entry "name". + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_ICC_PROFILE, + + /** + * Timecode which conforms to SMPTE ST 12-1. The data is an array of 4 uint32_t + * where the first uint32_t describes how many (1-3) of the other timecodes are used. + * The timecode format is described in the documentation of av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum() + * function in libavutil/timecode.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_S12M_TIMECODE, + + /** + * HDR dynamic metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is + * an AVDynamicHDRPlus type and contains information for color + * volume transform - application 4 of SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR_PLUS, + + /** + * Regions Of Interest, the data is an array of AVRegionOfInterest type, the number of + * array element is implied by AVFrameSideData.size / AVRegionOfInterest.self_size. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_REGIONS_OF_INTEREST, + + /** + * Encoding parameters for a video frame, as described by AVVideoEncParams. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS, + + /** + * User data unregistered metadata associated with a video frame. + * This is the H.26[45] UDU SEI message, and shouldn't be used for any other purpose + * The data is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data which is 16 bytes of + * uuid_iso_iec_11578 followed by AVFrameSideData.size - 16 bytes of user_data_payload_byte. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_SEI_UNREGISTERED, + + /** + * Film grain parameters for a frame, described by AVFilmGrainParams. + * Must be present for every frame which should have film grain applied. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS, + + /** + * Bounding boxes for object detection and classification, + * as described by AVDetectionBBoxHeader. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DETECTION_BBOXES, + + /** + * Dolby Vision RPU raw data, suitable for passing to x265 + * or other libraries. Array of uint8_t, with NAL emulation + * bytes intact. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DOVI_RPU_BUFFER, + + /** + * Parsed Dolby Vision metadata, suitable for passing to a software + * implementation. The payload is the AVDOVIMetadata struct defined in + * libavutil/dovi_meta.h. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DOVI_METADATA, + + /** + * HDR Vivid dynamic metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is + * an AVDynamicHDRVivid type and contains information for color + * volume transform - CUVA 005.1-2021. + */ + AV_FRAME_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR_VIVID, +}; + +enum AVActiveFormatDescription { + AV_AFD_SAME = 8, + AV_AFD_4_3 = 9, + AV_AFD_16_9 = 10, + AV_AFD_14_9 = 11, + AV_AFD_4_3_SP_14_9 = 13, + AV_AFD_16_9_SP_14_9 = 14, + AV_AFD_SP_4_3 = 15, +}; + + +/** + * Structure to hold side data for an AVFrame. + * + * sizeof(AVFrameSideData) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added + * to the end with a minor bump. + */ +typedef struct AVFrameSideData { + enum AVFrameSideDataType type; + uint8_t *data; + size_t size; + AVDictionary *metadata; + AVBufferRef *buf; +} AVFrameSideData; + +/** + * Structure describing a single Region Of Interest. + * + * When multiple regions are defined in a single side-data block, they + * should be ordered from most to least important - some encoders are only + * capable of supporting a limited number of distinct regions, so will have + * to truncate the list. + * + * When overlapping regions are defined, the first region containing a given + * area of the frame applies. + */ +typedef struct AVRegionOfInterest { + /** + * Must be set to the size of this data structure (that is, + * sizeof(AVRegionOfInterest)). + */ + uint32_t self_size; + /** + * Distance in pixels from the top edge of the frame to the top and + * bottom edges and from the left edge of the frame to the left and + * right edges of the rectangle defining this region of interest. + * + * The constraints on a region are encoder dependent, so the region + * actually affected may be slightly larger for alignment or other + * reasons. + */ + int top; + int bottom; + int left; + int right; + /** + * Quantisation offset. + * + * Must be in the range -1 to +1. A value of zero indicates no quality + * change. A negative value asks for better quality (less quantisation), + * while a positive value asks for worse quality (greater quantisation). + * + * The range is calibrated so that the extreme values indicate the + * largest possible offset - if the rest of the frame is encoded with the + * worst possible quality, an offset of -1 indicates that this region + * should be encoded with the best possible quality anyway. Intermediate + * values are then interpolated in some codec-dependent way. + * + * For example, in 10-bit H.264 the quantisation parameter varies between + * -12 and 51. A typical qoffset value of -1/10 therefore indicates that + * this region should be encoded with a QP around one-tenth of the full + * range better than the rest of the frame. So, if most of the frame + * were to be encoded with a QP of around 30, this region would get a QP + * of around 24 (an offset of approximately -1/10 * (51 - -12) = -6.3). + * An extreme value of -1 would indicate that this region should be + * encoded with the best possible quality regardless of the treatment of + * the rest of the frame - that is, should be encoded at a QP of -12. + */ + AVRational qoffset; +} AVRegionOfInterest; + +/** + * This structure describes decoded (raw) audio or video data. + * + * AVFrame must be allocated using av_frame_alloc(). Note that this only + * allocates the AVFrame itself, the buffers for the data must be managed + * through other means (see below). + * AVFrame must be freed with av_frame_free(). + * + * AVFrame is typically allocated once and then reused multiple times to hold + * different data (e.g. a single AVFrame to hold frames received from a + * decoder). In such a case, av_frame_unref() will free any references held by + * the frame and reset it to its original clean state before it + * is reused again. + * + * The data described by an AVFrame is usually reference counted through the + * AVBuffer API. The underlying buffer references are stored in AVFrame.buf / + * AVFrame.extended_buf. An AVFrame is considered to be reference counted if at + * least one reference is set, i.e. if AVFrame.buf[0] != NULL. In such a case, + * every single data plane must be contained in one of the buffers in + * AVFrame.buf or AVFrame.extended_buf. + * There may be a single buffer for all the data, or one separate buffer for + * each plane, or anything in between. + * + * sizeof(AVFrame) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added + * to the end with a minor bump. + * + * Fields can be accessed through AVOptions, the name string used, matches the + * C structure field name for fields accessible through AVOptions. The AVClass + * for AVFrame can be obtained from avcodec_get_frame_class() + */ +typedef struct AVFrame { +#define AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS 8 + /** + * pointer to the picture/channel planes. + * This might be different from the first allocated byte. For video, + * it could even point to the end of the image data. + * + * All pointers in data and extended_data must point into one of the + * AVBufferRef in buf or extended_buf. + * + * Some decoders access areas outside 0,0 - width,height, please + * see avcodec_align_dimensions2(). Some filters and swscale can read + * up to 16 bytes beyond the planes, if these filters are to be used, + * then 16 extra bytes must be allocated. + * + * NOTE: Pointers not needed by the format MUST be set to NULL. + * + * @attention In case of video, the data[] pointers can point to the + * end of image data in order to reverse line order, when used in + * combination with negative values in the linesize[] array. + */ + uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * For video, a positive or negative value, which is typically indicating + * the size in bytes of each picture line, but it can also be: + * - the negative byte size of lines for vertical flipping + * (with data[n] pointing to the end of the data + * - a positive or negative multiple of the byte size as for accessing + * even and odd fields of a frame (possibly flipped) + * + * For audio, only linesize[0] may be set. For planar audio, each channel + * plane must be the same size. + * + * For video the linesizes should be multiples of the CPUs alignment + * preference, this is 16 or 32 for modern desktop CPUs. + * Some code requires such alignment other code can be slower without + * correct alignment, for yet other it makes no difference. + * + * @note The linesize may be larger than the size of usable data -- there + * may be extra padding present for performance reasons. + * + * @attention In case of video, line size values can be negative to achieve + * a vertically inverted iteration over image lines. + */ + int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * pointers to the data planes/channels. + * + * For video, this should simply point to data[]. + * + * For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and + * linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer. + * For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0] + * contains the total size of the buffer for all channels. + * + * Note: Both data and extended_data should always be set in a valid frame, + * but for planar audio with more channels that can fit in data, + * extended_data must be used in order to access all channels. + */ + uint8_t **extended_data; + + /** + * @name Video dimensions + * Video frames only. The coded dimensions (in pixels) of the video frame, + * i.e. the size of the rectangle that contains some well-defined values. + * + * @note The part of the frame intended for display/presentation is further + * restricted by the @ref cropping "Cropping rectangle". + * @{ + */ + int width, height; + /** + * @} + */ + + /** + * number of audio samples (per channel) described by this frame + */ + int nb_samples; + + /** + * format of the frame, -1 if unknown or unset + * Values correspond to enum AVPixelFormat for video frames, + * enum AVSampleFormat for audio) + */ + int format; + + /** + * 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not + */ + int key_frame; + + /** + * Picture type of the frame. + */ + enum AVPictureType pict_type; + + /** + * Sample aspect ratio for the video frame, 0/1 if unknown/unspecified. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * Presentation timestamp in time_base units (time when frame should be shown to user). + */ + int64_t pts; + + /** + * DTS copied from the AVPacket that triggered returning this frame. (if frame threading isn't used) + * This is also the Presentation time of this AVFrame calculated from + * only AVPacket.dts values without pts values. + */ + int64_t pkt_dts; + + /** + * Time base for the timestamps in this frame. + * In the future, this field may be set on frames output by decoders or + * filters, but its value will be by default ignored on input to encoders + * or filters. + */ + AVRational time_base; + + /** + * picture number in bitstream order + */ + int coded_picture_number; + /** + * picture number in display order + */ + int display_picture_number; + + /** + * quality (between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad)) + */ + int quality; + + /** + * for some private data of the user + */ + void *opaque; + + /** + * When decoding, this signals how much the picture must be delayed. + * extra_delay = repeat_pict / (2*fps) + */ + int repeat_pict; + + /** + * The content of the picture is interlaced. + */ + int interlaced_frame; + + /** + * If the content is interlaced, is top field displayed first. + */ + int top_field_first; + + /** + * Tell user application that palette has changed from previous frame. + */ + int palette_has_changed; + + /** + * reordered opaque 64 bits (generally an integer or a double precision float + * PTS but can be anything). + * The user sets AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque to represent the input at + * that time, + * the decoder reorders values as needed and sets AVFrame.reordered_opaque + * to exactly one of the values provided by the user through AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque + */ + int64_t reordered_opaque; + + /** + * Sample rate of the audio data. + */ + int sample_rate; + +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT + /** + * Channel layout of the audio data. + * @deprecated use ch_layout instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + uint64_t channel_layout; +#endif + + /** + * AVBuffer references backing the data for this frame. All the pointers in + * data and extended_data must point inside one of the buffers in buf or + * extended_buf. This array must be filled contiguously -- if buf[i] is + * non-NULL then buf[j] must also be non-NULL for all j < i. + * + * There may be at most one AVBuffer per data plane, so for video this array + * always contains all the references. For planar audio with more than + * AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS channels, there may be more buffers than can fit in + * this array. Then the extra AVBufferRef pointers are stored in the + * extended_buf array. + */ + AVBufferRef *buf[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * For planar audio which requires more than AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS + * AVBufferRef pointers, this array will hold all the references which + * cannot fit into AVFrame.buf. + * + * Note that this is different from AVFrame.extended_data, which always + * contains all the pointers. This array only contains the extra pointers, + * which cannot fit into AVFrame.buf. + * + * This array is always allocated using av_malloc() by whoever constructs + * the frame. It is freed in av_frame_unref(). + */ + AVBufferRef **extended_buf; + /** + * Number of elements in extended_buf. + */ + int nb_extended_buf; + + AVFrameSideData **side_data; + int nb_side_data; + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_frame_flags AV_FRAME_FLAGS + * @ingroup lavu_frame + * Flags describing additional frame properties. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * The frame data may be corrupted, e.g. due to decoding errors. + */ +#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_CORRUPT (1 << 0) +/** + * A flag to mark the frames which need to be decoded, but shouldn't be output. + */ +#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_DISCARD (1 << 2) +/** + * @} + */ + + /** + * Frame flags, a combination of @ref lavu_frame_flags + */ + int flags; + + /** + * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorRange color_range; + + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + + /** + * YUV colorspace type. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorSpace colorspace; + + enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location; + + /** + * frame timestamp estimated using various heuristics, in stream time base + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + */ + int64_t best_effort_timestamp; + + /** + * reordered pos from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + int64_t pkt_pos; + +#if FF_API_PKT_DURATION + /** + * duration of the corresponding packet, expressed in + * AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + * + * @deprecated use duration instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + int64_t pkt_duration; +#endif + + /** + * metadata. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + AVDictionary *metadata; + + /** + * decode error flags of the frame, set to a combination of + * FF_DECODE_ERROR_xxx flags if the decoder produced a frame, but there + * were errors during the decoding. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + */ + int decode_error_flags; +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_INVALID_BITSTREAM 1 +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_MISSING_REFERENCE 2 +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_CONCEALMENT_ACTIVE 4 +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_DECODE_SLICES 8 + +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT + /** + * number of audio channels, only used for audio. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + * @deprecated use ch_layout instead + */ + attribute_deprecated + int channels; +#endif + + /** + * size of the corresponding packet containing the compressed + * frame. + * It is set to a negative value if unknown. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + */ + int pkt_size; + + /** + * For hwaccel-format frames, this should be a reference to the + * AVHWFramesContext describing the frame. + */ + AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx; + + /** + * AVBufferRef for free use by the API user. FFmpeg will never check the + * contents of the buffer ref. FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when + * the frame is unreferenced. av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new + * reference with av_buffer_ref() for the target frame's opaque_ref field. + * + * This is unrelated to the opaque field, although it serves a similar + * purpose. + */ + AVBufferRef *opaque_ref; + + /** + * @anchor cropping + * @name Cropping + * Video frames only. The number of pixels to discard from the the + * top/bottom/left/right border of the frame to obtain the sub-rectangle of + * the frame intended for presentation. + * @{ + */ + size_t crop_top; + size_t crop_bottom; + size_t crop_left; + size_t crop_right; + /** + * @} + */ + + /** + * AVBufferRef for internal use by a single libav* library. + * Must not be used to transfer data between libraries. + * Has to be NULL when ownership of the frame leaves the respective library. + * + * Code outside the FFmpeg libs should never check or change the contents of the buffer ref. + * + * FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when the frame is unreferenced. + * av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new reference with av_buffer_ref() + * for the target frame's private_ref field. + */ + AVBufferRef *private_ref; + + /** + * Channel layout of the audio data. + */ + AVChannelLayout ch_layout; + + /** + * Duration of the frame, in the same units as pts. 0 if unknown. + */ + int64_t duration; +} AVFrame; + + +#if FF_API_COLORSPACE_NAME +/** + * Get the name of a colorspace. + * @return a static string identifying the colorspace; can be NULL. + * @deprecated use av_color_space_name() + */ +attribute_deprecated +const char *av_get_colorspace_name(enum AVColorSpace val); +#endif +/** + * Allocate an AVFrame and set its fields to default values. The resulting + * struct must be freed using av_frame_free(). + * + * @return An AVFrame filled with default values or NULL on failure. + * + * @note this only allocates the AVFrame itself, not the data buffers. Those + * must be allocated through other means, e.g. with av_frame_get_buffer() or + * manually. + */ +AVFrame *av_frame_alloc(void); + +/** + * Free the frame and any dynamically allocated objects in it, + * e.g. extended_data. If the frame is reference counted, it will be + * unreferenced first. + * + * @param frame frame to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL. + */ +void av_frame_free(AVFrame **frame); + +/** + * Set up a new reference to the data described by the source frame. + * + * Copy frame properties from src to dst and create a new reference for each + * AVBufferRef from src. + * + * If src is not reference counted, new buffers are allocated and the data is + * copied. + * + * @warning: dst MUST have been either unreferenced with av_frame_unref(dst), + * or newly allocated with av_frame_alloc() before calling this + * function, or undefined behavior will occur. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error + */ +int av_frame_ref(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Create a new frame that references the same data as src. + * + * This is a shortcut for av_frame_alloc()+av_frame_ref(). + * + * @return newly created AVFrame on success, NULL on error. + */ +AVFrame *av_frame_clone(const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Unreference all the buffers referenced by frame and reset the frame fields. + */ +void av_frame_unref(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Move everything contained in src to dst and reset src. + * + * @warning: dst is not unreferenced, but directly overwritten without reading + * or deallocating its contents. Call av_frame_unref(dst) manually + * before calling this function to ensure that no memory is leaked. + */ +void av_frame_move_ref(AVFrame *dst, AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Allocate new buffer(s) for audio or video data. + * + * The following fields must be set on frame before calling this function: + * - format (pixel format for video, sample format for audio) + * - width and height for video + * - nb_samples and ch_layout for audio + * + * This function will fill AVFrame.data and AVFrame.buf arrays and, if + * necessary, allocate and fill AVFrame.extended_data and AVFrame.extended_buf. + * For planar formats, one buffer will be allocated for each plane. + * + * @warning: if frame already has been allocated, calling this function will + * leak memory. In addition, undefined behavior can occur in certain + * cases. + * + * @param frame frame in which to store the new buffers. + * @param align Required buffer size alignment. If equal to 0, alignment will be + * chosen automatically for the current CPU. It is highly + * recommended to pass 0 here unless you know what you are doing. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ +int av_frame_get_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int align); + +/** + * Check if the frame data is writable. + * + * @return A positive value if the frame data is writable (which is true if and + * only if each of the underlying buffers has only one reference, namely the one + * stored in this frame). Return 0 otherwise. + * + * If 1 is returned the answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on any + * of the underlying AVBufferRefs (e.g. through av_frame_ref() or directly). + * + * @see av_frame_make_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable() + */ +int av_frame_is_writable(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Ensure that the frame data is writable, avoiding data copy if possible. + * + * Do nothing if the frame is writable, allocate new buffers and copy the data + * if it is not. Non-refcounted frames behave as non-writable, i.e. a copy + * is always made. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + * + * @see av_frame_is_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable(), + * av_buffer_make_writable() + */ +int av_frame_make_writable(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Copy the frame data from src to dst. + * + * This function does not allocate anything, dst must be already initialized and + * allocated with the same parameters as src. + * + * This function only copies the frame data (i.e. the contents of the data / + * extended data arrays), not any other properties. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ +int av_frame_copy(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Copy only "metadata" fields from src to dst. + * + * Metadata for the purpose of this function are those fields that do not affect + * the data layout in the buffers. E.g. pts, sample rate (for audio) or sample + * aspect ratio (for video), but not width/height or channel layout. + * Side data is also copied. + */ +int av_frame_copy_props(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Get the buffer reference a given data plane is stored in. + * + * @param frame the frame to get the plane's buffer from + * @param plane index of the data plane of interest in frame->extended_data. + * + * @return the buffer reference that contains the plane or NULL if the input + * frame is not valid. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_frame_get_plane_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int plane); + +/** + * Add a new side data to a frame. + * + * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added + * @param type type of the added side data + * @param size size of the side data + * + * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error + */ +AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data(AVFrame *frame, + enum AVFrameSideDataType type, + size_t size); + +/** + * Add a new side data to a frame from an existing AVBufferRef + * + * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added + * @param type the type of the added side data + * @param buf an AVBufferRef to add as side data. The ownership of + * the reference is transferred to the frame. + * + * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error. On failure + * the frame is unchanged and the AVBufferRef remains owned by + * the caller. + */ +AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data_from_buf(AVFrame *frame, + enum AVFrameSideDataType type, + AVBufferRef *buf); + +/** + * @return a pointer to the side data of a given type on success, NULL if there + * is no side data with such type in this frame. + */ +AVFrameSideData *av_frame_get_side_data(const AVFrame *frame, + enum AVFrameSideDataType type); + +/** + * Remove and free all side data instances of the given type. + */ +void av_frame_remove_side_data(AVFrame *frame, enum AVFrameSideDataType type); + + +/** + * Flags for frame cropping. + */ +enum { + /** + * Apply the maximum possible cropping, even if it requires setting the + * AVFrame.data[] entries to unaligned pointers. Passing unaligned data + * to FFmpeg API is generally not allowed, and causes undefined behavior + * (such as crashes). You can pass unaligned data only to FFmpeg APIs that + * are explicitly documented to accept it. Use this flag only if you + * absolutely know what you are doing. + */ + AV_FRAME_CROP_UNALIGNED = 1 << 0, +}; + +/** + * Crop the given video AVFrame according to its crop_left/crop_top/crop_right/ + * crop_bottom fields. If cropping is successful, the function will adjust the + * data pointers and the width/height fields, and set the crop fields to 0. + * + * In all cases, the cropping boundaries will be rounded to the inherent + * alignment of the pixel format. In some cases, such as for opaque hwaccel + * formats, the left/top cropping is ignored. The crop fields are set to 0 even + * if the cropping was rounded or ignored. + * + * @param frame the frame which should be cropped + * @param flags Some combination of AV_FRAME_CROP_* flags, or 0. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. If the cropping fields + * were invalid, AVERROR(ERANGE) is returned, and nothing is changed. + */ +int av_frame_apply_cropping(AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +/** + * @return a string identifying the side data type + */ +const char *av_frame_side_data_name(enum AVFrameSideDataType type); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_FRAME_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/hash.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hash.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..94151de --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hash.h @@ -0,0 +1,264 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_hash_generic + * Generic hashing API + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HASH_H +#define AVUTIL_HASH_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_hash Hash Functions + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * Hash functions useful in multimedia. + * + * Hash functions are widely used in multimedia, from error checking and + * concealment to internal regression testing. libavutil has efficient + * implementations of a variety of hash functions that may be useful for + * FFmpeg and other multimedia applications. + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_hash_generic Generic Hashing API + * An abstraction layer for all hash functions supported by libavutil. + * + * If your application needs to support a wide range of different hash + * functions, then the Generic Hashing API is for you. It provides a generic, + * reusable API for @ref lavu_hash "all hash functions" implemented in libavutil. + * If you just need to use one particular hash function, use the @ref lavu_hash + * "individual hash" directly. + * + * @section Sample Code + * + * A basic template for using the Generic Hashing API follows: + * + * @code + * struct AVHashContext *ctx = NULL; + * const char *hash_name = NULL; + * uint8_t *output_buf = NULL; + * + * // Select from a string returned by av_hash_names() + * hash_name = ...; + * + * // Allocate a hash context + * ret = av_hash_alloc(&ctx, hash_name); + * if (ret < 0) + * return ret; + * + * // Initialize the hash context + * av_hash_init(ctx); + * + * // Update the hash context with data + * while (data_left) { + * av_hash_update(ctx, data, size); + * } + * + * // Now we have no more data, so it is time to finalize the hash and get the + * // output. But we need to first allocate an output buffer. Note that you can + * // use any memory allocation function, including malloc(), not just + * // av_malloc(). + * output_buf = av_malloc(av_hash_get_size(ctx)); + * if (!output_buf) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * // Finalize the hash context. + * // You can use any of the av_hash_final*() functions provided, for other + * // output formats. If you do so, be sure to adjust the memory allocation + * // above. See the function documentation below for the exact amount of extra + * // memory needed. + * av_hash_final(ctx, output_buffer); + * + * // Free the context + * av_hash_freep(&ctx); + * @endcode + * + * @section Hash Function-Specific Information + * If the CRC32 hash is selected, the #AV_CRC_32_IEEE polynomial will be + * used. + * + * If the Murmur3 hash is selected, the default seed will be used. See @ref + * lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Murmur3" for more information. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @example ffhash.c + * This example is a simple command line application that takes one or more + * arguments. It demonstrates a typical use of the hashing API with allocation, + * initialization, updating, and finalizing. + */ + +struct AVHashContext; + +/** + * Allocate a hash context for the algorithm specified by name. + * + * @return >= 0 for success, a negative error code for failure + * + * @note The context is not initialized after a call to this function; you must + * call av_hash_init() to do so. + */ +int av_hash_alloc(struct AVHashContext **ctx, const char *name); + +/** + * Get the names of available hash algorithms. + * + * This function can be used to enumerate the algorithms. + * + * @param[in] i Index of the hash algorithm, starting from 0 + * @return Pointer to a static string or `NULL` if `i` is out of range + */ +const char *av_hash_names(int i); + +/** + * Get the name of the algorithm corresponding to the given hash context. + */ +const char *av_hash_get_name(const struct AVHashContext *ctx); + +/** + * Maximum value that av_hash_get_size() will currently return. + * + * You can use this if you absolutely want or need to use static allocation for + * the output buffer and are fine with not supporting hashes newly added to + * libavutil without recompilation. + * + * @warning + * Adding new hashes with larger sizes, and increasing the macro while doing + * so, will not be considered an ABI change. To prevent your code from + * overflowing a buffer, either dynamically allocate the output buffer with + * av_hash_get_size(), or limit your use of the Hashing API to hashes that are + * already in FFmpeg during the time of compilation. + */ +#define AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE 64 + +/** + * Get the size of the resulting hash value in bytes. + * + * The maximum value this function will currently return is available as macro + * #AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE. + * + * @param[in] ctx Hash context + * @return Size of the hash value in bytes + */ +int av_hash_get_size(const struct AVHashContext *ctx); + +/** + * Initialize or reset a hash context. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + */ +void av_hash_init(struct AVHashContext *ctx); + +/** + * Update a hash context with additional data. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[in] src Data to be added to the hash context + * @param[in] len Size of the additional data + */ +void av_hash_update(struct AVHashContext *ctx, const uint8_t *src, size_t len); + +/** + * Finalize a hash context and compute the actual hash value. + * + * The minimum size of `dst` buffer is given by av_hash_get_size() or + * #AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE. The use of the latter macro is discouraged. + * + * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already + * been finalized. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored + * + * @see av_hash_final_bin() provides an alternative API + */ +void av_hash_final(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst); + +/** + * Finalize a hash context and store the actual hash value in a buffer. + * + * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already + * been finalized. + * + * If `size` is smaller than the hash size (given by av_hash_get_size()), the + * hash is truncated; if size is larger, the buffer is padded with 0. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored + * @param[in] size Number of bytes to write to `dst` + */ +void av_hash_final_bin(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size); + +/** + * Finalize a hash context and store the hexadecimal representation of the + * actual hash value as a string. + * + * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already + * been finalized. + * + * The string is always 0-terminated. + * + * If `size` is smaller than `2 * hash_size + 1`, where `hash_size` is the + * value returned by av_hash_get_size(), the string will be truncated. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[out] dst Where the string will be stored + * @param[in] size Maximum number of bytes to write to `dst` + */ +void av_hash_final_hex(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size); + +/** + * Finalize a hash context and store the Base64 representation of the + * actual hash value as a string. + * + * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already + * been finalized. + * + * The string is always 0-terminated. + * + * If `size` is smaller than AV_BASE64_SIZE(hash_size), where `hash_size` is + * the value returned by av_hash_get_size(), the string will be truncated. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context + * @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored + * @param[in] size Maximum number of bytes to write to `dst` + */ +void av_hash_final_b64(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size); + +/** + * Free hash context and set hash context pointer to `NULL`. + * + * @param[in,out] ctx Pointer to hash context + */ +void av_hash_freep(struct AVHashContext **ctx); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HASH_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_metadata.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_metadata.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2d72de5 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_metadata.h @@ -0,0 +1,343 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2018 Mohammad Izadi + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H +#define AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H + +#include "frame.h" +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * Option for overlapping elliptical pixel selectors in an image. + */ +enum AVHDRPlusOverlapProcessOption { + AV_HDR_PLUS_OVERLAP_PROCESS_WEIGHTED_AVERAGING = 0, + AV_HDR_PLUS_OVERLAP_PROCESS_LAYERING = 1, +}; + +/** + * Represents the percentile at a specific percentage in + * a distribution. + */ +typedef struct AVHDRPlusPercentile { + /** + * The percentage value corresponding to a specific percentile linearized + * RGB value in the processing window in the scene. The value shall be in + * the range of 0 to100, inclusive. + */ + uint8_t percentage; + + /** + * The linearized maxRGB value at a specific percentile in the processing + * window in the scene. The value shall be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive + * and in multiples of 0.00001. + */ + AVRational percentile; +} AVHDRPlusPercentile; + +/** + * Color transform parameters at a processing window in a dynamic metadata for + * SMPTE 2094-40. + */ +typedef struct AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams { + /** + * The relative x coordinate of the top left pixel of the processing + * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and + * in multiples of 1/(width of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds + * to the absolute coordinate of width of Picture - 1. The value for + * first processing window shall be 0. + */ + AVRational window_upper_left_corner_x; + + /** + * The relative y coordinate of the top left pixel of the processing + * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and + * in multiples of 1/(height of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds + * to the absolute coordinate of height of Picture - 1. The value for + * first processing window shall be 0. + */ + AVRational window_upper_left_corner_y; + + /** + * The relative x coordinate of the bottom right pixel of the processing + * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and + * in multiples of 1/(width of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds + * to the absolute coordinate of width of Picture - 1. The value for + * first processing window shall be 1. + */ + AVRational window_lower_right_corner_x; + + /** + * The relative y coordinate of the bottom right pixel of the processing + * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and + * in multiples of 1/(height of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds + * to the absolute coordinate of height of Picture - 1. The value for + * first processing window shall be 1. + */ + AVRational window_lower_right_corner_y; + + /** + * The x coordinate of the center position of the concentric internal and + * external ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing + * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 to (width of Picture - 1), + * inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel. + */ + uint16_t center_of_ellipse_x; + + /** + * The y coordinate of the center position of the concentric internal and + * external ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing + * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 to (height of Picture - 1), + * inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel. + */ + uint16_t center_of_ellipse_y; + + /** + * The clockwise rotation angle in degree of arc with respect to the + * positive direction of the x-axis of the concentric internal and external + * ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing window. The + * value shall be in the range of 0 to 180, inclusive and in multiples of 1. + */ + uint8_t rotation_angle; + + /** + * The semi-major axis value of the internal ellipse of the elliptical pixel + * selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value shall be + * in the range of 1 to 65535, inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel. + */ + uint16_t semimajor_axis_internal_ellipse; + + /** + * The semi-major axis value of the external ellipse of the elliptical pixel + * selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value + * shall not be less than semimajor_axis_internal_ellipse of the current + * processing window. The value shall be in the range of 1 to 65535, + * inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel. + */ + uint16_t semimajor_axis_external_ellipse; + + /** + * The semi-minor axis value of the external ellipse of the elliptical pixel + * selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value shall be + * in the range of 1 to 65535, inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel. + */ + uint16_t semiminor_axis_external_ellipse; + + /** + * Overlap process option indicates one of the two methods of combining + * rendered pixels in the processing window in an image with at least one + * elliptical pixel selector. For overlapping elliptical pixel selectors + * in an image, overlap_process_option shall have the same value. + */ + enum AVHDRPlusOverlapProcessOption overlap_process_option; + + /** + * The maximum of the color components of linearized RGB values in the + * processing window in the scene. The values should be in the range of 0 to + * 1, inclusive and in multiples of 0.00001. maxscl[ 0 ], maxscl[ 1 ], and + * maxscl[ 2 ] are corresponding to R, G, B color components respectively. + */ + AVRational maxscl[3]; + + /** + * The average of linearized maxRGB values in the processing window in the + * scene. The value should be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive and in + * multiples of 0.00001. + */ + AVRational average_maxrgb; + + /** + * The number of linearized maxRGB values at given percentiles in the + * processing window in the scene. The maximum value shall be 15. + */ + uint8_t num_distribution_maxrgb_percentiles; + + /** + * The linearized maxRGB values at given percentiles in the + * processing window in the scene. + */ + AVHDRPlusPercentile distribution_maxrgb[15]; + + /** + * The fraction of selected pixels in the image that contains the brightest + * pixel in the scene. The value shall be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive + * and in multiples of 0.001. + */ + AVRational fraction_bright_pixels; + + /** + * This flag indicates that the metadata for the tone mapping function in + * the processing window is present (for value of 1). + */ + uint8_t tone_mapping_flag; + + /** + * The x coordinate of the separation point between the linear part and the + * curved part of the tone mapping function. The value shall be in the range + * of 0 to 1, excluding 0 and in multiples of 1/4095. + */ + AVRational knee_point_x; + + /** + * The y coordinate of the separation point between the linear part and the + * curved part of the tone mapping function. The value shall be in the range + * of 0 to 1, excluding 0 and in multiples of 1/4095. + */ + AVRational knee_point_y; + + /** + * The number of the intermediate anchor parameters of the tone mapping + * function in the processing window. The maximum value shall be 15. + */ + uint8_t num_bezier_curve_anchors; + + /** + * The intermediate anchor parameters of the tone mapping function in the + * processing window in the scene. The values should be in the range of 0 + * to 1, inclusive and in multiples of 1/1023. + */ + AVRational bezier_curve_anchors[15]; + + /** + * This flag shall be equal to 0 in bitstreams conforming to this version of + * this Specification. Other values are reserved for future use. + */ + uint8_t color_saturation_mapping_flag; + + /** + * The color saturation gain in the processing window in the scene. The + * value shall be in the range of 0 to 63/8, inclusive and in multiples of + * 1/8. The default value shall be 1. + */ + AVRational color_saturation_weight; +} AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams; + +/** + * This struct represents dynamic metadata for color volume transform - + * application 4 of SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard. + * + * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the + * appropriate type. + * + * @note The struct should be allocated with + * av_dynamic_hdr_plus_alloc() and its size is not a part of + * the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVDynamicHDRPlus { + /** + * Country code by Rec. ITU-T T.35 Annex A. The value shall be 0xB5. + */ + uint8_t itu_t_t35_country_code; + + /** + * Application version in the application defining document in ST-2094 + * suite. The value shall be set to 0. + */ + uint8_t application_version; + + /** + * The number of processing windows. The value shall be in the range + * of 1 to 3, inclusive. + */ + uint8_t num_windows; + + /** + * The color transform parameters for every processing window. + */ + AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams params[3]; + + /** + * The nominal maximum display luminance of the targeted system display, + * in units of 0.0001 candelas per square metre. The value shall be in + * the range of 0 to 10000, inclusive. + */ + AVRational targeted_system_display_maximum_luminance; + + /** + * This flag shall be equal to 0 in bit streams conforming to this version + * of this Specification. The value 1 is reserved for future use. + */ + uint8_t targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance_flag; + + /** + * The number of rows in the targeted system_display_actual_peak_luminance + * array. The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive. + */ + uint8_t num_rows_targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance; + + /** + * The number of columns in the + * targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance array. The value shall be + * in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive. + */ + uint8_t num_cols_targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance; + + /** + * The normalized actual peak luminance of the targeted system display. The + * values should be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive and in multiples of + * 1/15. + */ + AVRational targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance[25][25]; + + /** + * This flag shall be equal to 0 in bitstreams conforming to this version of + * this Specification. The value 1 is reserved for future use. + */ + uint8_t mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance_flag; + + /** + * The number of rows in the mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance array. + * The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive. + */ + uint8_t num_rows_mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance; + + /** + * The number of columns in the mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance + * array. The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive. + */ + uint8_t num_cols_mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance; + + /** + * The normalized actual peak luminance of the mastering display used for + * mastering the image essence. The values should be in the range of 0 to 1, + * inclusive and in multiples of 1/15. + */ + AVRational mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance[25][25]; +} AVDynamicHDRPlus; + +/** + * Allocate an AVDynamicHDRPlus structure and set its fields to + * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVDynamicHDRPlus filled with default values or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVDynamicHDRPlus *av_dynamic_hdr_plus_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVDynamicHDRPlus and add it to the frame. + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVDynamicHDRPlus structure to be filled by caller or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVDynamicHDRPlus *av_dynamic_hdr_plus_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_vivid_metadata.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_vivid_metadata.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a34f830 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_vivid_metadata.h @@ -0,0 +1,285 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2021 Limin Wang + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_VIVID_METADATA_H +#define AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_VIVID_METADATA_H + +#include "frame.h" +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * Color tone mapping parameters at a processing window in a dynamic metadata for + * CUVA 005.1:2021. + */ +typedef struct AVHDRVividColorToneMappingParams { + /** + * The nominal maximum display luminance of the targeted system display, + * in multiples of 1.0/4095 candelas per square metre. The value shall be in + * the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive. + */ + AVRational targeted_system_display_maximum_luminance; + + /** + * This flag indicates that transfer the base paramter(for value of 1) + */ + int base_enable_flag; + + /** + * base_param_m_p in the base parameter, + * in multiples of 1.0/16383. The value shall be in + * the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive. + */ + AVRational base_param_m_p; + + /** + * base_param_m_m in the base parameter, + * in multiples of 1.0/10. The value shall be in + * the range of 0.0 to 6.3, inclusive. + */ + AVRational base_param_m_m; + + /** + * base_param_m_a in the base parameter, + * in multiples of 1.0/1023. The value shall be in + * the range of 0.0 to 1.0 inclusive. + */ + AVRational base_param_m_a; + + /** + * base_param_m_b in the base parameter, + * in multiples of 1/1023. The value shall be in + * the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive. + */ + AVRational base_param_m_b; + + /** + * base_param_m_n in the base parameter, + * in multiples of 1.0/10. The value shall be in + * the range of 0.0 to 6.3, inclusive. + */ + AVRational base_param_m_n; + + /** + * indicates k1_0 in the base parameter, + * base_param_k1 <= 1: k1_0 = base_param_k1 + * base_param_k1 > 1: reserved + */ + int base_param_k1; + + /** + * indicates k2_0 in the base parameter, + * base_param_k2 <= 1: k2_0 = base_param_k2 + * base_param_k2 > 1: reserved + */ + int base_param_k2; + + /** + * indicates k3_0 in the base parameter, + * base_param_k3 == 1: k3_0 = base_param_k3 + * base_param_k3 == 2: k3_0 = maximum_maxrgb + * base_param_k3 > 2: reserved + */ + int base_param_k3; + + /** + * This flag indicates that delta mode of base paramter(for value of 1) + */ + int base_param_Delta_enable_mode; + + /** + * base_param_Delta in the base parameter, + * in multiples of 1.0/127. The value shall be in + * the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive. + */ + AVRational base_param_Delta; + + /** + * indicates 3Spline_enable_flag in the base parameter, + * This flag indicates that transfer three Spline of base paramter(for value of 1) + */ + int three_Spline_enable_flag; + + /** + * The number of three Spline. The value shall be in the range + * of 1 to 2, inclusive. + */ + int three_Spline_num; + + /** + * The mode of three Spline. the value shall be in the range + * of 0 to 3, inclusive. + */ + int three_Spline_TH_mode; + + /** + * three_Spline_TH_enable_MB is in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive + * and in multiples of 1.0/255. + * + */ + AVRational three_Spline_TH_enable_MB; + + /** + * 3Spline_TH_enable of three Spline. + * The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive. + * and in multiples of 1.0/4095. + */ + AVRational three_Spline_TH_enable; + + /** + * 3Spline_TH_Delta1 of three Spline. + * The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 0.25, inclusive, + * and in multiples of 0.25/1023. + */ + AVRational three_Spline_TH_Delta1; + + /** + * 3Spline_TH_Delta2 of three Spline. + * The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 0.25, inclusive, + * and in multiples of 0.25/1023. + */ + AVRational three_Spline_TH_Delta2; + + /** + * 3Spline_enable_Strength of three Spline. + * The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive, + * and in multiples of 1.0/255. + */ + AVRational three_Spline_enable_Strength; +} AVHDRVividColorToneMappingParams; + + +/** + * Color transform parameters at a processing window in a dynamic metadata for + * CUVA 005.1:2021. + */ +typedef struct AVHDRVividColorTransformParams { + /** + * Indicates the minimum brightness of the displayed content. + * The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, + * inclusive and in multiples of 1/4095. + */ + AVRational minimum_maxrgb; + + /** + * Indicates the average brightness of the displayed content. + * The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, + * inclusive and in multiples of 1/4095. + */ + AVRational average_maxrgb; + + /** + * Indicates the variance brightness of the displayed content. + * The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, + * inclusive and in multiples of 1/4095. + */ + AVRational variance_maxrgb; + + /** + * Indicates the maximum brightness of the displayed content. + * The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive + * and in multiples of 1/4095. + */ + AVRational maximum_maxrgb; + + /** + * This flag indicates that the metadata for the tone mapping function in + * the processing window is present (for value of 1). + */ + int tone_mapping_mode_flag; + + /** + * The number of tone mapping param. The value shall be in the range + * of 1 to 2, inclusive. + */ + int tone_mapping_param_num; + + /** + * The color tone mapping parameters. + */ + AVHDRVividColorToneMappingParams tm_params[2]; + + /** + * This flag indicates that the metadata for the color saturation mapping in + * the processing window is present (for value of 1). + */ + int color_saturation_mapping_flag; + + /** + * The number of color saturation param. The value shall be in the range + * of 0 to 7, inclusive. + */ + int color_saturation_num; + + /** + * Indicates the color correction strength parameter. + * The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 2.0, inclusive + * and in multiples of 1/128. + */ + AVRational color_saturation_gain[8]; +} AVHDRVividColorTransformParams; + +/** + * This struct represents dynamic metadata for color volume transform - + * CUVA 005.1:2021 standard + * + * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the + * appropriate type. + * + * @note The struct should be allocated with + * av_dynamic_hdr_vivid_alloc() and its size is not a part of + * the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVDynamicHDRVivid { + /** + * The system start code. The value shall be set to 0x01. + */ + uint8_t system_start_code; + + /** + * The number of processing windows. The value shall be set to 0x01 + * if the system_start_code is 0x01. + */ + uint8_t num_windows; + + /** + * The color transform parameters for every processing window. + */ + AVHDRVividColorTransformParams params[3]; +} AVDynamicHDRVivid; + +/** + * Allocate an AVDynamicHDRVivid structure and set its fields to + * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVDynamicHDRVivid filled with default values or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVDynamicHDRVivid *av_dynamic_hdr_vivid_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVDynamicHDRVivid and add it to the frame. + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVDynamicHDRVivid structure to be filled by caller or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVDynamicHDRVivid *av_dynamic_hdr_vivid_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_VIVID_METADATA_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/hmac.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hmac.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ca4da6a --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hmac.h @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2012 Martin Storsjo + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HMAC_H +#define AVUTIL_HMAC_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_hmac HMAC + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +enum AVHMACType { + AV_HMAC_MD5, + AV_HMAC_SHA1, + AV_HMAC_SHA224, + AV_HMAC_SHA256, + AV_HMAC_SHA384, + AV_HMAC_SHA512, +}; + +typedef struct AVHMAC AVHMAC; + +/** + * Allocate an AVHMAC context. + * @param type The hash function used for the HMAC. + */ +AVHMAC *av_hmac_alloc(enum AVHMACType type); + +/** + * Free an AVHMAC context. + * @param ctx The context to free, may be NULL + */ +void av_hmac_free(AVHMAC *ctx); + +/** + * Initialize an AVHMAC context with an authentication key. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param key The authentication key + * @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes + */ +void av_hmac_init(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen); + +/** + * Hash data with the HMAC. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param data The data to hash + * @param len The length of the data, in bytes + */ +void av_hmac_update(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output the HMAC digest. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param out The output buffer to write the digest into + * @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes + * @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code. + */ +int av_hmac_final(AVHMAC *ctx, uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen); + +/** + * Hash an array of data with a key. + * @param ctx The HMAC context + * @param data The data to hash + * @param len The length of the data, in bytes + * @param key The authentication key + * @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes + * @param out The output buffer to write the digest into + * @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes + * @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code. + */ +int av_hmac_calc(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len, + const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen, + uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HMAC_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7ff08c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h @@ -0,0 +1,610 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H + +#include "buffer.h" +#include "frame.h" +#include "log.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" + +enum AVHWDeviceType { + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_OPENCL, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_MEDIACODEC, + AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VULKAN, +}; + +typedef struct AVHWDeviceInternal AVHWDeviceInternal; + +/** + * This struct aggregates all the (hardware/vendor-specific) "high-level" state, + * i.e. state that is not tied to a concrete processing configuration. + * E.g., in an API that supports hardware-accelerated encoding and decoding, + * this struct will (if possible) wrap the state that is common to both encoding + * and decoding and from which specific instances of encoders or decoders can be + * derived. + * + * This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism. The + * av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc() constructor yields a reference, whose data field + * points to the actual AVHWDeviceContext. Further objects derived from + * AVHWDeviceContext (such as AVHWFramesContext, describing a frame pool with + * specific properties) will hold an internal reference to it. After all the + * references are released, the AVHWDeviceContext itself will be freed, + * optionally invoking a user-specified callback for uninitializing the hardware + * state. + */ +typedef struct AVHWDeviceContext { + /** + * A class for logging. Set by av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc(). + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any + * way by the caller. + */ + AVHWDeviceInternal *internal; + + /** + * This field identifies the underlying API used for hardware access. + * + * This field is set when this struct is allocated and never changed + * afterwards. + */ + enum AVHWDeviceType type; + + /** + * The format-specific data, allocated and freed by libavutil along with + * this context. + * + * Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the + * corresponding header (hwcontext_*.h) and filled as described in the + * documentation before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). + * + * After calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init() this struct should not be modified + * by the caller. + */ + void *hwctx; + + /** + * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). + * + * If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to + * this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed. + * + * @note when other objects (e.g an AVHWFramesContext) are derived from this + * struct, this callback will be invoked after all such child objects + * are fully uninitialized and their respective destructors invoked. + */ + void (*free)(struct AVHWDeviceContext *ctx); + + /** + * Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback. + */ + void *user_opaque; +} AVHWDeviceContext; + +typedef struct AVHWFramesInternal AVHWFramesInternal; + +/** + * This struct describes a set or pool of "hardware" frames (i.e. those with + * data not located in normal system memory). All the frames in the pool are + * assumed to be allocated in the same way and interchangeable. + * + * This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism and tied to a + * given AVHWDeviceContext instance. The av_hwframe_ctx_alloc() constructor + * yields a reference, whose data field points to the actual AVHWFramesContext + * struct. + */ +typedef struct AVHWFramesContext { + /** + * A class for logging. + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any + * way by the caller. + */ + AVHWFramesInternal *internal; + + /** + * A reference to the parent AVHWDeviceContext. This reference is owned and + * managed by the enclosing AVHWFramesContext, but the caller may derive + * additional references from it. + */ + AVBufferRef *device_ref; + + /** + * The parent AVHWDeviceContext. This is simply a pointer to + * device_ref->data provided for convenience. + * + * Set by libavutil in av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + */ + AVHWDeviceContext *device_ctx; + + /** + * The format-specific data, allocated and freed automatically along with + * this context. + * + * Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the + * corresponding header (hwframe_*.h) and filled as described in the + * documentation before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * + * After any frames using this context are created, the contents of this + * struct should not be modified by the caller. + */ + void *hwctx; + + /** + * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * + * If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to + * this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed. + */ + void (*free)(struct AVHWFramesContext *ctx); + + /** + * Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback. + */ + void *user_opaque; + + /** + * A pool from which the frames are allocated by av_hwframe_get_buffer(). + * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * The buffers returned by calling av_buffer_pool_get() on this pool must + * have the properties described in the documentation in the corresponding hw + * type's header (hwcontext_*.h). The pool will be freed strictly before + * this struct's free() callback is invoked. + * + * This field may be NULL, then libavutil will attempt to allocate a pool + * internally. Note that certain device types enforce pools allocated at + * fixed size (frame count), which cannot be extended dynamically. In such a + * case, initial_pool_size must be set appropriately. + */ + AVBufferPool *pool; + + /** + * Initial size of the frame pool. If a device type does not support + * dynamically resizing the pool, then this is also the maximum pool size. + * + * May be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). Must be + * set if pool is NULL and the device type does not support dynamic pools. + */ + int initial_pool_size; + + /** + * The pixel format identifying the underlying HW surface type. + * + * Must be a hwaccel format, i.e. the corresponding descriptor must have the + * AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL flag set. + * + * Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + */ + enum AVPixelFormat format; + + /** + * The pixel format identifying the actual data layout of the hardware + * frames. + * + * Must be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + * + * @note when the underlying API does not provide the exact data layout, but + * only the colorspace/bit depth, this field should be set to the fully + * planar version of that format (e.g. for 8-bit 420 YUV it should be + * AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, not AV_PIX_FMT_NV12 or anything else). + */ + enum AVPixelFormat sw_format; + + /** + * The allocated dimensions of the frames in this pool. + * + * Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + */ + int width, height; +} AVHWFramesContext; + +/** + * Look up an AVHWDeviceType by name. + * + * @param name String name of the device type (case-insensitive). + * @return The type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if + * not found. + */ +enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_find_type_by_name(const char *name); + +/** Get the string name of an AVHWDeviceType. + * + * @param type Type from enum AVHWDeviceType. + * @return Pointer to a static string containing the name, or NULL if the type + * is not valid. + */ +const char *av_hwdevice_get_type_name(enum AVHWDeviceType type); + +/** + * Iterate over supported device types. + * + * @param prev AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE initially, then the previous type + * returned by this function in subsequent iterations. + * @return The next usable device type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or + * AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if there are no more. + */ +enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_iterate_types(enum AVHWDeviceType prev); + +/** + * Allocate an AVHWDeviceContext for a given hardware type. + * + * @param type the type of the hardware device to allocate. + * @return a reference to the newly created AVHWDeviceContext on success or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc(enum AVHWDeviceType type); + +/** + * Finalize the device context before use. This function must be called after + * the context is filled with all the required information and before it is + * used in any way. + * + * @param ref a reference to the AVHWDeviceContext + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_hwdevice_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref); + +/** + * Open a device of the specified type and create an AVHWDeviceContext for it. + * + * This is a convenience function intended to cover the simple cases. Callers + * who need to fine-tune device creation/management should open the device + * manually and then wrap it in an AVHWDeviceContext using + * av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc()/av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). + * + * The returned context is already initialized and ready for use, the caller + * should not call av_hwdevice_ctx_init() on it. The user_opaque/free fields of + * the created AVHWDeviceContext are set by this function and should not be + * touched by the caller. + * + * @param device_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created device context + * will be written here. The reference is owned by the caller + * and must be released with av_buffer_unref() when no longer + * needed. On failure, NULL will be written to this pointer. + * @param type The type of the device to create. + * @param device A type-specific string identifying the device to open. + * @param opts A dictionary of additional (type-specific) options to use in + * opening the device. The dictionary remains owned by the caller. + * @param flags currently unused + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwdevice_ctx_create(AVBufferRef **device_ctx, enum AVHWDeviceType type, + const char *device, AVDictionary *opts, int flags); + +/** + * Create a new device of the specified type from an existing device. + * + * If the source device is a device of the target type or was originally + * derived from such a device (possibly through one or more intermediate + * devices of other types), then this will return a reference to the + * existing device of the same type as is requested. + * + * Otherwise, it will attempt to derive a new device from the given source + * device. If direct derivation to the new type is not implemented, it will + * attempt the same derivation from each ancestor of the source device in + * turn looking for an implemented derivation method. + * + * @param dst_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created + * AVHWDeviceContext. + * @param type The type of the new device to create. + * @param src_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWDeviceContext which will be + * used to create the new device. + * @param flags Currently unused; should be set to zero. + * @return Zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **dst_ctx, + enum AVHWDeviceType type, + AVBufferRef *src_ctx, int flags); + +/** + * Create a new device of the specified type from an existing device. + * + * This function performs the same action as av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived, + * however, it is able to set options for the new device to be derived. + * + * @param dst_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created + * AVHWDeviceContext. + * @param type The type of the new device to create. + * @param src_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWDeviceContext which will be + * used to create the new device. + * @param options Options for the new device to create, same format as in + * av_hwdevice_ctx_create. + * @param flags Currently unused; should be set to zero. + * @return Zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived_opts(AVBufferRef **dst_ctx, + enum AVHWDeviceType type, + AVBufferRef *src_ctx, + AVDictionary *options, int flags); + +/** + * Allocate an AVHWFramesContext tied to a given device context. + * + * @param device_ctx a reference to a AVHWDeviceContext. This function will make + * a new reference for internal use, the one passed to the + * function remains owned by the caller. + * @return a reference to the newly created AVHWFramesContext on success or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVBufferRef *av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx); + +/** + * Finalize the context before use. This function must be called after the + * context is filled with all the required information and before it is attached + * to any frames. + * + * @param ref a reference to the AVHWFramesContext + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_hwframe_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref); + +/** + * Allocate a new frame attached to the given AVHWFramesContext. + * + * @param hwframe_ctx a reference to an AVHWFramesContext + * @param frame an empty (freshly allocated or unreffed) frame to be filled with + * newly allocated buffers. + * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_hwframe_get_buffer(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +/** + * Copy data to or from a hw surface. At least one of dst/src must have an + * AVHWFramesContext attached. + * + * If src has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of dst (if set) + * must use one of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(src, + * AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM). + * If dst has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of src must use one + * of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(dst, + * AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO) + * + * dst may be "clean" (i.e. with data/buf pointers unset), in which case the + * data buffers will be allocated by this function using av_frame_get_buffer(). + * If dst->format is set, then this format will be used, otherwise (when + * dst->format is AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) the first acceptable format will be chosen. + * + * The two frames must have matching allocated dimensions (i.e. equal to + * AVHWFramesContext.width/height), since not all device types support + * transferring a sub-rectangle of the whole surface. The display dimensions + * (i.e. AVFrame.width/height) may be smaller than the allocated dimensions, but + * also have to be equal for both frames. When the display dimensions are + * smaller than the allocated dimensions, the content of the padding in the + * destination frame is unspecified. + * + * @param dst the destination frame. dst is not touched on failure. + * @param src the source frame. + * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR error code on failure. + */ +int av_hwframe_transfer_data(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags); + +enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection { + /** + * Transfer the data from the queried hw frame. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM, + + /** + * Transfer the data to the queried hw frame. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO, +}; + +/** + * Get a list of possible source or target formats usable in + * av_hwframe_transfer_data(). + * + * @param hwframe_ctx the frame context to obtain the information for + * @param dir the direction of the transfer + * @param formats the pointer to the output format list will be written here. + * The list is terminated with AV_PIX_FMT_NONE and must be freed + * by the caller when no longer needed using av_free(). + * If this function returns successfully, the format list will + * have at least one item (not counting the terminator). + * On failure, the contents of this pointer are unspecified. + * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx, + enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection dir, + enum AVPixelFormat **formats, int flags); + + +/** + * This struct describes the constraints on hardware frames attached to + * a given device with a hardware-specific configuration. This is returned + * by av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints() and must be freed by + * av_hwframe_constraints_free() after use. + */ +typedef struct AVHWFramesConstraints { + /** + * A list of possible values for format in the hw_frames_ctx, + * terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. This member will always be filled. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat *valid_hw_formats; + + /** + * A list of possible values for sw_format in the hw_frames_ctx, + * terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. Can be NULL if this information is + * not known. + */ + enum AVPixelFormat *valid_sw_formats; + + /** + * The minimum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx. + * (Zero if not known.) + */ + int min_width; + int min_height; + + /** + * The maximum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx. + * (INT_MAX if not known / no limit.) + */ + int max_width; + int max_height; +} AVHWFramesConstraints; + +/** + * Allocate a HW-specific configuration structure for a given HW device. + * After use, the user must free all members as required by the specific + * hardware structure being used, then free the structure itself with + * av_free(). + * + * @param device_ctx a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext. + * @return The newly created HW-specific configuration structure on + * success or NULL on failure. + */ +void *av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx); + +/** + * Get the constraints on HW frames given a device and the HW-specific + * configuration to be used with that device. If no HW-specific + * configuration is provided, returns the maximum possible capabilities + * of the device. + * + * @param ref a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext. + * @param hwconfig a filled HW-specific configuration structure, or NULL + * to return the maximum possible capabilities of the device. + * @return AVHWFramesConstraints structure describing the constraints + * on the device, or NULL if not available. + */ +AVHWFramesConstraints *av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints(AVBufferRef *ref, + const void *hwconfig); + +/** + * Free an AVHWFrameConstraints structure. + * + * @param constraints The (filled or unfilled) AVHWFrameConstraints structure. + */ +void av_hwframe_constraints_free(AVHWFramesConstraints **constraints); + + +/** + * Flags to apply to frame mappings. + */ +enum { + /** + * The mapping must be readable. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_MAP_READ = 1 << 0, + /** + * The mapping must be writeable. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_MAP_WRITE = 1 << 1, + /** + * The mapped frame will be overwritten completely in subsequent + * operations, so the current frame data need not be loaded. Any values + * which are not overwritten are unspecified. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_MAP_OVERWRITE = 1 << 2, + /** + * The mapping must be direct. That is, there must not be any copying in + * the map or unmap steps. Note that performance of direct mappings may + * be much lower than normal memory. + */ + AV_HWFRAME_MAP_DIRECT = 1 << 3, +}; + +/** + * Map a hardware frame. + * + * This has a number of different possible effects, depending on the format + * and origin of the src and dst frames. On input, src should be a usable + * frame with valid buffers and dst should be blank (typically as just created + * by av_frame_alloc()). src should have an associated hwframe context, and + * dst may optionally have a format and associated hwframe context. + * + * If src was created by mapping a frame from the hwframe context of dst, + * then this function undoes the mapping - dst is replaced by a reference to + * the frame that src was originally mapped from. + * + * If both src and dst have an associated hwframe context, then this function + * attempts to map the src frame from its hardware context to that of dst and + * then fill dst with appropriate data to be usable there. This will only be + * possible if the hwframe contexts and associated devices are compatible - + * given compatible devices, av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived() can be used to + * create a hwframe context for dst in which mapping should be possible. + * + * If src has a hwframe context but dst does not, then the src frame is + * mapped to normal memory and should thereafter be usable as a normal frame. + * If the format is set on dst, then the mapping will attempt to create dst + * with that format and fail if it is not possible. If format is unset (is + * AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) then dst will be mapped with whatever the most appropriate + * format to use is (probably the sw_format of the src hwframe context). + * + * A return value of AVERROR(ENOSYS) indicates that the mapping is not + * possible with the given arguments and hwframe setup, while other return + * values indicate that it failed somehow. + * + * On failure, the destination frame will be left blank, except for the + * hw_frames_ctx/format fields thay may have been set by the caller - those will + * be preserved as they were. + * + * @param dst Destination frame, to contain the mapping. + * @param src Source frame, to be mapped. + * @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags. + * @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwframe_map(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags); + + +/** + * Create and initialise an AVHWFramesContext as a mapping of another existing + * AVHWFramesContext on a different device. + * + * av_hwframe_ctx_init() should not be called after this. + * + * @param derived_frame_ctx On success, a reference to the newly created + * AVHWFramesContext. + * @param format The AVPixelFormat for the derived context. + * @param derived_device_ctx A reference to the device to create the new + * AVHWFramesContext on. + * @param source_frame_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWFramesContext + * which will be mapped to the derived context. + * @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags, defining the + * mapping parameters to apply to frames which are allocated + * in the derived device. + * @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. + */ +int av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **derived_frame_ctx, + enum AVPixelFormat format, + AVBufferRef *derived_device_ctx, + AVBufferRef *source_frame_ctx, + int flags); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cefbe0c --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H + +#ifndef CUDA_VERSION +#include +#endif + +#include "pixfmt.h" + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA. + * + * This API supports dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must return + * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a CUdeviceptr. + */ + +typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContextInternal AVCUDADeviceContextInternal; + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContext { + CUcontext cuda_ctx; + CUstream stream; + AVCUDADeviceContextInternal *internal; +} AVCUDADeviceContext; + +/** + * AVHWFramesContext.hwctx is currently not used + */ + +/** + * @defgroup hwcontext_cuda Device context creation flags + * + * Flags for av_hwdevice_ctx_create. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Use primary device context instead of creating a new one. + */ +#define AV_CUDA_USE_PRIMARY_CONTEXT (1 << 0) + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..77d2d72 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA. + * + * The default pool implementation will be fixed-size if initial_pool_size is + * set (and allocate elements from an array texture). Otherwise it will allocate + * individual textures. Be aware that decoding requires a single array texture. + * + * Using sw_format==AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P has special semantics, and maps to + * DXGI_FORMAT_420_OPAQUE. av_hwframe_transfer_data() is not supported for + * this format. Refer to MSDN for details. + * + * av_hwdevice_ctx_create() for this device type supports a key named "debug" + * for the AVDictionary entry. If this is set to any value, the device creation + * code will try to load various supported D3D debugging layers. + */ + +#include +#include + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVD3D11VADeviceContext { + /** + * Device used for texture creation and access. This can also be used to + * set the libavcodec decoding device. + * + * Must be set by the user. This is the only mandatory field - the other + * device context fields are set from this and are available for convenience. + * + * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + */ + ID3D11Device *device; + + /** + * If unset, this will be set from the device field on init. + * + * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + */ + ID3D11DeviceContext *device_context; + + /** + * If unset, this will be set from the device field on init. + * + * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + */ + ID3D11VideoDevice *video_device; + + /** + * If unset, this will be set from the device_context field on init. + * + * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + */ + ID3D11VideoContext *video_context; + + /** + * Callbacks for locking. They protect accesses to device_context and + * video_context calls. They also protect access to the internal staging + * texture (for av_hwframe_transfer_data() calls). They do NOT protect + * access to hwcontext or decoder state in general. + * + * If unset on init, the hwcontext implementation will set them to use an + * internal mutex. + * + * The underlying lock must be recursive. lock_ctx is for free use by the + * locking implementation. + */ + void (*lock)(void *lock_ctx); + void (*unlock)(void *lock_ctx); + void *lock_ctx; +} AVD3D11VADeviceContext; + +/** + * D3D11 frame descriptor for pool allocation. + * + * In user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs + * with the data pointer pointing at an object of this type describing the + * planes of the frame. + * + * This has no use outside of custom allocation, and AVFrame AVBufferRef do not + * necessarily point to an instance of this struct. + */ +typedef struct AVD3D11FrameDescriptor { + /** + * The texture in which the frame is located. The reference count is + * managed by the AVBufferRef, and destroying the reference will release + * the interface. + * + * Normally stored in AVFrame.data[0]. + */ + ID3D11Texture2D *texture; + + /** + * The index into the array texture element representing the frame, or 0 + * if the texture is not an array texture. + * + * Normally stored in AVFrame.data[1] (cast from intptr_t). + */ + intptr_t index; +} AVD3D11FrameDescriptor; + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVD3D11VAFramesContext { + /** + * The canonical texture used for pool allocation. If this is set to NULL + * on init, the hwframes implementation will allocate and set an array + * texture if initial_pool_size > 0. + * + * The only situation when the API user should set this is: + * - the user wants to do manual pool allocation (setting + * AVHWFramesContext.pool), instead of letting AVHWFramesContext + * allocate the pool + * - of an array texture + * - and wants it to use it for decoding + * - this has to be done before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init() + * + * Deallocating the AVHWFramesContext will always release this interface, + * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. + * + * This is in particular used by the libavcodec D3D11VA hwaccel, which + * requires a single array texture. It will create ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView + * objects for each array texture element on decoder initialization. + */ + ID3D11Texture2D *texture; + + /** + * D3D11_TEXTURE2D_DESC.BindFlags used for texture creation. The user must + * at least set D3D11_BIND_DECODER if the frames context is to be used for + * video decoding. + * This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided. + */ + UINT BindFlags; + + /** + * D3D11_TEXTURE2D_DESC.MiscFlags used for texture creation. + * This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided. + */ + UINT MiscFlags; + + /** + * In case if texture structure member above is not NULL contains the same texture + * pointer for all elements and different indexes into the array texture. + * In case if texture structure member above is NULL, all elements contains + * pointers to separate non-array textures and 0 indexes. + * This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided. + */ + AVD3D11FrameDescriptor *texture_infos; +} AVD3D11VAFramesContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..42709f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * @file + * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM. + * + * Internal frame allocation is not currently supported - all frames + * must be allocated by the user. Thus AVHWFramesContext is always + * NULL, though this may change if support for frame allocation is + * added in future. + */ + +enum { + /** + * The maximum number of layers/planes in a DRM frame. + */ + AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES = 4 +}; + +/** + * DRM object descriptor. + * + * Describes a single DRM object, addressing it as a PRIME file + * descriptor. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMObjectDescriptor { + /** + * DRM PRIME fd for the object. + */ + int fd; + /** + * Total size of the object. + * + * (This includes any parts not which do not contain image data.) + */ + size_t size; + /** + * Format modifier applied to the object (DRM_FORMAT_MOD_*). + * + * If the format modifier is unknown then this should be set to + * DRM_FORMAT_MOD_INVALID. + */ + uint64_t format_modifier; +} AVDRMObjectDescriptor; + +/** + * DRM plane descriptor. + * + * Describes a single plane of a layer, which is contained within + * a single object. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMPlaneDescriptor { + /** + * Index of the object containing this plane in the objects + * array of the enclosing frame descriptor. + */ + int object_index; + /** + * Offset within that object of this plane. + */ + ptrdiff_t offset; + /** + * Pitch (linesize) of this plane. + */ + ptrdiff_t pitch; +} AVDRMPlaneDescriptor; + +/** + * DRM layer descriptor. + * + * Describes a single layer within a frame. This has the structure + * defined by its format, and will contain one or more planes. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMLayerDescriptor { + /** + * Format of the layer (DRM_FORMAT_*). + */ + uint32_t format; + /** + * Number of planes in the layer. + * + * This must match the number of planes required by format. + */ + int nb_planes; + /** + * Array of planes in this layer. + */ + AVDRMPlaneDescriptor planes[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES]; +} AVDRMLayerDescriptor; + +/** + * DRM frame descriptor. + * + * This is used as the data pointer for AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME frames. + * It is also used by user-allocated frame pools - allocating in + * AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs which contain + * an object of this type. + * + * The fields of this structure should be set such it can be + * imported directly by EGL using the EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import + * and EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers extensions. + * (Note that the exact layout of a particular format may vary between + * platforms - we only specify that the same platform should be able + * to import it.) + * + * The total number of planes must not exceed AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES, and + * the order of the planes by increasing layer index followed by + * increasing plane index must be the same as the order which would + * be used for the data pointers in the equivalent software format. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMFrameDescriptor { + /** + * Number of DRM objects making up this frame. + */ + int nb_objects; + /** + * Array of objects making up the frame. + */ + AVDRMObjectDescriptor objects[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES]; + /** + * Number of layers in the frame. + */ + int nb_layers; + /** + * Array of layers in the frame. + */ + AVDRMLayerDescriptor layers[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES]; +} AVDRMFrameDescriptor; + +/** + * DRM device. + * + * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx. + */ +typedef struct AVDRMDeviceContext { + /** + * File descriptor of DRM device. + * + * This is used as the device to create frames on, and may also be + * used in some derivation and mapping operations. + * + * If no device is required, set to -1. + */ + int fd; +} AVDRMDeviceContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e1b79bc --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2. + * + * Only fixed-size pools are supported. + * + * For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs + * with the data pointer set to a pointer to IDirect3DSurface9. + */ + +#include +#include + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVDXVA2DeviceContext { + IDirect3DDeviceManager9 *devmgr; +} AVDXVA2DeviceContext; + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVDXVA2FramesContext { + /** + * The surface type (e.g. DXVA2_VideoProcessorRenderTarget or + * DXVA2_VideoDecoderRenderTarget). Must be set by the caller. + */ + DWORD surface_type; + + /** + * The surface pool. When an external pool is not provided by the caller, + * this will be managed (allocated and filled on init, freed on uninit) by + * libavutil. + */ + IDirect3DSurface9 **surfaces; + int nb_surfaces; + + /** + * Certain drivers require the decoder to be destroyed before the surfaces. + * To allow internally managed pools to work properly in such cases, this + * field is provided. + * + * If it is non-NULL, libavutil will call IDirectXVideoDecoder_Release() on + * it just before the internal surface pool is freed. + * + * This is for convenience only. Some code uses other methods to manage the + * decoder reference. + */ + IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder_to_release; +} AVDXVA2FramesContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_mediacodec.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_mediacodec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..920e177 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_mediacodec.h @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H + +/** + * MediaCodec details. + * + * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVMediaCodecDeviceContext { + /** + * android/view/Surface handle, to be filled by the user. + * + * This is the default surface used by decoders on this device. + */ + void *surface; + + /** + * Pointer to ANativeWindow. + * + * It both surface and native_window is NULL, try to create it + * automatically if OS support. + * + * It can be used as output surface for decoder and input surface for + * encoder. + */ + void *native_window; +} AVMediaCodecDeviceContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_opencl.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_opencl.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ef54486 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_opencl.h @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_OPENCL_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_OPENCL_H + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +#include +#else +#include +#endif + +#include "frame.h" + +/** + * @file + * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_OPENCL. + * + * Pools allocated internally are always dynamic, and are primarily intended + * to be used in OpenCL-only cases. If interoperation is required, it is + * typically required to allocate frames in the other API and then map the + * frames context to OpenCL with av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived(). + */ + +/** + * OpenCL frame descriptor for pool allocation. + * + * In user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs + * with the data pointer pointing at an object of this type describing the + * planes of the frame. + */ +typedef struct AVOpenCLFrameDescriptor { + /** + * Number of planes in the frame. + */ + int nb_planes; + /** + * OpenCL image2d objects for each plane of the frame. + */ + cl_mem planes[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; +} AVOpenCLFrameDescriptor; + +/** + * OpenCL device details. + * + * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVOpenCLDeviceContext { + /** + * The primary device ID of the device. If multiple OpenCL devices + * are associated with the context then this is the one which will + * be used for all operations internal to FFmpeg. + */ + cl_device_id device_id; + /** + * The OpenCL context which will contain all operations and frames on + * this device. + */ + cl_context context; + /** + * The default command queue for this device, which will be used by all + * frames contexts which do not have their own command queue. If not + * intialised by the user, a default queue will be created on the + * primary device. + */ + cl_command_queue command_queue; +} AVOpenCLDeviceContext; + +/** + * OpenCL-specific data associated with a frame pool. + * + * Allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx. + */ +typedef struct AVOpenCLFramesContext { + /** + * The command queue used for internal asynchronous operations on this + * device (av_hwframe_transfer_data(), av_hwframe_map()). + * + * If this is not set, the command queue from the associated device is + * used instead. + */ + cl_command_queue command_queue; +} AVOpenCLFramesContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_OPENCL_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e2dba8a --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV. + * + * This API does not support dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must + * contain AVBufferRefs whose data pointer points to an mfxFrameSurface1 struct. + */ + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVQSVDeviceContext { + mfxSession session; + /** + * The mfxLoader handle used for mfxSession creation + * + * This field is only available for oneVPL user. For non-oneVPL user, this + * field must be set to NULL. + * + * Filled by the user before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init() and should be + * cast to mfxLoader handle. Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always + * release this interface. + */ + void *loader; +} AVQSVDeviceContext; + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVQSVFramesContext { + mfxFrameSurface1 *surfaces; + int nb_surfaces; + + /** + * A combination of MFX_MEMTYPE_* describing the frame pool. + */ + int frame_type; +} AVQSVFramesContext; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H */ + diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0b2e071 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI. + * + * Dynamic frame pools are supported, but note that any pool used as a render + * target is required to be of fixed size in order to be be usable as an + * argument to vaCreateContext(). + * + * For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs + * with the data pointer set to a VASurfaceID. + */ + +enum { + /** + * The quirks field has been set by the user and should not be detected + * automatically by av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). + */ + AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET = (1 << 0), + /** + * The driver does not destroy parameter buffers when they are used by + * vaRenderPicture(). Additional code will be required to destroy them + * separately afterwards. + */ + AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_RENDER_PARAM_BUFFERS = (1 << 1), + + /** + * The driver does not support the VASurfaceAttribMemoryType attribute, + * so the surface allocation code will not try to use it. + */ + AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_ATTRIB_MEMTYPE = (1 << 2), + + /** + * The driver does not support surface attributes at all. + * The surface allocation code will never pass them to surface allocation, + * and the results of the vaQuerySurfaceAttributes() call will be faked. + */ + AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_SURFACE_ATTRIBUTES = (1 << 3), +}; + +/** + * VAAPI connection details. + * + * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVVAAPIDeviceContext { + /** + * The VADisplay handle, to be filled by the user. + */ + VADisplay display; + /** + * Driver quirks to apply - this is filled by av_hwdevice_ctx_init(), + * with reference to a table of known drivers, unless the + * AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET bit is already present. The user + * may need to refer to this field when performing any later + * operations using VAAPI with the same VADisplay. + */ + unsigned int driver_quirks; +} AVVAAPIDeviceContext; + +/** + * VAAPI-specific data associated with a frame pool. + * + * Allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx. + */ +typedef struct AVVAAPIFramesContext { + /** + * Set by the user to apply surface attributes to all surfaces in + * the frame pool. If null, default settings are used. + */ + VASurfaceAttrib *attributes; + int nb_attributes; + /** + * The surfaces IDs of all surfaces in the pool after creation. + * Only valid if AVHWFramesContext.initial_pool_size was positive. + * These are intended to be used as the render_targets arguments to + * vaCreateContext(). + */ + VASurfaceID *surface_ids; + int nb_surfaces; +} AVVAAPIFramesContext; + +/** + * VAAPI hardware pipeline configuration details. + * + * Allocated with av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc(). + */ +typedef struct AVVAAPIHWConfig { + /** + * ID of a VAAPI pipeline configuration. + */ + VAConfigID config_id; +} AVVAAPIHWConfig; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b7ea1e --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU. + * + * This API supports dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must return + * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a VdpVideoSurface. + */ + +/** + * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx + */ +typedef struct AVVDPAUDeviceContext { + VdpDevice device; + VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address; +} AVVDPAUDeviceContext; + +/** + * AVHWFramesContext.hwctx is currently not used + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..25dde85 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H + +#include + +#include + +#include "frame.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" + +/** + * @file + * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX. + * + * This API supports frame allocation using a native CVPixelBufferPool + * instead of an AVBufferPool. + * + * If the API user sets a custom pool, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return + * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a CVImageBufferRef or CVPixelBufferRef. + * Note that the underlying CVPixelBuffer could be retained by OS frameworks + * depending on application usage, so it is preferable to let CoreVideo manage + * the pool using the default implementation. + * + * Currently AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx and AVHWFramesContext.hwctx are always + * NULL. + */ + +/** + * Convert a VideoToolbox (actually CoreVideo) format to AVPixelFormat. + * Returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if no known equivalent was found. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_map_videotoolbox_format_to_pixfmt(uint32_t cv_fmt); + +/** + * Convert an AVPixelFormat to a VideoToolbox (actually CoreVideo) format. + * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found. + */ +uint32_t av_map_videotoolbox_format_from_pixfmt(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Same as av_map_videotoolbox_format_from_pixfmt function, but can map and + * return full range pixel formats via a flag. + */ +uint32_t av_map_videotoolbox_format_from_pixfmt2(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, bool full_range); + +/** + * Convert an AVChromaLocation to a VideoToolbox/CoreVideo chroma location string. + * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found. + */ +CFStringRef av_map_videotoolbox_chroma_loc_from_av(enum AVChromaLocation loc); + +/** + * Convert an AVColorSpace to a VideoToolbox/CoreVideo color matrix string. + * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found. + */ +CFStringRef av_map_videotoolbox_color_matrix_from_av(enum AVColorSpace space); + +/** + * Convert an AVColorPrimaries to a VideoToolbox/CoreVideo color primaries string. + * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found. + */ +CFStringRef av_map_videotoolbox_color_primaries_from_av(enum AVColorPrimaries pri); + +/** + * Convert an AVColorTransferCharacteristic to a VideoToolbox/CoreVideo color transfer + * function string. + * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found. + */ +CFStringRef av_map_videotoolbox_color_trc_from_av(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic trc); + +/** + * Update a CVPixelBufferRef's metadata to based on an AVFrame. + * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found. + */ +int av_vt_pixbuf_set_attachments(void *log_ctx, + CVPixelBufferRef pixbuf, const struct AVFrame *src); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vulkan.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vulkan.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..df86c85 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vulkan.h @@ -0,0 +1,281 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VULKAN_H +#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VULKAN_H + +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(VK_USE_PLATFORM_WIN32_KHR) +#define VK_USE_PLATFORM_WIN32_KHR +#endif +#include + +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "frame.h" + +/** + * @file + * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VULKAN. + * + * For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs + * with the data pointer set to an AVVkFrame. + */ + +/** + * Main Vulkan context, allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx. + * All of these can be set before init to change what the context uses + */ +typedef struct AVVulkanDeviceContext { + /** + * Custom memory allocator, else NULL + */ + const VkAllocationCallbacks *alloc; + + /** + * Pointer to the instance-provided vkGetInstanceProcAddr loading function. + * If NULL, will pick either libvulkan or libvolk, depending on libavutil's + * compilation settings, and set this field. + */ + PFN_vkGetInstanceProcAddr get_proc_addr; + + /** + * Vulkan instance. Must be at least version 1.2. + */ + VkInstance inst; + + /** + * Physical device + */ + VkPhysicalDevice phys_dev; + + /** + * Active device + */ + VkDevice act_dev; + + /** + * This structure should be set to the set of features that present and enabled + * during device creation. When a device is created by FFmpeg, it will default to + * enabling all that are present of the shaderImageGatherExtended, + * fragmentStoresAndAtomics, shaderInt64 and vertexPipelineStoresAndAtomics features. + */ + VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 device_features; + + /** + * Enabled instance extensions. + * If supplying your own device context, set this to an array of strings, with + * each entry containing the specified Vulkan extension string to enable. + * Duplicates are possible and accepted. + * If no extensions are enabled, set these fields to NULL, and 0 respectively. + */ + const char * const *enabled_inst_extensions; + int nb_enabled_inst_extensions; + + /** + * Enabled device extensions. By default, VK_KHR_external_memory_fd, + * VK_EXT_external_memory_dma_buf, VK_EXT_image_drm_format_modifier, + * VK_KHR_external_semaphore_fd and VK_EXT_external_memory_host are enabled if found. + * If supplying your own device context, these fields takes the same format as + * the above fields, with the same conditions that duplicates are possible + * and accepted, and that NULL and 0 respectively means no extensions are enabled. + */ + const char * const *enabled_dev_extensions; + int nb_enabled_dev_extensions; + + /** + * Queue family index for graphics operations, and the number of queues + * enabled for it. If unavaiable, will be set to -1. Not required. + * av_hwdevice_create() will attempt to find a dedicated queue for each + * queue family, or pick the one with the least unrelated flags set. + * Queue indices here may overlap if a queue has to share capabilities. + */ + int queue_family_index; + int nb_graphics_queues; + + /** + * Queue family index for transfer operations and the number of queues + * enabled. Required. + */ + int queue_family_tx_index; + int nb_tx_queues; + + /** + * Queue family index for compute operations and the number of queues + * enabled. Required. + */ + int queue_family_comp_index; + int nb_comp_queues; + + /** + * Queue family index for video encode ops, and the amount of queues enabled. + * If the device doesn't support such, queue_family_encode_index will be -1. + * Not required. + */ + int queue_family_encode_index; + int nb_encode_queues; + + /** + * Queue family index for video decode ops, and the amount of queues enabled. + * If the device doesn't support such, queue_family_decode_index will be -1. + * Not required. + */ + int queue_family_decode_index; + int nb_decode_queues; +} AVVulkanDeviceContext; + +/** + * Defines the behaviour of frame allocation. + */ +typedef enum AVVkFrameFlags { + /* Unless this flag is set, autodetected flags will be OR'd based on the + * device and tiling during av_hwframe_ctx_init(). */ + AV_VK_FRAME_FLAG_NONE = (1ULL << 0), + + /* Image planes will be allocated in a single VkDeviceMemory, rather + * than as per-plane VkDeviceMemory allocations. Required for exporting + * to VAAPI on Intel devices. */ + AV_VK_FRAME_FLAG_CONTIGUOUS_MEMORY = (1ULL << 1), +} AVVkFrameFlags; + +/** + * Allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx, used to set pool-specific options + */ +typedef struct AVVulkanFramesContext { + /** + * Controls the tiling of allocated frames. If left as optimal tiling, + * then during av_hwframe_ctx_init() will decide based on whether the device + * supports DRM modifiers, or if the linear_images flag is set, otherwise + * will allocate optimally-tiled images. + */ + VkImageTiling tiling; + + /** + * Defines extra usage of output frames. If left as 0, the following bits + * are set: TRANSFER_SRC, TRANSFER_DST. SAMPLED and STORAGE. + */ + VkImageUsageFlagBits usage; + + /** + * Extension data for image creation. + * If VkImageDrmFormatModifierListCreateInfoEXT is present in the chain, + * and the device supports DRM modifiers, then images will be allocated + * with the specific requested DRM modifiers. + * Additional structures may be added at av_hwframe_ctx_init() time, + * which will be freed automatically on uninit(), so users need only free + * any structures they've allocated themselves. + */ + void *create_pnext; + + /** + * Extension data for memory allocation. Must have as many entries as + * the number of planes of the sw_format. + * This will be chained to VkExportMemoryAllocateInfo, which is used + * to make all pool images exportable to other APIs if the necessary + * extensions are present in enabled_dev_extensions. + */ + void *alloc_pnext[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * A combination of AVVkFrameFlags. Unless AV_VK_FRAME_FLAG_NONE is set, + * autodetected flags will be OR'd based on the device and tiling during + * av_hwframe_ctx_init(). + */ + AVVkFrameFlags flags; +} AVVulkanFramesContext; + +/* + * Frame structure, the VkFormat of the image will always match + * the pool's sw_format. + * All frames, imported or allocated, will be created with the + * VK_IMAGE_CREATE_ALIAS_BIT flag set, so the memory may be aliased if needed. + * + * If all queue family indices in the device context are the same, + * images will be created with the EXCLUSIVE sharing mode. Otherwise, all images + * will be created using the CONCURRENT sharing mode. + * + * @note the size of this structure is not part of the ABI, to allocate + * you must use @av_vk_frame_alloc(). + */ +typedef struct AVVkFrame { + /** + * Vulkan images to which the memory is bound to. + */ + VkImage img[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * The same tiling must be used for all images in the frame. + */ + VkImageTiling tiling; + + /** + * Memory backing the images. Could be less than the amount of planes, + * in which case the offset value will indicate the binding offset of + * each plane in the memory. + */ + VkDeviceMemory mem[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + size_t size[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * OR'd flags for all memory allocated + */ + VkMemoryPropertyFlagBits flags; + + /** + * Updated after every barrier + */ + VkAccessFlagBits access[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + VkImageLayout layout[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * Synchronization timeline semaphores, one for each sw_format plane. + * Must not be freed manually. Must be waited on at every submission using + * the value in sem_value, and must be signalled at every submission, + * using an incremented value. + */ + VkSemaphore sem[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * Up to date semaphore value at which each image becomes accessible. + * Clients must wait on this value when submitting a command queue, + * and increment it when signalling. + */ + uint64_t sem_value[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * Internal data. + */ + struct AVVkFrameInternal *internal; + + /** + * Describes the binding offset of each plane to the VkDeviceMemory. + */ + ptrdiff_t offset[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; +} AVVkFrame; + +/** + * Allocates a single AVVkFrame and initializes everything as 0. + * @note Must be freed via av_free() + */ +AVVkFrame *av_vk_frame_alloc(void); + +/** + * Returns the format of each image up to the number of planes for a given sw_format. + * Returns NULL on unsupported formats. + */ +const VkFormat *av_vkfmt_from_pixfmt(enum AVPixelFormat p); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VULKAN_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/imgutils.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/imgutils.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e10ac14 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/imgutils.h @@ -0,0 +1,331 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H +#define AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H + +/** + * @file + * misc image utilities + * + * @addtogroup lavu_picture + * @{ + */ + +#include +#include +#include "pixdesc.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * Compute the max pixel step for each plane of an image with a + * format described by pixdesc. + * + * The pixel step is the distance in bytes between the first byte of + * the group of bytes which describe a pixel component and the first + * byte of the successive group in the same plane for the same + * component. + * + * @param max_pixsteps an array which is filled with the max pixel step + * for each plane. Since a plane may contain different pixel + * components, the computed max_pixsteps[plane] is relative to the + * component in the plane with the max pixel step. + * @param max_pixstep_comps an array which is filled with the component + * for each plane which has the max pixel step. May be NULL. + * @param pixdesc the AVPixFmtDescriptor for the image, describing its format + */ +void av_image_fill_max_pixsteps(int max_pixsteps[4], int max_pixstep_comps[4], + const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc); + +/** + * Compute the size of an image line with format pix_fmt and width + * width for the plane plane. + * + * @return the computed size in bytes + */ +int av_image_get_linesize(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int plane); + +/** + * Fill plane linesizes for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and + * width width. + * + * @param linesizes array to be filled with the linesize for each plane + * @param pix_fmt the AVPixelFormat of the image + * @param width width of the image in pixels + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_image_fill_linesizes(int linesizes[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width); + +/** + * Fill plane sizes for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and height height. + * + * @param size the array to be filled with the size of each image plane + * @param pix_fmt the AVPixelFormat of the image + * @param height height of the image in pixels + * @param linesizes the array containing the linesize for each + * plane, should be filled by av_image_fill_linesizes() + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise + * + * @note The linesize parameters have the type ptrdiff_t here, while they are + * int for av_image_fill_linesizes(). + */ +int av_image_fill_plane_sizes(size_t size[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, + int height, const ptrdiff_t linesizes[4]); + +/** + * Fill plane data pointers for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and + * height height. + * + * @param data pointers array to be filled with the pointer for each image plane + * @param pix_fmt the AVPixelFormat of the image + * @param height height of the image in pixels + * @param ptr the pointer to a buffer which will contain the image + * @param linesizes the array containing the linesize for each + * plane, should be filled by av_image_fill_linesizes() + * @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative + * error code in case of failure + */ +int av_image_fill_pointers(uint8_t *data[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int height, + uint8_t *ptr, const int linesizes[4]); + +/** + * Allocate an image with size w and h and pixel format pix_fmt, and + * fill pointers and linesizes accordingly. + * The allocated image buffer has to be freed by using + * av_freep(&pointers[0]). + * + * @param pointers array to be filled with the pointer for each image plane + * @param linesizes the array filled with the linesize for each plane + * @param w width of the image in pixels + * @param h height of the image in pixels + * @param pix_fmt the AVPixelFormat of the image + * @param align the value to use for buffer size alignment + * @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative + * error code in case of failure + */ +int av_image_alloc(uint8_t *pointers[4], int linesizes[4], + int w, int h, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Copy image plane from src to dst. + * That is, copy "height" number of lines of "bytewidth" bytes each. + * The first byte of each successive line is separated by *_linesize + * bytes. + * + * bytewidth must be contained by both absolute values of dst_linesize + * and src_linesize, otherwise the function behavior is undefined. + * + * @param dst destination plane to copy to + * @param dst_linesize linesize for the image plane in dst + * @param src source plane to copy from + * @param src_linesize linesize for the image plane in src + * @param height height (number of lines) of the plane + */ +void av_image_copy_plane(uint8_t *dst, int dst_linesize, + const uint8_t *src, int src_linesize, + int bytewidth, int height); + +/** + * Copy image data located in uncacheable (e.g. GPU mapped) memory. Where + * available, this function will use special functionality for reading from such + * memory, which may result in greatly improved performance compared to plain + * av_image_copy_plane(). + * + * bytewidth must be contained by both absolute values of dst_linesize + * and src_linesize, otherwise the function behavior is undefined. + * + * @note The linesize parameters have the type ptrdiff_t here, while they are + * int for av_image_copy_plane(). + * @note On x86, the linesizes currently need to be aligned to the cacheline + * size (i.e. 64) to get improved performance. + */ +void av_image_copy_plane_uc_from(uint8_t *dst, ptrdiff_t dst_linesize, + const uint8_t *src, ptrdiff_t src_linesize, + ptrdiff_t bytewidth, int height); + +/** + * Copy image in src_data to dst_data. + * + * @param dst_data destination image data buffer to copy to + * @param dst_linesizes linesizes for the image in dst_data + * @param src_data source image data buffer to copy from + * @param src_linesizes linesizes for the image in src_data + * @param pix_fmt the AVPixelFormat of the image + * @param width width of the image in pixels + * @param height height of the image in pixels + */ +void av_image_copy(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesizes[4], + const uint8_t *src_data[4], const int src_linesizes[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * Copy image data located in uncacheable (e.g. GPU mapped) memory. Where + * available, this function will use special functionality for reading from such + * memory, which may result in greatly improved performance compared to plain + * av_image_copy(). + * + * The data pointers and the linesizes must be aligned to the maximum required + * by the CPU architecture. + * + * @note The linesize parameters have the type ptrdiff_t here, while they are + * int for av_image_copy(). + * @note On x86, the linesizes currently need to be aligned to the cacheline + * size (i.e. 64) to get improved performance. + */ +void av_image_copy_uc_from(uint8_t *dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesizes[4], + const uint8_t *src_data[4], const ptrdiff_t src_linesizes[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * Setup the data pointers and linesizes based on the specified image + * parameters and the provided array. + * + * The fields of the given image are filled in by using the src + * address which points to the image data buffer. Depending on the + * specified pixel format, one or multiple image data pointers and + * line sizes will be set. If a planar format is specified, several + * pointers will be set pointing to the different picture planes and + * the line sizes of the different planes will be stored in the + * lines_sizes array. Call with src == NULL to get the required + * size for the src buffer. + * + * To allocate the buffer and fill in the dst_data and dst_linesize in + * one call, use av_image_alloc(). + * + * @param dst_data data pointers to be filled in + * @param dst_linesize linesizes for the image in dst_data to be filled in + * @param src buffer which will contain or contains the actual image data, can be NULL + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image + * @param width the width of the image in pixels + * @param height the height of the image in pixels + * @param align the value used in src for linesize alignment + * @return the size in bytes required for src, a negative error code + * in case of failure + */ +int av_image_fill_arrays(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesize[4], + const uint8_t *src, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align); + +/** + * Return the size in bytes of the amount of data required to store an + * image with the given parameters. + * + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image + * @param width the width of the image in pixels + * @param height the height of the image in pixels + * @param align the assumed linesize alignment + * @return the buffer size in bytes, a negative error code in case of failure + */ +int av_image_get_buffer_size(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align); + +/** + * Copy image data from an image into a buffer. + * + * av_image_get_buffer_size() can be used to compute the required size + * for the buffer to fill. + * + * @param dst a buffer into which picture data will be copied + * @param dst_size the size in bytes of dst + * @param src_data pointers containing the source image data + * @param src_linesize linesizes for the image in src_data + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the source image + * @param width the width of the source image in pixels + * @param height the height of the source image in pixels + * @param align the assumed linesize alignment for dst + * @return the number of bytes written to dst, or a negative value + * (error code) on error + */ +int av_image_copy_to_buffer(uint8_t *dst, int dst_size, + const uint8_t * const src_data[4], const int src_linesize[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align); + +/** + * Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all + * bytes of the image can be addressed with a signed int. + * + * @param w the width of the picture + * @param h the height of the picture + * @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx + * @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL + * @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_image_check_size(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all + * bytes of a plane of an image with the specified pix_fmt can be addressed + * with a signed int. + * + * @param w the width of the picture + * @param h the height of the picture + * @param max_pixels the maximum number of pixels the user wants to accept + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format, can be AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if unknown. + * @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx + * @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL + * @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_image_check_size2(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int64_t max_pixels, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Check if the given sample aspect ratio of an image is valid. + * + * It is considered invalid if the denominator is 0 or if applying the ratio + * to the image size would make the smaller dimension less than 1. If the + * sar numerator is 0, it is considered unknown and will return as valid. + * + * @param w width of the image + * @param h height of the image + * @param sar sample aspect ratio of the image + * @return 0 if valid, a negative AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_image_check_sar(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, AVRational sar); + +/** + * Overwrite the image data with black. This is suitable for filling a + * sub-rectangle of an image, meaning the padding between the right most pixel + * and the left most pixel on the next line will not be overwritten. For some + * formats, the image size might be rounded up due to inherent alignment. + * + * If the pixel format has alpha, the alpha is cleared to opaque. + * + * This can return an error if the pixel format is not supported. Normally, all + * non-hwaccel pixel formats should be supported. + * + * Passing NULL for dst_data is allowed. Then the function returns whether the + * operation would have succeeded. (It can return an error if the pix_fmt is + * not supported.) + * + * @param dst_data data pointers to destination image + * @param dst_linesize linesizes for the destination image + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image + * @param range the color range of the image (important for colorspaces such as YUV) + * @param width the width of the image in pixels + * @param height the height of the image in pixels + * @return 0 if the image data was cleared, a negative AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_image_fill_black(uint8_t *dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesize[4], + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, enum AVColorRange range, + int width, int height); + +/** + * @} + */ + + +#endif /* AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/intfloat.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/intfloat.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fe3d7ec --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/intfloat.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2011 Mans Rullgard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H +#define AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H + +#include +#include "attributes.h" + +union av_intfloat32 { + uint32_t i; + float f; +}; + +union av_intfloat64 { + uint64_t i; + double f; +}; + +/** + * Reinterpret a 32-bit integer as a float. + */ +static av_always_inline float av_int2float(uint32_t i) +{ + union av_intfloat32 v; + v.i = i; + return v.f; +} + +/** + * Reinterpret a float as a 32-bit integer. + */ +static av_always_inline uint32_t av_float2int(float f) +{ + union av_intfloat32 v; + v.f = f; + return v.i; +} + +/** + * Reinterpret a 64-bit integer as a double. + */ +static av_always_inline double av_int2double(uint64_t i) +{ + union av_intfloat64 v; + v.i = i; + return v.f; +} + +/** + * Reinterpret a double as a 64-bit integer. + */ +static av_always_inline uint64_t av_double2int(double f) +{ + union av_intfloat64 v; + v.f = f; + return v.i; +} + +#endif /* AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/intreadwrite.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/intreadwrite.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4c8413a --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/intreadwrite.h @@ -0,0 +1,644 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H +#define AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H + +#include +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "attributes.h" +#include "bswap.h" + +typedef union { + uint64_t u64; + uint32_t u32[2]; + uint16_t u16[4]; + uint8_t u8 [8]; + double f64; + float f32[2]; +} av_alias av_alias64; + +typedef union { + uint32_t u32; + uint16_t u16[2]; + uint8_t u8 [4]; + float f32; +} av_alias av_alias32; + +typedef union { + uint16_t u16; + uint8_t u8 [2]; +} av_alias av_alias16; + +/* + * Arch-specific headers can provide any combination of + * AV_[RW][BLN](16|24|32|48|64) and AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128) macros. + * Preprocessor symbols must be defined, even if these are implemented + * as inline functions. + * + * R/W means read/write, B/L/N means big/little/native endianness. + * The following macros require aligned access, compared to their + * unaligned variants: AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128), AV_[RW]N[8-64]A. + * Incorrect usage may range from abysmal performance to crash + * depending on the platform. + * + * The unaligned variants are AV_[RW][BLN][8-64] and AV_COPY*U. + */ + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H + +#include "config.h" + +#if ARCH_ARM +# include "arm/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_AVR32 +# include "avr32/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_MIPS +# include "mips/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_PPC +# include "ppc/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_TOMI +# include "tomi/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_X86 +# include "x86/intreadwrite.h" +#endif + +#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ + +/* + * Map AV_RNXX <-> AV_R[BL]XX for all variants provided by per-arch headers. + */ + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN + +# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RB16) +# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RN16(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RB16) +# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RB16(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WB16) +# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WB16) +# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WB16(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RB24) +# define AV_RB24(p) AV_RN24(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RB24) +# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RB24(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WB24) +# define AV_WB24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WB24) +# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WB24(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RB32) +# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RN32(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RB32) +# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RB32(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WB32) +# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WB32) +# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WB32(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RB48) +# define AV_RB48(p) AV_RN48(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN48) && defined(AV_RB48) +# define AV_RN48(p) AV_RB48(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WB48) +# define AV_WB48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN48) && defined(AV_WB48) +# define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WB48(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RB64) +# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RN64(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RB64) +# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RB64(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WB64) +# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WB64) +# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WB64(p, v) +# endif + +#else /* AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */ + +# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RL16) +# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RN16(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RL16) +# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RL16(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WL16) +# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WL16) +# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WL16(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RL24) +# define AV_RL24(p) AV_RN24(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RL24) +# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RL24(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WL24) +# define AV_WL24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WL24) +# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WL24(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RL32) +# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RN32(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RL32) +# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RL32(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WL32) +# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WL32) +# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WL32(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RL48) +# define AV_RL48(p) AV_RN48(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN48) && defined(AV_RL48) +# define AV_RN48(p) AV_RL48(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WL48) +# define AV_WL48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN48) && defined(AV_WL48) +# define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WL48(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RL64) +# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RN64(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RL64) +# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RL64(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WL64) +# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WL64) +# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WL64(p, v) +# endif + +#endif /* !AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */ + +/* + * Define AV_[RW]N helper macros to simplify definitions not provided + * by per-arch headers. + */ + +#if defined(__GNUC__) + +union unaligned_64 { uint64_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias; +union unaligned_32 { uint32_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias; +union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias; + +# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) ((((union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) = (v)) + +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (defined(_M_ARM) || defined(_M_X64) || defined(_M_ARM64)) && AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED + +# define AV_RN(s, p) (*((const __unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p))) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (*((__unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)) = (v)) + +#elif AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED + +# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v)) + +#else + +#ifndef AV_RB16 +# define AV_RB16(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[1]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB16 +# define AV_WB16(p, val) do { \ + uint16_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>8; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL16 +# define AV_RL16(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL16 +# define AV_WL16(p, val) do { \ + uint16_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB32 +# define AV_RB32(x) \ + (((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 24) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[3]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB32 +# define AV_WB32(p, val) do { \ + uint32_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>24; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL32 +# define AV_RL32(x) \ + (((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL32 +# define AV_WL32(p, val) do { \ + uint32_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB64 +# define AV_RB64(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 56) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 48) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB64 +# define AV_WB64(p, val) do { \ + uint64_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>40; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>48; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>56; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL64 +# define AV_RL64(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7] << 56) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 48) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL64 +# define AV_WL64(p, val) do { \ + uint64_t d = (val); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>48; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d)>>56; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RB##s(p) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WB##s(p, v) +#else +# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RL##s(p) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WL##s(p, v) +#endif + +#endif /* HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED */ + +#ifndef AV_RN16 +# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RN(16, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN32 +# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RN(32, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN64 +# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RN(64, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN16 +# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WN(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN32 +# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WN(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN64 +# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WN(64, p, v) +#endif + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_RB(s, p) AV_RN##s(p) +# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v) +# define AV_RL(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p)) +# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v)) +#else +# define AV_RB(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p)) +# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v)) +# define AV_RL(s, p) AV_RN##s(p) +# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v) +#endif + +#define AV_RB8(x) (((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#define AV_WB8(p, d) do { ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); } while(0) + +#define AV_RL8(x) AV_RB8(x) +#define AV_WL8(p, d) AV_WB8(p, d) + +#ifndef AV_RB16 +# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RB(16, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB16 +# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WB(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL16 +# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RL(16, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL16 +# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WL(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB32 +# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RB(32, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB32 +# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WB(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL32 +# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RL(32, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL32 +# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WL(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB64 +# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RB(64, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB64 +# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WB(64, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL64 +# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RL(64, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL64 +# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WL(64, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB24 +# define AV_RB24(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[2]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB24 +# define AV_WB24(p, d) do { \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>16; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL24 +# define AV_RL24(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL24 +# define AV_WL24(p, d) do { \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB48 +# define AV_RB48(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB48 +# define AV_WB48(p, darg) do { \ + uint64_t d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>40; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL48 +# define AV_RL48(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL48 +# define AV_WL48(p, darg) do { \ + uint64_t d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +/* + * The AV_[RW]NA macros access naturally aligned data + * in a type-safe way. + */ + +#define AV_RNA(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s) +#define AV_WNA(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v)) + +#ifndef AV_RN16A +# define AV_RN16A(p) AV_RNA(16, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN32A +# define AV_RN32A(p) AV_RNA(32, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN64A +# define AV_RN64A(p) AV_RNA(64, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN16A +# define AV_WN16A(p, v) AV_WNA(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN32A +# define AV_WN32A(p, v) AV_WNA(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN64A +# define AV_WN64A(p, v) AV_WNA(64, p, v) +#endif + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_RLA(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s##A(p)) +# define AV_WLA(s, p, v) AV_WN##s##A(p, av_bswap##s(v)) +#else +# define AV_RLA(s, p) AV_RN##s##A(p) +# define AV_WLA(s, p, v) AV_WN##s##A(p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL64A +# define AV_RL64A(p) AV_RLA(64, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL64A +# define AV_WL64A(p, v) AV_WLA(64, p, v) +#endif + +/* + * The AV_COPYxxU macros are suitable for copying data to/from unaligned + * memory locations. + */ + +#define AV_COPYU(n, d, s) AV_WN##n(d, AV_RN##n(s)); + +#ifndef AV_COPY16U +# define AV_COPY16U(d, s) AV_COPYU(16, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY32U +# define AV_COPY32U(d, s) AV_COPYU(32, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY64U +# define AV_COPY64U(d, s) AV_COPYU(64, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY128U +# define AV_COPY128U(d, s) \ + do { \ + AV_COPY64U(d, s); \ + AV_COPY64U((char *)(d) + 8, (const char *)(s) + 8); \ + } while(0) +#endif + +/* Parameters for AV_COPY*, AV_SWAP*, AV_ZERO* must be + * naturally aligned. They may be implemented using MMX, + * so emms_c() must be called before using any float code + * afterwards. + */ + +#define AV_COPY(n, d, s) \ + (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = ((const av_alias##n*)(s))->u##n) + +#ifndef AV_COPY16 +# define AV_COPY16(d, s) AV_COPY(16, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY32 +# define AV_COPY32(d, s) AV_COPY(32, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY64 +# define AV_COPY64(d, s) AV_COPY(64, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY128 +# define AV_COPY128(d, s) \ + do { \ + AV_COPY64(d, s); \ + AV_COPY64((char*)(d)+8, (char*)(s)+8); \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#define AV_SWAP(n, a, b) FFSWAP(av_alias##n, *(av_alias##n*)(a), *(av_alias##n*)(b)) + +#ifndef AV_SWAP64 +# define AV_SWAP64(a, b) AV_SWAP(64, a, b) +#endif + +#define AV_ZERO(n, d) (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = 0) + +#ifndef AV_ZERO16 +# define AV_ZERO16(d) AV_ZERO(16, d) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_ZERO32 +# define AV_ZERO32(d) AV_ZERO(32, d) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_ZERO64 +# define AV_ZERO64(d) AV_ZERO(64, d) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_ZERO128 +# define AV_ZERO128(d) \ + do { \ + AV_ZERO64(d); \ + AV_ZERO64((char*)(d)+8); \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/lfg.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/lfg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e75a986 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/lfg.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +/* + * Lagged Fibonacci PRNG + * Copyright (c) 2008 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_LFG_H +#define AVUTIL_LFG_H + +#include + +/** + * Context structure for the Lagged Fibonacci PRNG. + * The exact layout, types and content of this struct may change and should + * not be accessed directly. Only its `sizeof()` is guaranteed to stay the same + * to allow easy instanciation. + */ +typedef struct AVLFG { + unsigned int state[64]; + int index; +} AVLFG; + +void av_lfg_init(AVLFG *c, unsigned int seed); + +/** + * Seed the state of the ALFG using binary data. + * + * @return 0 on success, negative value (AVERROR) on failure. + */ +int av_lfg_init_from_data(AVLFG *c, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int length); + +/** + * Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using an ALFG. + * + * Please also consider a simple LCG like state= state*1664525+1013904223, + * it may be good enough and faster for your specific use case. + */ +static inline unsigned int av_lfg_get(AVLFG *c){ + unsigned a = c->state[c->index & 63] = c->state[(c->index-24) & 63] + c->state[(c->index-55) & 63]; + c->index += 1U; + return a; +} + +/** + * Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using a MLFG. + * + * Please also consider av_lfg_get() above, it is faster. + */ +static inline unsigned int av_mlfg_get(AVLFG *c){ + unsigned int a= c->state[(c->index-55) & 63]; + unsigned int b= c->state[(c->index-24) & 63]; + a = c->state[c->index & 63] = 2*a*b+a+b; + c->index += 1U; + return a; +} + +/** + * Get the next two numbers generated by a Box-Muller Gaussian + * generator using the random numbers issued by lfg. + * + * @param lfg pointer to the contex structure + * @param out array where the two generated numbers are placed + */ +void av_bmg_get(AVLFG *lfg, double out[2]); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_LFG_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/log.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/log.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ab7ceab --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/log.h @@ -0,0 +1,387 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_LOG_H +#define AVUTIL_LOG_H + +#include +#include "attributes.h" +#include "version.h" + +typedef enum { + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NA = 0, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_OUTPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_MUXER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEMUXER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_ENCODER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DECODER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_FILTER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_BITSTREAM_FILTER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWSCALER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWRESAMPLER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT = 40, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NB ///< not part of ABI/API +}AVClassCategory; + +#define AV_IS_INPUT_DEVICE(category) \ + (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT)) + +#define AV_IS_OUTPUT_DEVICE(category) \ + (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT) || \ + ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT)) + +struct AVOptionRanges; + +/** + * Describe the class of an AVClass context structure. That is an + * arbitrary struct of which the first field is a pointer to an + * AVClass struct (e.g. AVCodecContext, AVFormatContext etc.). + */ +typedef struct AVClass { + /** + * The name of the class; usually it is the same name as the + * context structure type to which the AVClass is associated. + */ + const char* class_name; + + /** + * A pointer to a function which returns the name of a context + * instance ctx associated with the class. + */ + const char* (*item_name)(void* ctx); + + /** + * a pointer to the first option specified in the class if any or NULL + * + * @see av_set_default_options() + */ + const struct AVOption *option; + + /** + * LIBAVUTIL_VERSION with which this structure was created. + * This is used to allow fields to be added without requiring major + * version bumps everywhere. + */ + + int version; + + /** + * Offset in the structure where log_level_offset is stored. + * 0 means there is no such variable + */ + int log_level_offset_offset; + + /** + * Offset in the structure where a pointer to the parent context for + * logging is stored. For example a decoder could pass its AVCodecContext + * to eval as such a parent context, which an av_log() implementation + * could then leverage to display the parent context. + * The offset can be NULL. + */ + int parent_log_context_offset; + + /** + * Category used for visualization (like color) + * This is only set if the category is equal for all objects using this class. + * available since version (51 << 16 | 56 << 8 | 100) + */ + AVClassCategory category; + + /** + * Callback to return the category. + * available since version (51 << 16 | 59 << 8 | 100) + */ + AVClassCategory (*get_category)(void* ctx); + + /** + * Callback to return the supported/allowed ranges. + * available since version (52.12) + */ + int (*query_ranges)(struct AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags); + + /** + * Return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL + */ + void* (*child_next)(void *obj, void *prev); + + /** + * Iterate over the AVClasses corresponding to potential AVOptions-enabled + * children. + * + * @param iter pointer to opaque iteration state. The caller must initialize + * *iter to NULL before the first call. + * @return AVClass for the next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL if there are + * no more such children. + * + * @note The difference between child_next and this is that child_next + * iterates over _already existing_ objects, while child_class_iterate + * iterates over _all possible_ children. + */ + const struct AVClass* (*child_class_iterate)(void **iter); +} AVClass; + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_log + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_log_constants Logging Constants + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Print no output. + */ +#define AV_LOG_QUIET -8 + +/** + * Something went really wrong and we will crash now. + */ +#define AV_LOG_PANIC 0 + +/** + * Something went wrong and recovery is not possible. + * For example, no header was found for a format which depends + * on headers or an illegal combination of parameters is used. + */ +#define AV_LOG_FATAL 8 + +/** + * Something went wrong and cannot losslessly be recovered. + * However, not all future data is affected. + */ +#define AV_LOG_ERROR 16 + +/** + * Something somehow does not look correct. This may or may not + * lead to problems. An example would be the use of '-vstrict -2'. + */ +#define AV_LOG_WARNING 24 + +/** + * Standard information. + */ +#define AV_LOG_INFO 32 + +/** + * Detailed information. + */ +#define AV_LOG_VERBOSE 40 + +/** + * Stuff which is only useful for libav* developers. + */ +#define AV_LOG_DEBUG 48 + +/** + * Extremely verbose debugging, useful for libav* development. + */ +#define AV_LOG_TRACE 56 + +#define AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET (AV_LOG_TRACE - AV_LOG_QUIET) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Sets additional colors for extended debugging sessions. + * @code + av_log(ctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG|AV_LOG_C(134), "Message in purple\n"); + @endcode + * Requires 256color terminal support. Uses outside debugging is not + * recommended. + */ +#define AV_LOG_C(x) ((x) << 8) + +/** + * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal + * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to + * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback + * function. + * @see av_log_set_callback + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct or NULL if general log. + * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + */ +void av_log(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4); + +/** + * Send the specified message to the log once with the initial_level and then with + * the subsequent_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to + * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback + * function. + * @see av_log + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct or NULL if general log. + * @param initial_level importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant" for the first occurance. + * @param subsequent_level importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant" after the first occurance. + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + * @param state a variable to keep trak of if a message has already been printed + * this must be initialized to 0 before the first use. The same state + * must not be accessed by 2 Threads simultaneously. + */ +void av_log_once(void* avcl, int initial_level, int subsequent_level, int *state, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(5, 6); + + +/** + * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal + * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to + * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback + * function. + * @see av_log_set_callback + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string. + */ +void av_vlog(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl); + +/** + * Get the current log level + * + * @see lavu_log_constants + * + * @return Current log level + */ +int av_log_get_level(void); + +/** + * Set the log level + * + * @see lavu_log_constants + * + * @param level Logging level + */ +void av_log_set_level(int level); + +/** + * Set the logging callback + * + * @note The callback must be thread safe, even if the application does not use + * threads itself as some codecs are multithreaded. + * + * @see av_log_default_callback + * + * @param callback A logging function with a compatible signature. + */ +void av_log_set_callback(void (*callback)(void*, int, const char*, va_list)); + +/** + * Default logging callback + * + * It prints the message to stderr, optionally colorizing it. + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref + * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string. + */ +void av_log_default_callback(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, + va_list vl); + +/** + * Return the context name + * + * @param ctx The AVClass context + * + * @return The AVClass class_name + */ +const char* av_default_item_name(void* ctx); +AVClassCategory av_default_get_category(void *ptr); + +/** + * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback. + * @param line buffer to receive the formatted line + * @param line_size size of the buffer + * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed; + * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1 + */ +void av_log_format_line(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl, + char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix); + +/** + * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback. + * @param line buffer to receive the formatted line; + * may be NULL if line_size is 0 + * @param line_size size of the buffer; at most line_size-1 characters will + * be written to the buffer, plus one null terminator + * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed; + * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1 + * @return Returns a negative value if an error occurred, otherwise returns + * the number of characters that would have been written for a + * sufficiently large buffer, not including the terminating null + * character. If the return value is not less than line_size, it means + * that the log message was truncated to fit the buffer. + */ +int av_log_format_line2(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl, + char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix); + +/** + * Skip repeated messages, this requires the user app to use av_log() instead of + * (f)printf as the 2 would otherwise interfere and lead to + * "Last message repeated x times" messages below (f)printf messages with some + * bad luck. + * Also to receive the last, "last repeated" line if any, the user app must + * call av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_QUIET, "%s", ""); at the end + */ +#define AV_LOG_SKIP_REPEATED 1 + +/** + * Include the log severity in messages originating from codecs. + * + * Results in messages such as: + * [rawvideo @ 0xDEADBEEF] [error] encode did not produce valid pts + */ +#define AV_LOG_PRINT_LEVEL 2 + +void av_log_set_flags(int arg); +int av_log_get_flags(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_LOG_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/lzo.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/lzo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c034039 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/lzo.h @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +/* + * LZO 1x decompression + * copyright (c) 2006 Reimar Doeffinger + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_LZO_H +#define AVUTIL_LZO_H + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_lzo LZO + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * + * @{ + */ + +#include + +/** @name Error flags returned by av_lzo1x_decode + * @{ */ +/// end of the input buffer reached before decoding finished +#define AV_LZO_INPUT_DEPLETED 1 +/// decoded data did not fit into output buffer +#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_FULL 2 +/// a reference to previously decoded data was wrong +#define AV_LZO_INVALID_BACKPTR 4 +/// a non-specific error in the compressed bitstream +#define AV_LZO_ERROR 8 +/** @} */ + +#define AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING 8 +#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING 12 + +/** + * @brief Decodes LZO 1x compressed data. + * @param out output buffer + * @param outlen size of output buffer, number of bytes left are returned here + * @param in input buffer + * @param inlen size of input buffer, number of bytes left are returned here + * @return 0 on success, otherwise a combination of the error flags above + * + * Make sure all buffers are appropriately padded, in must provide + * AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING, out must provide AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING additional bytes. + */ +int av_lzo1x_decode(void *out, int *outlen, const void *in, int *inlen); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_LZO_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/macros.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/macros.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2a7567c --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/macros.h @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu + * Utility Preprocessor macros + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MACROS_H +#define AVUTIL_MACROS_H + +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_NE(be, le) (be) +#else +# define AV_NE(be, le) (le) +#endif + +/** + * Comparator. + * For two numerical expressions x and y, gives 1 if x > y, -1 if x < y, and 0 + * if x == y. This is useful for instance in a qsort comparator callback. + * Furthermore, compilers are able to optimize this to branchless code, and + * there is no risk of overflow with signed types. + * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument multiple times, it thus + * must not have a side-effect. + */ +#define FFDIFFSIGN(x,y) (((x)>(y)) - ((x)<(y))) + +#define FFMAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) +#define FFMAX3(a,b,c) FFMAX(FFMAX(a,b),c) +#define FFMIN(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (b) : (a)) +#define FFMIN3(a,b,c) FFMIN(FFMIN(a,b),c) + +#define FFSWAP(type,a,b) do{type SWAP_tmp= b; b= a; a= SWAP_tmp;}while(0) +#define FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof((a)[0])) + +#define MKTAG(a,b,c,d) ((a) | ((b) << 8) | ((c) << 16) | ((unsigned)(d) << 24)) +#define MKBETAG(a,b,c,d) ((d) | ((c) << 8) | ((b) << 16) | ((unsigned)(a) << 24)) + +/** + * @addtogroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros + * + * String manipulation macros + * + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_STRINGIFY(s) AV_TOSTRING(s) +#define AV_TOSTRING(s) #s + +#define AV_GLUE(a, b) a ## b +#define AV_JOIN(a, b) AV_GLUE(a, b) + +/** + * @} + */ + +#define AV_PRAGMA(s) _Pragma(#s) + +#define FFALIGN(x, a) (((x)+(a)-1)&~((a)-1)) + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MACROS_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/mastering_display_metadata.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/mastering_display_metadata.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c23b07c --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/mastering_display_metadata.h @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2016 Neil Birkbeck + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H +#define AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H + +#include "frame.h" +#include "rational.h" + + +/** + * Mastering display metadata capable of representing the color volume of + * the display used to master the content (SMPTE 2086:2014). + * + * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the + * appropriate type. + * + * @note The struct should be allocated with av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc() + * and its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVMasteringDisplayMetadata { + /** + * CIE 1931 xy chromaticity coords of color primaries (r, g, b order). + */ + AVRational display_primaries[3][2]; + + /** + * CIE 1931 xy chromaticity coords of white point. + */ + AVRational white_point[2]; + + /** + * Min luminance of mastering display (cd/m^2). + */ + AVRational min_luminance; + + /** + * Max luminance of mastering display (cd/m^2). + */ + AVRational max_luminance; + + /** + * Flag indicating whether the display primaries (and white point) are set. + */ + int has_primaries; + + /** + * Flag indicating whether the luminance (min_ and max_) have been set. + */ + int has_luminance; + +} AVMasteringDisplayMetadata; + +/** + * Allocate an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata structure and set its fields to + * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVMasteringDisplayMetadata filled with default values or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc(void); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVMasteringDisplayMetadata and add it to the frame. + * + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVMasteringDisplayMetadata structure to be filled by caller. + */ +AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Content light level needed by to transmit HDR over HDMI (CTA-861.3). + * + * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the + * appropriate type. + * + * @note The struct should be allocated with av_content_light_metadata_alloc() + * and its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVContentLightMetadata { + /** + * Max content light level (cd/m^2). + */ + unsigned MaxCLL; + + /** + * Max average light level per frame (cd/m^2). + */ + unsigned MaxFALL; +} AVContentLightMetadata; + +/** + * Allocate an AVContentLightMetadata structure and set its fields to + * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVContentLightMetadata filled with default values or NULL + * on failure. + */ +AVContentLightMetadata *av_content_light_metadata_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVContentLightMetadata and add it to the frame. + * + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVContentLightMetadata structure to be filled by caller. + */ +AVContentLightMetadata *av_content_light_metadata_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/mathematics.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/mathematics.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e4aff1e --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/mathematics.h @@ -0,0 +1,245 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2005-2012 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @addtogroup lavu_math + * Mathematical utilities for working with timestamp and time base. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H +#define AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H + +#include +#include +#include "attributes.h" +#include "rational.h" +#include "intfloat.h" + +#ifndef M_E +#define M_E 2.7182818284590452354 /* e */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LN2 +#define M_LN2 0.69314718055994530942 /* log_e 2 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LN10 +#define M_LN10 2.30258509299404568402 /* log_e 10 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LOG2_10 +#define M_LOG2_10 3.32192809488736234787 /* log_2 10 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PHI +#define M_PHI 1.61803398874989484820 /* phi / golden ratio */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PI +#define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846 /* pi */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PI_2 +#define M_PI_2 1.57079632679489661923 /* pi/2 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_SQRT1_2 +#define M_SQRT1_2 0.70710678118654752440 /* 1/sqrt(2) */ +#endif +#ifndef M_SQRT2 +#define M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880 /* sqrt(2) */ +#endif +#ifndef NAN +#define NAN av_int2float(0x7fc00000) +#endif +#ifndef INFINITY +#define INFINITY av_int2float(0x7f800000) +#endif + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_math + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Rounding methods. + */ +enum AVRounding { + AV_ROUND_ZERO = 0, ///< Round toward zero. + AV_ROUND_INF = 1, ///< Round away from zero. + AV_ROUND_DOWN = 2, ///< Round toward -infinity. + AV_ROUND_UP = 3, ///< Round toward +infinity. + AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF = 5, ///< Round to nearest and halfway cases away from zero. + /** + * Flag telling rescaling functions to pass `INT64_MIN`/`MAX` through + * unchanged, avoiding special cases for #AV_NOPTS_VALUE. + * + * Unlike other values of the enumeration AVRounding, this value is a + * bitmask that must be used in conjunction with another value of the + * enumeration through a bitwise OR, in order to set behavior for normal + * cases. + * + * @code{.c} + * av_rescale_rnd(3, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX); + * // Rescaling 3: + * // Calculating 3 * 1 / 2 + * // 3 / 2 is rounded up to 2 + * // => 2 + * + * av_rescale_rnd(AV_NOPTS_VALUE, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX); + * // Rescaling AV_NOPTS_VALUE: + * // AV_NOPTS_VALUE == INT64_MIN + * // AV_NOPTS_VALUE is passed through + * // => AV_NOPTS_VALUE + * @endcode + */ + AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX = 8192, +}; + +/** + * Compute the greatest common divisor of two integer operands. + * + * @param a Operand + * @param b Operand + * @return GCD of a and b up to sign; if a >= 0 and b >= 0, return value is >= 0; + * if a == 0 and b == 0, returns 0. + */ +int64_t av_const av_gcd(int64_t a, int64_t b); + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer with rounding to nearest. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that + * directly can overflow. + * + * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF. + * + * @see av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd() + */ +int64_t av_rescale(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c) av_const; + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer with specified rounding. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that + * directly can overflow, and does not support different rounding methods. + * If the result is not representable then INT64_MIN is returned. + * + * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd() + */ +int64_t av_rescale_rnd(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c, enum AVRounding rnd) av_const; + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`. + * + * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_q_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF. + * + * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q_rnd() + */ +int64_t av_rescale_q(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq) av_const; + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers with specified rounding. + * + * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`. + * + * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q() + */ +int64_t av_rescale_q_rnd(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq, + enum AVRounding rnd) av_const; + +/** + * Compare two timestamps each in its own time base. + * + * @return One of the following values: + * - -1 if `ts_a` is before `ts_b` + * - 1 if `ts_a` is after `ts_b` + * - 0 if they represent the same position + * + * @warning + * The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps is outside + * the `int64_t` range when represented in the other's timebase. + */ +int av_compare_ts(int64_t ts_a, AVRational tb_a, int64_t ts_b, AVRational tb_b); + +/** + * Compare the remainders of two integer operands divided by a common divisor. + * + * In other words, compare the least significant `log2(mod)` bits of integers + * `a` and `b`. + * + * @code{.c} + * av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x10) < 0 // since 0x11 % 0x10 (0x1) < 0x02 % 0x10 (0x2) + * av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x20) > 0 // since 0x11 % 0x20 (0x11) > 0x02 % 0x20 (0x02) + * @endcode + * + * @param a Operand + * @param b Operand + * @param mod Divisor; must be a power of 2 + * @return + * - a negative value if `a % mod < b % mod` + * - a positive value if `a % mod > b % mod` + * - zero if `a % mod == b % mod` + */ +int64_t av_compare_mod(uint64_t a, uint64_t b, uint64_t mod); + +/** + * Rescale a timestamp while preserving known durations. + * + * This function is designed to be called per audio packet to scale the input + * timestamp to a different time base. Compared to a simple av_rescale_q() + * call, this function is robust against possible inconsistent frame durations. + * + * The `last` parameter is a state variable that must be preserved for all + * subsequent calls for the same stream. For the first call, `*last` should be + * initialized to #AV_NOPTS_VALUE. + * + * @param[in] in_tb Input time base + * @param[in] in_ts Input timestamp + * @param[in] fs_tb Duration time base; typically this is finer-grained + * (greater) than `in_tb` and `out_tb` + * @param[in] duration Duration till the next call to this function (i.e. + * duration of the current packet/frame) + * @param[in,out] last Pointer to a timestamp expressed in terms of + * `fs_tb`, acting as a state variable + * @param[in] out_tb Output timebase + * @return Timestamp expressed in terms of `out_tb` + * + * @note In the context of this function, "duration" is in term of samples, not + * seconds. + */ +int64_t av_rescale_delta(AVRational in_tb, int64_t in_ts, AVRational fs_tb, int duration, int64_t *last, AVRational out_tb); + +/** + * Add a value to a timestamp. + * + * This function guarantees that when the same value is repeatly added that + * no accumulation of rounding errors occurs. + * + * @param[in] ts Input timestamp + * @param[in] ts_tb Input timestamp time base + * @param[in] inc Value to be added + * @param[in] inc_tb Time base of `inc` + */ +int64_t av_add_stable(AVRational ts_tb, int64_t ts, AVRational inc_tb, int64_t inc); + + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/md5.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/md5.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fc2eabd --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/md5.h @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_md5 + * Public header for MD5 hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MD5_H +#define AVUTIL_MD5_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_md5 MD5 + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * MD5 hash function implementation. + * + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_md5_size; + +struct AVMD5; + +/** + * Allocate an AVMD5 context. + */ +struct AVMD5 *av_md5_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize MD5 hashing. + * + * @param ctx pointer to the function context (of size av_md5_size) + */ +void av_md5_init(struct AVMD5 *ctx); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param ctx hash function context + * @param src input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +void av_md5_update(struct AVMD5 *ctx, const uint8_t *src, size_t len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param ctx hash function context + * @param dst buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_md5_final(struct AVMD5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst); + +/** + * Hash an array of data. + * + * @param dst The output buffer to write the digest into + * @param src The data to hash + * @param len The length of the data, in bytes + */ +void av_md5_sum(uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, size_t len); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MD5_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/mem.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/mem.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c9c4fcf --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/mem.h @@ -0,0 +1,697 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_mem + * Memory handling functions + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MEM_H +#define AVUTIL_MEM_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "avutil.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_mem + * Utilities for manipulating memory. + * + * FFmpeg has several applications of memory that are not required of a typical + * program. For example, the computing-heavy components like video decoding and + * encoding can be sped up significantly through the use of aligned memory. + * + * However, for each of FFmpeg's applications of memory, there might not be a + * recognized or standardized API for that specific use. Memory alignment, for + * instance, varies wildly depending on operating systems, architectures, and + * compilers. Hence, this component of @ref libavutil is created to make + * dealing with memory consistently possible on all platforms. + * + * @{ + */ + +#if FF_API_DECLARE_ALIGNED +/** + * + * @defgroup lavu_mem_macros Alignment Macros + * Helper macros for declaring aligned variables. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @def DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) + * Declare a variable that is aligned in memory. + * + * @code{.c} + * DECLARE_ALIGNED(16, uint16_t, aligned_int) = 42; + * DECLARE_ALIGNED(32, uint8_t, aligned_array)[128]; + * + * // The default-alignment equivalent would be + * uint16_t aligned_int = 42; + * uint8_t aligned_array[128]; + * @endcode + * + * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes + * @param t Type of the variable (or array element) + * @param v Name of the variable + */ + +/** + * @def DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) + * Declare an aligned variable appropriate for use in inline assembly code. + * + * @code{.c} + * DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008); + * @endcode + * + * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes + * @param t Type of the variable (or array element) + * @param v Name of the variable + */ + +/** + * @def DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) + * Declare a static constant aligned variable appropriate for use in inline + * assembly code. + * + * @code{.c} + * DECLARE_ASM_CONST(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008); + * @endcode + * + * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes + * @param t Type of the variable (or array element) + * @param v Name of the variable + */ + +#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && __INTEL_COMPILER < 1110 || defined(__SUNPRO_C) + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v + #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) const t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v +#elif defined(__DJGPP__) + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v + #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v +#elif defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v + #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) t v + #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) t v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) static const t v +#else + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t v + #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t v +#endif + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_attrs Function Attributes + * Function attributes applicable to memory handling functions. + * + * These function attributes can help compilers emit more useful warnings, or + * generate better code. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @def av_malloc_attrib + * Function attribute denoting a malloc-like function. + * + * @see Function attribute `malloc` in GCC's documentation + */ + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) + #define av_malloc_attrib __attribute__((__malloc__)) +#else + #define av_malloc_attrib +#endif + +/** + * @def av_alloc_size(...) + * Function attribute used on a function that allocates memory, whose size is + * given by the specified parameter(s). + * + * @code{.c} + * void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_alloc_size(1); + * void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_alloc_size(1, 2); + * @endcode + * + * @param ... One or two parameter indexes, separated by a comma + * + * @see Function attribute `alloc_size` in GCC's documentation + */ + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) + #define av_alloc_size(...) __attribute__((alloc_size(__VA_ARGS__))) +#else + #define av_alloc_size(...) +#endif + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_funcs Heap Management + * Functions responsible for allocating, freeing, and copying memory. + * + * All memory allocation functions have a built-in upper limit of `INT_MAX` + * bytes. This may be changed with av_max_alloc(), although exercise extreme + * caution when doing so. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses + * (including vectors if available on the CPU). + * + * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot + * be allocated + * @see av_mallocz() + */ +void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1); + +/** + * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses + * (including vectors if available on the CPU) and zero all the bytes of the + * block. + * + * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if it cannot be allocated + * @see av_malloc() + */ +void *av_mallocz(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1); + +/** + * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_malloc(). + * + * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes. + * + * @param nmemb Number of element + * @param size Size of a single element + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot + * be allocated + * @see av_malloc() + */ +av_alloc_size(1, 2) void *av_malloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/** + * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_mallocz(). + * + * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes. + * + * @param nmemb Number of elements + * @param size Size of the single element + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot + * be allocated + * + * @see av_mallocz() + * @see av_malloc_array() + */ +void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1, 2); + +#if FF_API_AV_MALLOCZ_ARRAY +/** + * @deprecated use av_calloc() + */ +attribute_deprecated +void *av_mallocz_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1, 2); +#endif + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory. + * + * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. Otherwise, expand or + * shrink that block of memory according to `size`. + * + * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with + * av_realloc() or `NULL` + * @param size Size in bytes of the memory block to be allocated or + * reallocated + * + * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or `NULL` if the block + * cannot be reallocated + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the returned pointer is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. The returned pointer must be freed after even + * if size is zero. + * @see av_fast_realloc() + * @see av_reallocp() + */ +void *av_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size) av_alloc_size(2); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory through a pointer to a + * pointer. + * + * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is + * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`. Otherwise, expand or + * shrink that block of memory according to `size`. + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated + * with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. The pointer + * is updated on success, or freed on failure. + * @param[in] size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or + * reallocated + * + * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_reallocp(void *ptr, size_t size); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory. + * + * This function does the same thing as av_realloc(), except: + * - It takes two size arguments and allocates `nelem * elsize` bytes, + * after checking the result of the multiplication for integer overflow. + * - It frees the input block in case of failure, thus avoiding the memory + * leak with the classic + * @code{.c} + * buf = realloc(buf); + * if (!buf) + * return -1; + * @endcode + * pattern. + */ +void *av_realloc_f(void *ptr, size_t nelem, size_t elsize); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate, or free an array. + * + * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. + * + * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with + * av_realloc() or `NULL` + * @param nmemb Number of elements in the array + * @param size Size of the single element of the array + * + * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or NULL if the block + * cannot be reallocated + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. The returned pointer must be freed after even if + * nmemb is zero. + * @see av_reallocp_array() + */ +av_alloc_size(2, 3) void *av_realloc_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/** + * Allocate, reallocate an array through a pointer to a pointer. + * + * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already + * allocated with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. + * The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure. + * @param[in] nmemb Number of elements + * @param[in] size Size of the single element + * + * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure + * + * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be + * correctly aligned. *ptr must be freed after even if nmemb is zero. + */ +int av_reallocp_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/** + * Reallocate the given buffer if it is not large enough, otherwise do nothing. + * + * If the given buffer is `NULL`, then a new uninitialized buffer is allocated. + * + * If the given buffer is not large enough, and reallocation fails, `NULL` is + * returned and `*size` is set to 0, but the original buffer is not changed or + * freed. + * + * A typical use pattern follows: + * + * @code{.c} + * uint8_t *buf = ...; + * uint8_t *new_buf = av_fast_realloc(buf, ¤t_size, size_needed); + * if (!new_buf) { + * // Allocation failed; clean up original buffer + * av_freep(&buf); + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * } + * @endcode + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Already allocated buffer, or `NULL` + * @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `ptr`. `*size` is + * updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0 + * in case of failure. + * @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `ptr` + * @return `ptr` if the buffer is large enough, a pointer to newly reallocated + * buffer if the buffer was not large enough, or `NULL` in case of + * error + * @see av_realloc() + * @see av_fast_malloc() + */ +void *av_fast_realloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Allocate a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough. + * + * Contrary to av_fast_realloc(), the current buffer contents might not be + * preserved and on error the old buffer is freed, thus no special handling to + * avoid memleaks is necessary. + * + * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if + * `size_needed` is greater than 0. + * + * @code{.c} + * uint8_t *buf = ...; + * av_fast_malloc(&buf, ¤t_size, size_needed); + * if (!buf) { + * // Allocation failed; buf already freed + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * } + * @endcode + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer. + * `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new + * buffer on success or `NULL` on failure + * @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is + * updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0 + * in case of failure. + * @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `*ptr` + * @see av_realloc() + * @see av_fast_mallocz() + */ +void av_fast_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Allocate and clear a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough. + * + * Like av_fast_malloc(), but all newly allocated space is initially cleared. + * Reused buffer is not cleared. + * + * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if + * `size_needed` is greater than 0. + * + * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer. + * `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new + * buffer on success or `NULL` on failure + * @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is + * updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0 + * in case of failure. + * @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `*ptr` + * @see av_fast_malloc() + */ +void av_fast_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc() + * or av_realloc() family. + * + * @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed. + * + * @note `ptr = NULL` is explicitly allowed. + * @note It is recommended that you use av_freep() instead, to prevent leaving + * behind dangling pointers. + * @see av_freep() + */ +void av_free(void *ptr); + +/** + * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc() + * or av_realloc() family, and set the pointer pointing to it to `NULL`. + * + * @code{.c} + * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16); + * av_free(buf); + * // buf now contains a dangling pointer to freed memory, and accidental + * // dereference of buf will result in a use-after-free, which may be a + * // security risk. + * + * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16); + * av_freep(&buf); + * // buf is now NULL, and accidental dereference will only result in a + * // NULL-pointer dereference. + * @endcode + * + * @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should be freed + * @note `*ptr = NULL` is safe and leads to no action. + * @see av_free() + */ +void av_freep(void *ptr); + +/** + * Duplicate a string. + * + * @param s String to be duplicated + * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a + * copy of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated + * @see av_strndup() + */ +char *av_strdup(const char *s) av_malloc_attrib; + +/** + * Duplicate a substring of a string. + * + * @param s String to be duplicated + * @param len Maximum length of the resulting string (not counting the + * terminating byte) + * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a + * substring of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated + */ +char *av_strndup(const char *s, size_t len) av_malloc_attrib; + +/** + * Duplicate a buffer with av_malloc(). + * + * @param p Buffer to be duplicated + * @param size Size in bytes of the buffer copied + * @return Pointer to a newly allocated buffer containing a + * copy of `p` or `NULL` if the buffer cannot be allocated + */ +void *av_memdup(const void *p, size_t size); + +/** + * Overlapping memcpy() implementation. + * + * @param dst Destination buffer + * @param back Number of bytes back to start copying (i.e. the initial size of + * the overlapping window); must be > 0 + * @param cnt Number of bytes to copy; must be >= 0 + * + * @note `cnt > back` is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied, + * thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of `back`. + */ +void av_memcpy_backptr(uint8_t *dst, int back, int cnt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_dynarray Dynamic Array + * + * Utilities to make an array grow when needed. + * + * Sometimes, the programmer would want to have an array that can grow when + * needed. The libavutil dynamic array utilities fill that need. + * + * libavutil supports two systems of appending elements onto a dynamically + * allocated array, the first one storing the pointer to the value in the + * array, and the second storing the value directly. In both systems, the + * caller is responsible for maintaining a variable containing the length of + * the array, as well as freeing of the array after use. + * + * The first system stores pointers to values in a block of dynamically + * allocated memory. Since only pointers are stored, the function does not need + * to know the size of the type. Both av_dynarray_add() and + * av_dynarray_add_nofree() implement this system. + * + * @code + * type **array = NULL; //< an array of pointers to values + * int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array + * + * type to_be_added = ...; + * type to_be_added2 = ...; + * + * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added); + * if (nb == 0) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added2); + * if (nb == 0) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * // Now: + * // nb == 2 + * // &to_be_added == array[0] + * // &to_be_added2 == array[1] + * + * av_freep(&array); + * @endcode + * + * The second system stores the value directly in a block of memory. As a + * result, the function has to know the size of the type. av_dynarray2_add() + * implements this mechanism. + * + * @code + * type *array = NULL; //< an array of values + * int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array + * + * type to_be_added = ...; + * type to_be_added2 = ...; + * + * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), NULL); + * if (!addr) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * memcpy(addr, &to_be_added, sizeof(to_be_added)); + * + * // Shortcut of the above. + * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), + * (const void *)&to_be_added2); + * if (!addr) + * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); + * + * // Now: + * // nb == 2 + * // to_be_added == array[0] + * // to_be_added2 == array[1] + * + * av_freep(&array); + * @endcode + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Add the pointer to an element to a dynamic array. + * + * The array to grow is supposed to be an array of pointers to + * structures, and the element to add must be a pointer to an already + * allocated structure. + * + * The array is reallocated when its size reaches powers of 2. + * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant. + * + * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to + * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr` + * is incremented. + * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and + * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0. + * + * @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow + * @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array + * @param[in] elem Element to add + * @see av_dynarray_add_nofree(), av_dynarray2_add() + */ +void av_dynarray_add(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem); + +/** + * Add an element to a dynamic array. + * + * Function has the same functionality as av_dynarray_add(), + * but it doesn't free memory on fails. It returns error code + * instead and leave current buffer untouched. + * + * @return >=0 on success, negative otherwise + * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray2_add() + */ +av_warn_unused_result +int av_dynarray_add_nofree(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem); + +/** + * Add an element of size `elem_size` to a dynamic array. + * + * The array is reallocated when its number of elements reaches powers of 2. + * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant. + * + * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to + * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr` + * is incremented. + * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and + * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0. + * + * @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow + * @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array + * @param[in] elem_size Size in bytes of an element in the array + * @param[in] elem_data Pointer to the data of the element to add. If + * `NULL`, the space of the newly added element is + * allocated but left uninitialized. + * + * @return Pointer to the data of the element to copy in the newly allocated + * space + * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray_add_nofree() + */ +void *av_dynarray2_add(void **tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, size_t elem_size, + const uint8_t *elem_data); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_mem_misc Miscellaneous Functions + * + * Other functions related to memory allocation. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Multiply two `size_t` values checking for overflow. + * + * @param[in] a Operand of multiplication + * @param[in] b Operand of multiplication + * @param[out] r Pointer to the result of the operation + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) on overflow + */ +int av_size_mult(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *r); + +/** + * Set the maximum size that may be allocated in one block. + * + * The value specified with this function is effective for all libavutil's @ref + * lavu_mem_funcs "heap management functions." + * + * By default, the max value is defined as `INT_MAX`. + * + * @param max Value to be set as the new maximum size + * + * @warning Exercise extreme caution when using this function. Don't touch + * this if you do not understand the full consequence of doing so. + */ +void av_max_alloc(size_t max); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MEM_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/motion_vector.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/motion_vector.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ec29556 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/motion_vector.h @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H +#define AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H + +#include + +typedef struct AVMotionVector { + /** + * Where the current macroblock comes from; negative value when it comes + * from the past, positive value when it comes from the future. + * XXX: set exact relative ref frame reference instead of a +/- 1 "direction". + */ + int32_t source; + /** + * Width and height of the block. + */ + uint8_t w, h; + /** + * Absolute source position. Can be outside the frame area. + */ + int16_t src_x, src_y; + /** + * Absolute destination position. Can be outside the frame area. + */ + int16_t dst_x, dst_y; + /** + * Extra flag information. + * Currently unused. + */ + uint64_t flags; + /** + * Motion vector + * src_x = dst_x + motion_x / motion_scale + * src_y = dst_y + motion_y / motion_scale + */ + int32_t motion_x, motion_y; + uint16_t motion_scale; +} AVMotionVector; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/murmur3.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/murmur3.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d90bc2f --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/murmur3.h @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_murmur3 + * Public header for MurmurHash3 hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H +#define AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_murmur3 Murmur3 + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * MurmurHash3 hash function implementation. + * + * MurmurHash3 is a non-cryptographic hash function, of which three + * incompatible versions were created by its inventor Austin Appleby: + * + * - 32-bit output + * - 128-bit output for 32-bit platforms + * - 128-bit output for 64-bit platforms + * + * FFmpeg only implements the last variant: 128-bit output designed for 64-bit + * platforms. Even though the hash function was designed for 64-bit platforms, + * the function in reality works on 32-bit systems too, only with reduced + * performance. + * + * @anchor lavu_murmur3_seedinfo + * By design, MurmurHash3 requires a seed to operate. In response to this, + * libavutil provides two functions for hash initiation, one that requires a + * seed (av_murmur3_init_seeded()) and one that uses a fixed arbitrary integer + * as the seed, and therefore does not (av_murmur3_init()). + * + * To make hashes comparable, you should provide the same seed for all calls to + * this hash function -- if you are supplying one yourself, that is. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Allocate an AVMurMur3 hash context. + * + * @return Uninitialized hash context or `NULL` in case of error + */ +struct AVMurMur3 *av_murmur3_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize or reinitialize an AVMurMur3 hash context with a seed. + * + * @param[out] c Hash context + * @param[in] seed Random seed + * + * @see av_murmur3_init() + * @see @ref lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Detailed description" on a discussion of + * seeds for MurmurHash3. + */ +void av_murmur3_init_seeded(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint64_t seed); + +/** + * Initialize or reinitialize an AVMurMur3 hash context. + * + * Equivalent to av_murmur3_init_seeded() with a built-in seed. + * + * @param[out] c Hash context + * + * @see av_murmur3_init_seeded() + * @see @ref lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Detailed description" on a discussion of + * seeds for MurmurHash3. + */ +void av_murmur3_init(struct AVMurMur3 *c); + +/** + * Update hash context with new data. + * + * @param[out] c Hash context + * @param[in] src Input data to update hash with + * @param[in] len Number of bytes to read from `src` + */ +void av_murmur3_update(struct AVMurMur3 *c, const uint8_t *src, size_t len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param[in,out] c Hash context + * @param[out] dst Buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_murmur3_final(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint8_t dst[16]); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/opt.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/opt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..461b5d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/opt.h @@ -0,0 +1,891 @@ +/* + * AVOptions + * copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_OPT_H +#define AVUTIL_OPT_H + +/** + * @file + * AVOptions + */ + +#include "rational.h" +#include "avutil.h" +#include "channel_layout.h" +#include "dict.h" +#include "log.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" +#include "samplefmt.h" + +/** + * @defgroup avoptions AVOptions + * @ingroup lavu_data + * @{ + * AVOptions provide a generic system to declare options on arbitrary structs + * ("objects"). An option can have a help text, a type and a range of possible + * values. Options may then be enumerated, read and written to. + * + * @section avoptions_implement Implementing AVOptions + * This section describes how to add AVOptions capabilities to a struct. + * + * All AVOptions-related information is stored in an AVClass. Therefore + * the first member of the struct should be a pointer to an AVClass describing it. + * The option field of the AVClass must be set to a NULL-terminated static array + * of AVOptions. Each AVOption must have a non-empty name, a type, a default + * value and for number-type AVOptions also a range of allowed values. It must + * also declare an offset in bytes from the start of the struct, where the field + * associated with this AVOption is located. Other fields in the AVOption struct + * should also be set when applicable, but are not required. + * + * The following example illustrates an AVOptions-enabled struct: + * @code + * typedef struct test_struct { + * const AVClass *class; + * int int_opt; + * char *str_opt; + * uint8_t *bin_opt; + * int bin_len; + * } test_struct; + * + * static const AVOption test_options[] = { + * { "test_int", "This is a test option of int type.", offsetof(test_struct, int_opt), + * AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, { .i64 = -1 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX }, + * { "test_str", "This is a test option of string type.", offsetof(test_struct, str_opt), + * AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING }, + * { "test_bin", "This is a test option of binary type.", offsetof(test_struct, bin_opt), + * AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY }, + * { NULL }, + * }; + * + * static const AVClass test_class = { + * .class_name = "test class", + * .item_name = av_default_item_name, + * .option = test_options, + * .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT, + * }; + * @endcode + * + * Next, when allocating your struct, you must ensure that the AVClass pointer + * is set to the correct value. Then, av_opt_set_defaults() can be called to + * initialize defaults. After that the struct is ready to be used with the + * AVOptions API. + * + * When cleaning up, you may use the av_opt_free() function to automatically + * free all the allocated string and binary options. + * + * Continuing with the above example: + * + * @code + * test_struct *alloc_test_struct(void) + * { + * test_struct *ret = av_mallocz(sizeof(*ret)); + * ret->class = &test_class; + * av_opt_set_defaults(ret); + * return ret; + * } + * void free_test_struct(test_struct **foo) + * { + * av_opt_free(*foo); + * av_freep(foo); + * } + * @endcode + * + * @subsection avoptions_implement_nesting Nesting + * It may happen that an AVOptions-enabled struct contains another + * AVOptions-enabled struct as a member (e.g. AVCodecContext in + * libavcodec exports generic options, while its priv_data field exports + * codec-specific options). In such a case, it is possible to set up the + * parent struct to export a child's options. To do that, simply + * implement AVClass.child_next() and AVClass.child_class_iterate() in the + * parent struct's AVClass. + * Assuming that the test_struct from above now also contains a + * child_struct field: + * + * @code + * typedef struct child_struct { + * AVClass *class; + * int flags_opt; + * } child_struct; + * static const AVOption child_opts[] = { + * { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.", + * offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX }, + * { NULL }, + * }; + * static const AVClass child_class = { + * .class_name = "child class", + * .item_name = av_default_item_name, + * .option = child_opts, + * .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT, + * }; + * + * void *child_next(void *obj, void *prev) + * { + * test_struct *t = obj; + * if (!prev && t->child_struct) + * return t->child_struct; + * return NULL + * } + * const AVClass child_class_iterate(void **iter) + * { + * const AVClass *c = *iter ? NULL : &child_class; + * *iter = (void*)(uintptr_t)c; + * return c; + * } + * @endcode + * Putting child_next() and child_class_iterate() as defined above into + * test_class will now make child_struct's options accessible through + * test_struct (again, proper setup as described above needs to be done on + * child_struct right after it is created). + * + * From the above example it might not be clear why both child_next() + * and child_class_iterate() are needed. The distinction is that child_next() + * iterates over actually existing objects, while child_class_iterate() + * iterates over all possible child classes. E.g. if an AVCodecContext + * was initialized to use a codec which has private options, then its + * child_next() will return AVCodecContext.priv_data and finish + * iterating. OTOH child_class_iterate() on AVCodecContext.av_class will + * iterate over all available codecs with private options. + * + * @subsection avoptions_implement_named_constants Named constants + * It is possible to create named constants for options. Simply set the unit + * field of the option the constants should apply to a string and + * create the constants themselves as options of type AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST + * with their unit field set to the same string. + * Their default_val field should contain the value of the named + * constant. + * For example, to add some named constants for the test_flags option + * above, put the following into the child_opts array: + * @code + * { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.", + * offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX, "test_unit" }, + * { "flag1", "This is a flag with value 16", 0, AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST, { .i64 = 16 }, 0, 0, "test_unit" }, + * @endcode + * + * @section avoptions_use Using AVOptions + * This section deals with accessing options in an AVOptions-enabled struct. + * Such structs in FFmpeg are e.g. AVCodecContext in libavcodec or + * AVFormatContext in libavformat. + * + * @subsection avoptions_use_examine Examining AVOptions + * The basic functions for examining options are av_opt_next(), which iterates + * over all options defined for one object, and av_opt_find(), which searches + * for an option with the given name. + * + * The situation is more complicated with nesting. An AVOptions-enabled struct + * may have AVOptions-enabled children. Passing the AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag + * to av_opt_find() will make the function search children recursively. + * + * For enumerating there are basically two cases. The first is when you want to + * get all options that may potentially exist on the struct and its children + * (e.g. when constructing documentation). In that case you should call + * av_opt_child_class_iterate() recursively on the parent struct's AVClass. The + * second case is when you have an already initialized struct with all its + * children and you want to get all options that can be actually written or read + * from it. In that case you should call av_opt_child_next() recursively (and + * av_opt_next() on each result). + * + * @subsection avoptions_use_get_set Reading and writing AVOptions + * When setting options, you often have a string read directly from the + * user. In such a case, simply passing it to av_opt_set() is enough. For + * non-string type options, av_opt_set() will parse the string according to the + * option type. + * + * Similarly av_opt_get() will read any option type and convert it to a string + * which will be returned. Do not forget that the string is allocated, so you + * have to free it with av_free(). + * + * In some cases it may be more convenient to put all options into an + * AVDictionary and call av_opt_set_dict() on it. A specific case of this + * are the format/codec open functions in lavf/lavc which take a dictionary + * filled with option as a parameter. This makes it possible to set some options + * that cannot be set otherwise, since e.g. the input file format is not known + * before the file is actually opened. + */ + +enum AVOptionType{ + AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, + AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64, + AV_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE, + AV_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING, + AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL, + AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY, ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length + AV_OPT_TYPE_DICT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_UINT64, + AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST, + AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE, ///< offset must point to two consecutive integers + AV_OPT_TYPE_PIXEL_FMT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_SAMPLE_FMT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_VIDEO_RATE, ///< offset must point to AVRational + AV_OPT_TYPE_DURATION, + AV_OPT_TYPE_COLOR, +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT + AV_OPT_TYPE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT, +#endif + AV_OPT_TYPE_BOOL, + AV_OPT_TYPE_CHLAYOUT, +}; + +/** + * AVOption + */ +typedef struct AVOption { + const char *name; + + /** + * short English help text + * @todo What about other languages? + */ + const char *help; + + /** + * The offset relative to the context structure where the option + * value is stored. It should be 0 for named constants. + */ + int offset; + enum AVOptionType type; + + /** + * the default value for scalar options + */ + union { + int64_t i64; + double dbl; + const char *str; + /* TODO those are unused now */ + AVRational q; + } default_val; + double min; ///< minimum valid value for the option + double max; ///< maximum valid value for the option + + int flags; +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM 1 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM 2 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM 8 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM 16 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM 32 +/** + * The option is intended for exporting values to the caller. + */ +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT 64 +/** + * The option may not be set through the AVOptions API, only read. + * This flag only makes sense when AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT is also set. + */ +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_READONLY 128 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_BSF_PARAM (1<<8) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for bit stream filtering +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_RUNTIME_PARAM (1<<15) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user at runtime +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_FILTERING_PARAM (1<<16) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for filtering +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DEPRECATED (1<<17) ///< set if option is deprecated, users should refer to AVOption.help text for more information +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_CHILD_CONSTS (1<<18) ///< set if option constants can also reside in child objects +//FIXME think about enc-audio, ... style flags + + /** + * The logical unit to which the option belongs. Non-constant + * options and corresponding named constants share the same + * unit. May be NULL. + */ + const char *unit; +} AVOption; + +/** + * A single allowed range of values, or a single allowed value. + */ +typedef struct AVOptionRange { + const char *str; + /** + * Value range. + * For string ranges this represents the min/max length. + * For dimensions this represents the min/max pixel count or width/height in multi-component case. + */ + double value_min, value_max; + /** + * Value's component range. + * For string this represents the unicode range for chars, 0-127 limits to ASCII. + */ + double component_min, component_max; + /** + * Range flag. + * If set to 1 the struct encodes a range, if set to 0 a single value. + */ + int is_range; +} AVOptionRange; + +/** + * List of AVOptionRange structs. + */ +typedef struct AVOptionRanges { + /** + * Array of option ranges. + * + * Most of option types use just one component. + * Following describes multi-component option types: + * + * AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE: + * component index 0: range of pixel count (width * height). + * component index 1: range of width. + * component index 2: range of height. + * + * @note To obtain multi-component version of this structure, user must + * provide AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE to av_opt_query_ranges or + * av_opt_query_ranges_default function. + * + * Multi-component range can be read as in following example: + * + * @code + * int range_index, component_index; + * AVOptionRanges *ranges; + * AVOptionRange *range[3]; //may require more than 3 in the future. + * av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, obj, key, AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE); + * for (range_index = 0; range_index < ranges->nb_ranges; range_index++) { + * for (component_index = 0; component_index < ranges->nb_components; component_index++) + * range[component_index] = ranges->range[ranges->nb_ranges * component_index + range_index]; + * //do something with range here. + * } + * av_opt_freep_ranges(&ranges); + * @endcode + */ + AVOptionRange **range; + /** + * Number of ranges per component. + */ + int nb_ranges; + /** + * Number of componentes. + */ + int nb_components; +} AVOptionRanges; + +/** + * Show the obj options. + * + * @param req_flags requested flags for the options to show. Show only the + * options for which it is opt->flags & req_flags. + * @param rej_flags rejected flags for the options to show. Show only the + * options for which it is !(opt->flags & req_flags). + * @param av_log_obj log context to use for showing the options + */ +int av_opt_show2(void *obj, void *av_log_obj, int req_flags, int rej_flags); + +/** + * Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values. + * + * @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass) + */ +void av_opt_set_defaults(void *s); + +/** + * Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values. Only these + * AVOption fields for which (opt->flags & mask) == flags will have their + * default applied to s. + * + * @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass) + * @param mask combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_* + * @param flags combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_* + */ +void av_opt_set_defaults2(void *s, int mask, int flags); + +/** + * Parse the key/value pairs list in opts. For each key/value pair + * found, stores the value in the field in ctx that is named like the + * key. ctx must be an AVClass context, storing is done using + * AVOptions. + * + * @param opts options string to parse, may be NULL + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to + * separate key from value + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other + * @return the number of successfully set key/value pairs, or a negative + * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed, + * the error code issued by av_opt_set() if a key/value pair + * cannot be set + */ +int av_set_options_string(void *ctx, const char *opts, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep); + +/** + * Parse the key-value pairs list in opts. For each key=value pair found, + * set the value of the corresponding option in ctx. + * + * @param ctx the AVClass object to set options on + * @param opts the options string, key-value pairs separated by a + * delimiter + * @param shorthand a NULL-terminated array of options names for shorthand + * notation: if the first field in opts has no key part, + * the key is taken from the first element of shorthand; + * then again for the second, etc., until either opts is + * finished, shorthand is finished or a named option is + * found; after that, all options must be named + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value, for example '=' + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ',' + * @return the number of successfully set key=value pairs, or a negative + * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed, + * the error code issued by av_set_string3() if a key/value pair + * cannot be set + * + * Options names must use only the following characters: a-z A-Z 0-9 - . / _ + * Separators must use characters distinct from option names and from each + * other. + */ +int av_opt_set_from_string(void *ctx, const char *opts, + const char *const *shorthand, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep); +/** + * Free all allocated objects in obj. + */ +void av_opt_free(void *obj); + +/** + * Check whether a particular flag is set in a flags field. + * + * @param field_name the name of the flag field option + * @param flag_name the name of the flag to check + * @return non-zero if the flag is set, zero if the flag isn't set, + * isn't of the right type, or the flags field doesn't exist. + */ +int av_opt_flag_is_set(void *obj, const char *field_name, const char *flag_name); + +/** + * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object. + * + * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass + * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced + * by a new one containing all options not found in obj. + * Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller + * with av_dict_free(). + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj, + * but could not be set. + * + * @see av_dict_copy() + */ +int av_opt_set_dict(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options); + + +/** + * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object. + * + * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass + * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced + * by a new one containing all options not found in obj. + * Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller + * with av_dict_free(). + * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj, + * but could not be set. + * + * @see av_dict_copy() + */ +int av_opt_set_dict2(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options, int search_flags); + +/** + * Extract a key-value pair from the beginning of a string. + * + * @param ropts pointer to the options string, will be updated to + * point to the rest of the string (one of the pairs_sep + * or the final NUL) + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * key from value, for example '=' + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ',' + * @param flags flags; see the AV_OPT_FLAG_* values below + * @param rkey parsed key; must be freed using av_free() + * @param rval parsed value; must be freed using av_free() + * + * @return >=0 for success, or a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of error; in particular: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if no key is present + * + */ +int av_opt_get_key_value(const char **ropts, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep, + unsigned flags, + char **rkey, char **rval); + +enum { + + /** + * Accept to parse a value without a key; the key will then be returned + * as NULL. + */ + AV_OPT_FLAG_IMPLICIT_KEY = 1, +}; + +/** + * @defgroup opt_eval_funcs Evaluating option strings + * @{ + * This group of functions can be used to evaluate option strings + * and get numbers out of them. They do the same thing as av_opt_set(), + * except the result is written into the caller-supplied pointer. + * + * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass. + * @param o an option for which the string is to be evaluated. + * @param val string to be evaluated. + * @param *_out value of the string will be written here. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative number on failure. + */ +int av_opt_eval_flags (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *flags_out); +int av_opt_eval_int (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *int_out); +int av_opt_eval_int64 (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int64_t *int64_out); +int av_opt_eval_float (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, float *float_out); +int av_opt_eval_double(void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, double *double_out); +int av_opt_eval_q (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, AVRational *q_out); +/** + * @} + */ + +#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN (1 << 0) /**< Search in possible children of the + given object first. */ +/** + * The obj passed to av_opt_find() is fake -- only a double pointer to AVClass + * instead of a required pointer to a struct containing AVClass. This is + * useful for searching for options without needing to allocate the corresponding + * object. + */ +#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ (1 << 1) + +/** + * In av_opt_get, return NULL if the option has a pointer type and is set to NULL, + * rather than returning an empty string. + */ +#define AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL (1 << 2) + +/** + * Allows av_opt_query_ranges and av_opt_query_ranges_default to return more than + * one component for certain option types. + * @see AVOptionRanges for details. + */ +#define AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE (1 << 12) + +/** + * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which + * have all the specified flags set. + * + * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a + * pointer to an AVClass. + * Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set. + * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for. + * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit + * it belongs to. + * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG). + * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. + * + * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option + * was found. + * + * @note Options found with AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag may not be settable + * directly with av_opt_set(). Use special calls which take an options + * AVDictionary (e.g. avformat_open_input()) to set options found with this + * flag. + */ +const AVOption *av_opt_find(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit, + int opt_flags, int search_flags); + +/** + * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which + * have all the specified flags set. + * + * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a + * pointer to an AVClass. + * Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set. + * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for. + * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit + * it belongs to. + * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG). + * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. + * @param[out] target_obj if non-NULL, an object to which the option belongs will be + * written here. It may be different from obj if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN is present + * in search_flags. This parameter is ignored if search_flags contain + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ. + * + * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option + * was found. + */ +const AVOption *av_opt_find2(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit, + int opt_flags, int search_flags, void **target_obj); + +/** + * Iterate over all AVOptions belonging to obj. + * + * @param obj an AVOptions-enabled struct or a double pointer to an + * AVClass describing it. + * @param prev result of the previous call to av_opt_next() on this object + * or NULL + * @return next AVOption or NULL + */ +const AVOption *av_opt_next(const void *obj, const AVOption *prev); + +/** + * Iterate over AVOptions-enabled children of obj. + * + * @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL + * @return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL + */ +void *av_opt_child_next(void *obj, void *prev); + +/** + * Iterate over potential AVOptions-enabled children of parent. + * + * @param iter a pointer where iteration state is stored. + * @return AVClass corresponding to next potential child or NULL + */ +const AVClass *av_opt_child_class_iterate(const AVClass *parent, void **iter); + +/** + * @defgroup opt_set_funcs Option setting functions + * @{ + * Those functions set the field of obj with the given name to value. + * + * @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass. + * @param[in] name the name of the field to set + * @param[in] val The value to set. In case of av_opt_set() if the field is not + * of a string type, then the given string is parsed. + * SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported. + * If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named + * scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators + * is undefined. + * If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric + * scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag + * with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags; + * similarly, '-' unsets a flag. + * If the field is of a dictionary type, it has to be a ':' separated list of + * key=value parameters. Values containing ':' special characters must be + * escaped. + * @param search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN + * is passed here, then the option may be set on a child of obj. + * + * @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of + * error: + * AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND if no matching option exists + * AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid + */ +int av_opt_set (void *obj, const char *name, const char *val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_int (void *obj, const char *name, int64_t val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_double (void *obj, const char *name, double val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_q (void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_bin (void *obj, const char *name, const uint8_t *val, int size, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int w, int h, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, enum AVPixelFormat fmt, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags); +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT +attribute_deprecated +int av_opt_set_channel_layout(void *obj, const char *name, int64_t ch_layout, int search_flags); +#endif +int av_opt_set_chlayout(void *obj, const char *name, const AVChannelLayout *layout, int search_flags); +/** + * @note Any old dictionary present is discarded and replaced with a copy of the new one. The + * caller still owns val is and responsible for freeing it. + */ +int av_opt_set_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, const AVDictionary *val, int search_flags); + +/** + * Set a binary option to an integer list. + * + * @param obj AVClass object to set options on + * @param name name of the binary option + * @param val pointer to an integer list (must have the correct type with + * regard to the contents of the list) + * @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1) + * @param flags search flags + */ +#define av_opt_set_int_list(obj, name, val, term, flags) \ + (av_int_list_length(val, term) > INT_MAX / sizeof(*(val)) ? \ + AVERROR(EINVAL) : \ + av_opt_set_bin(obj, name, (const uint8_t *)(val), \ + av_int_list_length(val, term) * sizeof(*(val)), flags)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup opt_get_funcs Option getting functions + * @{ + * Those functions get a value of the option with the given name from an object. + * + * @param[in] obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass. + * @param[in] name name of the option to get. + * @param[in] search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN + * is passed here, then the option may be found in a child of obj. + * @param[out] out_val value of the option will be written here + * @return >=0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +/** + * @note the returned string will be av_malloc()ed and must be av_free()ed by the caller + * + * @note if AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL is set in search_flags in av_opt_get, and the + * option is of type AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING, AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY or AV_OPT_TYPE_DICT + * and is set to NULL, *out_val will be set to NULL instead of an allocated + * empty string. + */ +int av_opt_get (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, uint8_t **out_val); +int av_opt_get_int (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *out_val); +int av_opt_get_double (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, double *out_val); +int av_opt_get_q (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val); +int av_opt_get_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int *w_out, int *h_out); +int av_opt_get_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVPixelFormat *out_fmt); +int av_opt_get_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVSampleFormat *out_fmt); +int av_opt_get_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val); +#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT +attribute_deprecated +int av_opt_get_channel_layout(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *ch_layout); +#endif +int av_opt_get_chlayout(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVChannelLayout *layout); +/** + * @param[out] out_val The returned dictionary is a copy of the actual value and must + * be freed with av_dict_free() by the caller + */ +int av_opt_get_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVDictionary **out_val); +/** + * @} + */ +/** + * Gets a pointer to the requested field in a struct. + * This function allows accessing a struct even when its fields are moved or + * renamed since the application making the access has been compiled, + * + * @returns a pointer to the field, it can be cast to the correct type and read + * or written to. + */ +void *av_opt_ptr(const AVClass *avclass, void *obj, const char *name); + +/** + * Free an AVOptionRanges struct and set it to NULL. + */ +void av_opt_freep_ranges(AVOptionRanges **ranges); + +/** + * Get a list of allowed ranges for the given option. + * + * The returned list may depend on other fields in obj like for example profile. + * + * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance + * AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges + * + * The result must be freed with av_opt_freep_ranges. + * + * @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise + */ +int av_opt_query_ranges(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags); + +/** + * Copy options from src object into dest object. + * + * The underlying AVClass of both src and dest must coincide. The guarantee + * below does not apply if this is not fulfilled. + * + * Options that require memory allocation (e.g. string or binary) are malloc'ed in dest object. + * Original memory allocated for such options is freed unless both src and dest options points to the same memory. + * + * Even on error it is guaranteed that allocated options from src and dest + * no longer alias each other afterwards; in particular calling av_opt_free() + * on both src and dest is safe afterwards if dest has been memdup'ed from src. + * + * @param dest Object to copy from + * @param src Object to copy into + * @return 0 on success, negative on error + */ +int av_opt_copy(void *dest, const void *src); + +/** + * Get a default list of allowed ranges for the given option. + * + * This list is constructed without using the AVClass.query_ranges() callback + * and can be used as fallback from within the callback. + * + * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance + * AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges + * + * The result must be freed with av_opt_free_ranges. + * + * @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise + */ +int av_opt_query_ranges_default(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags); + +/** + * Check if given option is set to its default value. + * + * Options o must belong to the obj. This function must not be called to check child's options state. + * @see av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name(). + * + * @param obj AVClass object to check option on + * @param o option to be checked + * @return >0 when option is set to its default, + * 0 when option is not set its default, + * <0 on error + */ +int av_opt_is_set_to_default(void *obj, const AVOption *o); + +/** + * Check if given option is set to its default value. + * + * @param obj AVClass object to check option on + * @param name option name + * @param search_flags combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_* + * @return >0 when option is set to its default, + * 0 when option is not set its default, + * <0 on error + */ +int av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags); + + +#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_SKIP_DEFAULTS 0x00000001 ///< Serialize options that are not set to default values only. +#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_OPT_FLAGS_EXACT 0x00000002 ///< Serialize options that exactly match opt_flags only. + +/** + * Serialize object's options. + * + * Create a string containing object's serialized options. + * Such string may be passed back to av_opt_set_from_string() in order to restore option values. + * A key/value or pairs separator occurring in the serialized value or + * name string are escaped through the av_escape() function. + * + * @param[in] obj AVClass object to serialize + * @param[in] opt_flags serialize options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG) + * @param[in] flags combination of AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_* flags + * @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg serialized options. + * Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed. + * @param[in] key_val_sep character used to separate key from value + * @param[in] pairs_sep character used to separate two pairs from each other + * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error + * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same. + */ +int av_opt_serialize(void *obj, int opt_flags, int flags, char **buffer, + const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep); +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_OPT_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/parseutils.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/parseutils.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dad5c27 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/parseutils.h @@ -0,0 +1,197 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H +#define AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H + +#include + +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * @file + * misc parsing utilities + */ + +/** + * Parse str and store the parsed ratio in q. + * + * Note that a ratio with infinite (1/0) or negative value is + * considered valid, so you should check on the returned value if you + * want to exclude those values. + * + * The undefined value can be expressed using the "0:0" string. + * + * @param[in,out] q pointer to the AVRational which will contain the ratio + * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format + * num:den, a float number or an expression + * @param[in] max the maximum allowed numerator and denominator + * @param[in] log_offset log level offset which is applied to the log + * level of log_ctx + * @param[in] log_ctx parent logging context + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_ratio(AVRational *q, const char *str, int max, + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +#define av_parse_ratio_quiet(rate, str, max) \ + av_parse_ratio(rate, str, max, AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET, NULL) + +/** + * Parse str and put in width_ptr and height_ptr the detected values. + * + * @param[in,out] width_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected + * width value + * @param[in,out] height_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected + * height value + * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format + * width x height or a valid video size abbreviation. + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_video_size(int *width_ptr, int *height_ptr, const char *str); + +/** + * Parse str and store the detected values in *rate. + * + * @param[in,out] rate pointer to the AVRational which will contain the detected + * frame rate + * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format + * rate_num / rate_den, a float number or a valid video rate abbreviation + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_video_rate(AVRational *rate, const char *str); + +/** + * Put the RGBA values that correspond to color_string in rgba_color. + * + * @param rgba_color 4-elements array of uint8_t values, where the respective + * red, green, blue and alpha component values are written. + * @param color_string a string specifying a color. It can be the name of + * a color (case insensitive match) or a [0x|#]RRGGBB[AA] sequence, + * possibly followed by "@" and a string representing the alpha + * component. + * The alpha component may be a string composed by "0x" followed by an + * hexadecimal number or a decimal number between 0.0 and 1.0, which + * represents the opacity value (0x00/0.0 means completely transparent, + * 0xff/1.0 completely opaque). + * If the alpha component is not specified then 0xff is assumed. + * The string "random" will result in a random color. + * @param slen length of the initial part of color_string containing the + * color. It can be set to -1 if color_string is a null terminated string + * containing nothing else than the color. + * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field + * is a pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log()). Can be NULL. + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value in case of + * failure (for example if color_string cannot be parsed). + */ +int av_parse_color(uint8_t *rgba_color, const char *color_string, int slen, + void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Get the name of a color from the internal table of hard-coded named + * colors. + * + * This function is meant to enumerate the color names recognized by + * av_parse_color(). + * + * @param color_idx index of the requested color, starting from 0 + * @param rgb if not NULL, will point to a 3-elements array with the color value in RGB + * @return the color name string or NULL if color_idx is not in the array + */ +const char *av_get_known_color_name(int color_idx, const uint8_t **rgb); + +/** + * Parse timestr and return in *time a corresponding number of + * microseconds. + * + * @param timeval puts here the number of microseconds corresponding + * to the string in timestr. If the string represents a duration, it + * is the number of microseconds contained in the time interval. If + * the string is a date, is the number of microseconds since 1st of + * January, 1970 up to the time of the parsed date. If timestr cannot + * be successfully parsed, set *time to INT64_MIN. + + * @param timestr a string representing a date or a duration. + * - If a date the syntax is: + * @code + * [{YYYY-MM-DD|YYYYMMDD}[T|t| ]]{{HH:MM:SS[.m...]]]}|{HHMMSS[.m...]]]}}[Z] + * now + * @endcode + * If the value is "now" it takes the current time. + * Time is local time unless Z is appended, in which case it is + * interpreted as UTC. + * If the year-month-day part is not specified it takes the current + * year-month-day. + * - If a duration the syntax is: + * @code + * [-][HH:]MM:SS[.m...] + * [-]S+[.m...] + * @endcode + * @param duration flag which tells how to interpret timestr, if not + * zero timestr is interpreted as a duration, otherwise as a date + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_time(int64_t *timeval, const char *timestr, int duration); + +/** + * Attempt to find a specific tag in a URL. + * + * syntax: '?tag1=val1&tag2=val2...'. Little URL decoding is done. + * Return 1 if found. + */ +int av_find_info_tag(char *arg, int arg_size, const char *tag1, const char *info); + +/** + * Simplified version of strptime + * + * Parse the input string p according to the format string fmt and + * store its results in the structure dt. + * This implementation supports only a subset of the formats supported + * by the standard strptime(). + * + * The supported input field descriptors are listed below. + * - `%%H`: the hour as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the + * range '00' through '23' + * - `%%J`: hours as a decimal number, in the range '0' through INT_MAX + * - `%%M`: the minute as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the + * range '00' through '59' + * - `%%S`: the second as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the + * range '00' through '59' + * - `%%Y`: the year as a decimal number, using the Gregorian calendar + * - `%%m`: the month as a decimal number, in the range '1' through '12' + * - `%%d`: the day of the month as a decimal number, in the range '1' + * through '31' + * - `%%T`: alias for `%%H:%%M:%%S` + * - `%%`: a literal `%` + * + * @return a pointer to the first character not processed in this function + * call. In case the input string contains more characters than + * required by the format string the return value points right after + * the last consumed input character. In case the whole input string + * is consumed the return value points to the null byte at the end of + * the string. On failure NULL is returned. + */ +char *av_small_strptime(const char *p, const char *fmt, struct tm *dt); + +/** + * Convert the decomposed UTC time in tm to a time_t value. + */ +time_t av_timegm(struct tm *tm); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/pixdesc.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/pixdesc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0df73e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/pixdesc.h @@ -0,0 +1,435 @@ +/* + * pixel format descriptor + * Copyright (c) 2009 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H +#define AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H + +#include + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" + +typedef struct AVComponentDescriptor { + /** + * Which of the 4 planes contains the component. + */ + int plane; + + /** + * Number of elements between 2 horizontally consecutive pixels. + * Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise. + */ + int step; + + /** + * Number of elements before the component of the first pixel. + * Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise. + */ + int offset; + + /** + * Number of least significant bits that must be shifted away + * to get the value. + */ + int shift; + + /** + * Number of bits in the component. + */ + int depth; +} AVComponentDescriptor; + +/** + * Descriptor that unambiguously describes how the bits of a pixel are + * stored in the up to 4 data planes of an image. It also stores the + * subsampling factors and number of components. + * + * @note This is separate of the colorspace (RGB, YCbCr, YPbPr, JPEG-style YUV + * and all the YUV variants) AVPixFmtDescriptor just stores how values + * are stored not what these values represent. + */ +typedef struct AVPixFmtDescriptor { + const char *name; + uint8_t nb_components; ///< The number of components each pixel has, (1-4) + + /** + * Amount to shift the luma width right to find the chroma width. + * For YV12 this is 1 for example. + * chroma_width = AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(luma_width, log2_chroma_w) + * The note above is needed to ensure rounding up. + * This value only refers to the chroma components. + */ + uint8_t log2_chroma_w; + + /** + * Amount to shift the luma height right to find the chroma height. + * For YV12 this is 1 for example. + * chroma_height= AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(luma_height, log2_chroma_h) + * The note above is needed to ensure rounding up. + * This value only refers to the chroma components. + */ + uint8_t log2_chroma_h; + + /** + * Combination of AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_... flags. + */ + uint64_t flags; + + /** + * Parameters that describe how pixels are packed. + * If the format has 1 or 2 components, then luma is 0. + * If the format has 3 or 4 components: + * if the RGB flag is set then 0 is red, 1 is green and 2 is blue; + * otherwise 0 is luma, 1 is chroma-U and 2 is chroma-V. + * + * If present, the Alpha channel is always the last component. + */ + AVComponentDescriptor comp[4]; + + /** + * Alternative comma-separated names. + */ + const char *alias; +} AVPixFmtDescriptor; + +/** + * Pixel format is big-endian. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BE (1 << 0) +/** + * Pixel format has a palette in data[1], values are indexes in this palette. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PAL (1 << 1) +/** + * All values of a component are bit-wise packed end to end. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BITSTREAM (1 << 2) +/** + * Pixel format is an HW accelerated format. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL (1 << 3) +/** + * At least one pixel component is not in the first data plane. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PLANAR (1 << 4) +/** + * The pixel format contains RGB-like data (as opposed to YUV/grayscale). + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_RGB (1 << 5) + +/** + * The pixel format has an alpha channel. This is set on all formats that + * support alpha in some way, including AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8. The alpha is always + * straight, never pre-multiplied. + * + * If a codec or a filter does not support alpha, it should set all alpha to + * opaque, or use the equivalent pixel formats without alpha component, e.g. + * AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0 (or AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24 etc.) instead of AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA. + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_ALPHA (1 << 7) + +/** + * The pixel format is following a Bayer pattern + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BAYER (1 << 8) + +/** + * The pixel format contains IEEE-754 floating point values. Precision (double, + * single, or half) should be determined by the pixel size (64, 32, or 16 bits). + */ +#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_FLOAT (1 << 9) + +/** + * Return the number of bits per pixel used by the pixel format + * described by pixdesc. Note that this is not the same as the number + * of bits per sample. + * + * The returned number of bits refers to the number of bits actually + * used for storing the pixel information, that is padding bits are + * not counted. + */ +int av_get_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc); + +/** + * Return the number of bits per pixel for the pixel format + * described by pixdesc, including any padding or unused bits. + */ +int av_get_padded_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc); + +/** + * @return a pixel format descriptor for provided pixel format or NULL if + * this pixel format is unknown. + */ +const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_get(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Iterate over all pixel format descriptors known to libavutil. + * + * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor. + * + * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor + */ +const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_next(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *prev); + +/** + * @return an AVPixelFormat id described by desc, or AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if desc + * is not a valid pointer to a pixel format descriptor. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_desc_get_id(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc); + +/** + * Utility function to access log2_chroma_w log2_chroma_h from + * the pixel format AVPixFmtDescriptor. + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format + * @param[out] h_shift store log2_chroma_w (horizontal/width shift) + * @param[out] v_shift store log2_chroma_h (vertical/height shift) + * + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(ENOSYS) on invalid or unknown pixel format + */ +int av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, + int *h_shift, int *v_shift); + +/** + * @return number of planes in pix_fmt, a negative AVERROR if pix_fmt is not a + * valid pixel format. + */ +int av_pix_fmt_count_planes(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * @return the name for provided color range or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_color_range_name(enum AVColorRange range); + +/** + * @return the AVColorRange value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_color_range_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @return the name for provided color primaries or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_color_primaries_name(enum AVColorPrimaries primaries); + +/** + * @return the AVColorPrimaries value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_color_primaries_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @return the name for provided color transfer or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_color_transfer_name(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic transfer); + +/** + * @return the AVColorTransferCharacteristic value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_color_transfer_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @return the name for provided color space or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_color_space_name(enum AVColorSpace space); + +/** + * @return the AVColorSpace value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_color_space_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @return the name for provided chroma location or NULL if unknown. + */ +const char *av_chroma_location_name(enum AVChromaLocation location); + +/** + * @return the AVChromaLocation value for name or an AVError if not found. + */ +int av_chroma_location_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * Converts AVChromaLocation to swscale x/y chroma position. + * + * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system + * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256 + * + * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position + * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position + */ +int av_chroma_location_enum_to_pos(int *xpos, int *ypos, enum AVChromaLocation pos); + +/** + * Converts swscale x/y chroma position to AVChromaLocation. + * + * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system + * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256 + * + * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position + * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position + */ +enum AVChromaLocation av_chroma_location_pos_to_enum(int xpos, int ypos); + +/** + * Return the pixel format corresponding to name. + * + * If there is no pixel format with name name, then looks for a + * pixel format with the name corresponding to the native endian + * format of name. + * For example in a little-endian system, first looks for "gray16", + * then for "gray16le". + * + * Finally if no pixel format has been found, returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_get_pix_fmt(const char *name); + +/** + * Return the short name for a pixel format, NULL in case pix_fmt is + * unknown. + * + * @see av_get_pix_fmt(), av_get_pix_fmt_string() + */ +const char *av_get_pix_fmt_name(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Print in buf the string corresponding to the pixel format with + * number pix_fmt, or a header if pix_fmt is negative. + * + * @param buf the buffer where to write the string + * @param buf_size the size of buf + * @param pix_fmt the number of the pixel format to print the + * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the + * corresponding header. + */ +char *av_get_pix_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size, + enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Read a line from an image, and write the values of the + * pixel format component c to dst. + * + * @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the image + * @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image + * @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image + * @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to read + * @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to read + * @param w the width of the line to read, that is the number of + * values to write to dst + * @param read_pal_component if not zero and the format is a paletted + * format writes the values corresponding to the palette + * component c in data[1] to dst, rather than the palette indexes in + * data[0]. The behavior is undefined if the format is not paletted. + * @param dst_element_size size of elements in dst array (2 or 4 byte) + */ +void av_read_image_line2(void *dst, const uint8_t *data[4], + const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, + int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component, + int dst_element_size); + +void av_read_image_line(uint16_t *dst, const uint8_t *data[4], + const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, + int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component); + +/** + * Write the values from src to the pixel format component c of an + * image line. + * + * @param src array containing the values to write + * @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the + * image to write into. It is supposed to be zeroed. + * @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image + * @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image + * @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to write + * @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to write + * @param w the width of the line to write, that is the number of + * values to write to the image line + * @param src_element_size size of elements in src array (2 or 4 byte) + */ +void av_write_image_line2(const void *src, uint8_t *data[4], + const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, + int x, int y, int c, int w, int src_element_size); + +void av_write_image_line(const uint16_t *src, uint8_t *data[4], + const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, + int x, int y, int c, int w); + +/** + * Utility function to swap the endianness of a pixel format. + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format + * + * @return pixel format with swapped endianness if it exists, + * otherwise AV_PIX_FMT_NONE + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_swap_endianness(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); + +#define FF_LOSS_RESOLUTION 0x0001 /**< loss due to resolution change */ +#define FF_LOSS_DEPTH 0x0002 /**< loss due to color depth change */ +#define FF_LOSS_COLORSPACE 0x0004 /**< loss due to color space conversion */ +#define FF_LOSS_ALPHA 0x0008 /**< loss of alpha bits */ +#define FF_LOSS_COLORQUANT 0x0010 /**< loss due to color quantization */ +#define FF_LOSS_CHROMA 0x0020 /**< loss of chroma (e.g. RGB to gray conversion) */ +#define FF_LOSS_EXCESS_RESOLUTION 0x0040 /**< loss due to unneeded extra resolution */ +#define FF_LOSS_EXCESS_DEPTH 0x0080 /**< loss due to unneeded extra color depth */ + + +/** + * Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific + * pixel format to another. + * When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur. + * For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will + * be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to + * other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of + * resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss + * of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization. + * av_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses + * which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another. + * + * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur + * (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt). + */ +int av_get_pix_fmt_loss(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, + int has_alpha); + +/** + * Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific + * pixel format to another. + * When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur. + * For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will + * be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to + * other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of + * resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss + * of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization. + * av_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses + * which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another. + * + * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur + * (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt). + */ +enum AVPixelFormat av_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2, + enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/pixelutils.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/pixelutils.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7a997cd --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/pixelutils.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H +#define AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * Sum of abs(src1[x] - src2[x]) + */ +typedef int (*av_pixelutils_sad_fn)(const uint8_t *src1, ptrdiff_t stride1, + const uint8_t *src2, ptrdiff_t stride2); + +/** + * Get a potentially optimized pointer to a Sum-of-absolute-differences + * function (see the av_pixelutils_sad_fn prototype). + * + * @param w_bits 1< + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H +#define AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H + +/** + * @file + * pixel format definitions + */ + +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "version.h" + +#define AVPALETTE_SIZE 1024 +#define AVPALETTE_COUNT 256 + +/** + * Pixel format. + * + * @note + * AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 is handled in an endian-specific manner. An RGBA + * color is put together as: + * (A << 24) | (R << 16) | (G << 8) | B + * This is stored as BGRA on little-endian CPU architectures and ARGB on + * big-endian CPUs. + * + * @note + * If the resolution is not a multiple of the chroma subsampling factor + * then the chroma plane resolution must be rounded up. + * + * @par + * When the pixel format is palettized RGB32 (AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8), the palettized + * image data is stored in AVFrame.data[0]. The palette is transported in + * AVFrame.data[1], is 1024 bytes long (256 4-byte entries) and is + * formatted the same as in AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 described above (i.e., it is + * also endian-specific). Note also that the individual RGB32 palette + * components stored in AVFrame.data[1] should be in the range 0..255. + * This is important as many custom PAL8 video codecs that were designed + * to run on the IBM VGA graphics adapter use 6-bit palette components. + * + * @par + * For all the 8 bits per pixel formats, an RGB32 palette is in data[1] like + * for pal8. This palette is filled in automatically by the function + * allocating the picture. + */ +enum AVPixelFormat { + AV_PIX_FMT_NONE = -1, + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUYV422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cb Y1 Cr + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, RGBRGB... + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, BGRBGR... + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV410P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:0, 9bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x4 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8, ///< Y , 8bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb + AV_PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb + AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8, ///< 8 bits with AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_UYVY422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1 + AV_PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411, ///< packed YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, Cb Y0 Y1 Cr Y2 Y3 + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2R 3G 3B(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV12, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV21, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped + + AV_PIX_FMT_ARGB, ///< packed ARGB 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ARGBARGB... + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA, ///< packed RGBA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBARGBA... + AV_PIX_FMT_ABGR, ///< packed ABGR 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ABGRABGR... + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA, ///< packed BGRA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRABGRA... + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE, ///< Y , 16bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE, ///< Y , 16bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P and setting color_range + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565BE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565LE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555BE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), big-endian , X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555LE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565BE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565LE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555BE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), big-endian , X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555LE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + + /** + * Hardware acceleration through VA-API, data[3] contains a + * VASurfaceID. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI, + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_DXVA2_VLD, ///< HW decoding through DXVA2, Picture.data[3] contains a LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 pointer + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444LE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444BE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444LE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444BE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< 8 bits gray, 8 bits alpha + + AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A = AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8 + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A= AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8 + + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian + + /** + * The following 12 formats have the disadvantage of needing 1 format for each bit depth. + * Notice that each 9/10 bits sample is stored in 16 bits with extra padding. + * If you want to support multiple bit depths, then using AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16* with the bpp stored separately is better. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 24bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_GBR24P = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, // alias for #AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) + + AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU, ///< HW acceleration through VDPAU, Picture.data[3] contains a VdpVideoSurface + + AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12LE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as little-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0 + AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12BE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as big-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0 + AV_PIX_FMT_NV16, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV20LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_NV20BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_YVYU422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cr Y1 Cb + + AV_PIX_FMT_YA16BE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (big-endian) + AV_PIX_FMT_YA16LE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (little-endian) + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 32bpp + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16BE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16LE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, little-endian + /** + * HW acceleration through QSV, data[3] contains a pointer to the + * mfxFrameSurface1 structure. + * + * Before FFmpeg 5.0: + * mfxFrameSurface1.Data.MemId contains a pointer when importing + * the following frames as QSV frames: + * + * VAAPI: + * mfxFrameSurface1.Data.MemId contains a pointer to VASurfaceID + * + * DXVA2: + * mfxFrameSurface1.Data.MemId contains a pointer to IDirect3DSurface9 + * + * FFmpeg 5.0 and above: + * mfxFrameSurface1.Data.MemId contains a pointer to the mfxHDLPair + * structure when importing the following frames as QSV frames: + * + * VAAPI: + * mfxHDLPair.first contains a VASurfaceID pointer. + * mfxHDLPair.second is always MFX_INFINITE. + * + * DXVA2: + * mfxHDLPair.first contains IDirect3DSurface9 pointer. + * mfxHDLPair.second is always MFX_INFINITE. + * + * D3D11: + * mfxHDLPair.first contains a ID3D11Texture2D pointer. + * mfxHDLPair.second contains the texture array index of the frame if the + * ID3D11Texture2D is an array texture, or always MFX_INFINITE if it is a + * normal texture. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_QSV, + /** + * HW acceleration though MMAL, data[3] contains a pointer to the + * MMAL_BUFFER_HEADER_T structure. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_MMAL, + + AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD, ///< HW decoding through Direct3D11 via old API, Picture.data[3] contains a ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView pointer + + /** + * HW acceleration through CUDA. data[i] contain CUdeviceptr pointers + * exactly as for system memory frames. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_CUDA, + + AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, XRGBXRGB... X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBXRGBX... X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, XBGRXBGR... X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_BGR0, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRXBGRX... X=unused/undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P and setting color_range + + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR8, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 8-bit samples + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB8, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 8-bit samples + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG8, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 8-bit samples + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG8, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 8-bit samples + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16LE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16BE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16LE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16BE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16LE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16BE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16LE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16BE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian + +#if FF_API_XVMC + AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing +#endif + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64LE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64BE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_VIDEOTOOLBOX, ///< hardware decoding through Videotoolbox + + AV_PIX_FMT_P010LE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P010BE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_MEDIACODEC, ///< hardware decoding through MediaCodec + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12BE, ///< Y , 12bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12LE, ///< Y , 12bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10BE, ///< Y , 10bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10LE, ///< Y , 10bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_P016LE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P016BE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, big-endian + + /** + * Hardware surfaces for Direct3D11. + * + * This is preferred over the legacy AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD. The new D3D11 + * hwaccel API and filtering support AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11 only. + * + * data[0] contains a ID3D11Texture2D pointer, and data[1] contains the + * texture array index of the frame as intptr_t if the ID3D11Texture2D is + * an array texture (or always 0 if it's a normal texture). + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11, + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9BE, ///< Y , 9bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9LE, ///< Y , 9bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, little-endian + + /** + * DRM-managed buffers exposed through PRIME buffer sharing. + * + * data[0] points to an AVDRMFrameDescriptor. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME, + /** + * Hardware surfaces for OpenCL. + * + * data[i] contain 2D image objects (typed in C as cl_mem, used + * in OpenCL as image2d_t) for each plane of the surface. + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_OPENCL, + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14BE, ///< Y , 14bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14LE, ///< Y , 14bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision Y, 32bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision Y, 32bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_NV24, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V) + AV_PIX_FMT_NV42, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped + + /** + * Vulkan hardware images. + * + * data[0] points to an AVVkFrame + */ + AV_PIX_FMT_VULKAN, + + AV_PIX_FMT_Y210BE, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2 like YUYV422, 20bpp, data in the high bits, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_Y210LE, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2 like YUYV422, 20bpp, data in the high bits, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_X2RGB10LE, ///< packed RGB 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10R 10G 10B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_X2RGB10BE, ///< packed RGB 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10R 10G 10B(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_X2BGR10LE, ///< packed BGR 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10B 10G 10R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_X2BGR10BE, ///< packed BGR 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10B 10G 10R(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_P210BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, data in the high bits, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P210LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, data in the high bits, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_P410BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, data in the high bits, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P410LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, data in the high bits, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_P216BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P216LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_P416BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P416LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_VUYA, ///< packed VUYA 4:4:4, 32bpp, VUYAVUYA... + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF16BE, ///< IEEE-754 half precision packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, RGBARGBA..., big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF16LE, ///< IEEE-754 half precision packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, RGBARGBA..., little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_VUYX, ///< packed VUYX 4:4:4, 32bpp, Variant of VUYA where alpha channel is left undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_P012LE, ///< like NV12, with 12bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_P012BE, ///< like NV12, with 12bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_Y212BE, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2 like YUYV422, 24bpp, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_Y212LE, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2 like YUYV422, 24bpp, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_XV30BE, ///< packed XVYU 4:4:4, 32bpp, (msb)2X 10V 10Y 10U(lsb), big-endian, variant of Y410 where alpha channel is left undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_XV30LE, ///< packed XVYU 4:4:4, 32bpp, (msb)2X 10V 10Y 10U(lsb), little-endian, variant of Y410 where alpha channel is left undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_XV36BE, ///< packed XVYU 4:4:4, 48bpp, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian, variant of Y412 where alpha channel is left undefined + AV_PIX_FMT_XV36LE, ///< packed XVYU 4:4:4, 48bpp, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian, variant of Y412 where alpha channel is left undefined + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision packed RGB 32:32:32, 96bpp, RGBRGB..., big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision packed RGB 32:32:32, 96bpp, RGBRGB..., little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision packed RGBA 32:32:32:32, 128bpp, RGBARGBA..., big-endian + AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision packed RGBA 32:32:32:32, 128bpp, RGBARGBA..., little-endian + + AV_PIX_FMT_NB ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions +}; + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##be +#else +# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##le +#endif + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ARGB, BGRA) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA, ABGR) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ABGR, RGBA) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA, ARGB) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0RGB, BGR0) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0BGR, RGB0) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY9BE, GRAY9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY10BE, GRAY10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY12BE, GRAY12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY14BE, GRAY14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY16BE, GRAY16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YA16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YA16BE, YA16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB48BE, RGB48LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB565BE, RGB565LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB555BE, RGB555LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB444BE, RGB444LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA64BE, RGBA64LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR48BE, BGR48LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR565BE, BGR565LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR555BE, BGR555LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR444BE, BGR444LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA64BE, BGRA64LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P9BE , YUV420P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P9BE , YUV422P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P9BE , YUV444P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P10BE, YUV420P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P10BE, YUV422P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P10BE, YUV440P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P10BE, YUV444P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P12BE, YUV420P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P12BE, YUV422P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P12BE, YUV440P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P12BE, YUV444P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P14BE, YUV420P14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P14BE, YUV422P14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P14BE, YUV444P14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P16BE, YUV420P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P16BE, YUV422P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P16BE, YUV444P16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP9BE , GBRP9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP10BE, GBRP10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP12BE, GBRP12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP14BE, GBRP14LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP16BE, GBRP16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP10BE, GBRAP10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP12BE, GBRAP12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP16BE, GBRAP16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_BGGR16BE, BAYER_BGGR16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_RGGB16BE, BAYER_RGGB16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GBRG16BE, BAYER_GBRG16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GRBG16BE, BAYER_GRBG16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRPF32BE, GBRPF32LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAPF32BE, GBRAPF32LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAYF32BE, GRAYF32LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P9BE , YUVA420P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P9BE , YUVA422P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P9BE , YUVA444P9LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P10BE, YUVA420P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P10BE, YUVA422P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P10BE, YUVA444P10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P12BE, YUVA422P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P12BE, YUVA444P12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P16BE, YUVA420P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P16BE, YUVA422P16LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P16BE, YUVA444P16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XYZ12BE, XYZ12LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_NV20 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(NV20BE, NV20LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(AYUV64BE, AYUV64LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P010 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P010BE, P010LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P012 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P012BE, P012LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P016 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P016BE, P016LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_Y210 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(Y210BE, Y210LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_Y212 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(Y212BE, Y212LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_XV30 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XV30BE, XV30LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_XV36 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XV36BE, XV36LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_X2RGB10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(X2RGB10BE, X2RGB10LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_X2BGR10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(X2BGR10BE, X2BGR10LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P210 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P210BE, P210LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P410 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P410BE, P410LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P216 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P216BE, P216LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_P416 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P416BE, P416LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBAF16BE, RGBAF16LE) + +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBF32BE, RGBF32LE) +#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBAF32BE, RGBAF32LE) + +/** + * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries. + * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23091-2_2019 subclause 8.1 and ITU-T H.273. + */ +enum AVColorPrimaries { + AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED0 = 0, + AVCOL_PRI_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 / SMPTE RP 177 Annex B + AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED = 3, + AVCOL_PRI_BT470M = 4, ///< also FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20) + + AVCOL_PRI_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< identical to above, also called "SMPTE C" even though it uses D65 + AVCOL_PRI_FILM = 8, ///< colour filters using Illuminant C + AVCOL_PRI_BT2020 = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428 = 10, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 (CIE 1931 XYZ) + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428, + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE431 = 11, ///< SMPTE ST 431-2 (2011) / DCI P3 + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE432 = 12, ///< SMPTE ST 432-1 (2010) / P3 D65 / Display P3 + AVCOL_PRI_EBU3213 = 22, ///< EBU Tech. 3213-E (nothing there) / one of JEDEC P22 group phosphors + AVCOL_PRI_JEDEC_P22 = AVCOL_PRI_EBU3213, + AVCOL_PRI_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * Color Transfer Characteristic. + * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23091-2_2019 subclause 8.2. + */ +enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic { + AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED0 = 0, + AVCOL_TRC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 + AVCOL_TRC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED = 3, + AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA22 = 4, ///< also ITU-R BT470M / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM + AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA28 = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT470BG + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1358 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE240M = 7, + AVCOL_TRC_LINEAR = 8, ///< "Linear transfer characteristics" + AVCOL_TRC_LOG = 9, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100:1 range)" + AVCOL_TRC_LOG_SQRT = 10, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100 * Sqrt(10) : 1 range)" + AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_4 = 11, ///< IEC 61966-2-4 + AVCOL_TRC_BT1361_ECG = 12, ///< ITU-R BT1361 Extended Colour Gamut + AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_1 = 13, ///< IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB or sYCC) + AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_10 = 14, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 10-bit system + AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_12 = 15, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 12-bit system + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084 = 16, ///< SMPTE ST 2084 for 10-, 12-, 14- and 16-bit systems + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST2084 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084, + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428 = 17, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428, + AVCOL_TRC_ARIB_STD_B67 = 18, ///< ARIB STD-B67, known as "Hybrid log-gamma" + AVCOL_TRC_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * YUV colorspace type. + * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23091-2_2019 subclause 8.3. + */ +enum AVColorSpace { + AVCOL_SPC_RGB = 0, ///< order of coefficients is actually GBR, also IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB), YZX and ST 428-1 + AVCOL_SPC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC709 / derived in SMPTE RP 177 Annex B + AVCOL_SPC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_SPC_RESERVED = 3, ///< reserved for future use by ITU-T and ISO/IEC just like 15-255 are + AVCOL_SPC_FCC = 4, ///< FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20) + AVCOL_SPC_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC601 + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC / functionally identical to above + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< derived from 170M primaries and D65 white point, 170M is derived from BT470 System M's primaries + AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO = 8, ///< used by Dirac / VC-2 and H.264 FRext, see ITU-T SG16 + AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG = AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO, + AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_NCL = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 non-constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_CL = 10, ///< ITU-R BT2020 constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE2085 = 11, ///< SMPTE 2085, Y'D'zD'x + AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_NCL = 12, ///< Chromaticity-derived non-constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_CL = 13, ///< Chromaticity-derived constant luminance system + AVCOL_SPC_ICTCP = 14, ///< ITU-R BT.2100-0, ICtCp + AVCOL_SPC_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * Visual content value range. + * + * These values are based on definitions that can be found in multiple + * specifications, such as ITU-T BT.709 (3.4 - Quantization of RGB, luminance + * and colour-difference signals), ITU-T BT.2020 (Table 5 - Digital + * Representation) as well as ITU-T BT.2100 (Table 9 - Digital 10- and 12-bit + * integer representation). At the time of writing, the BT.2100 one is + * recommended, as it also defines the full range representation. + * + * Common definitions: + * - For RGB and luma planes such as Y in YCbCr and I in ICtCp, + * 'E' is the original value in range of 0.0 to 1.0. + * - For chroma planes such as Cb,Cr and Ct,Cp, 'E' is the original + * value in range of -0.5 to 0.5. + * - 'n' is the output bit depth. + * - For additional definitions such as rounding and clipping to valid n + * bit unsigned integer range, please refer to BT.2100 (Table 9). + */ +enum AVColorRange { + AVCOL_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED = 0, + + /** + * Narrow or limited range content. + * + * - For luma planes: + * + * (219 * E + 16) * 2^(n-8) + * + * F.ex. the range of 16-235 for 8 bits + * + * - For chroma planes: + * + * (224 * E + 128) * 2^(n-8) + * + * F.ex. the range of 16-240 for 8 bits + */ + AVCOL_RANGE_MPEG = 1, + + /** + * Full range content. + * + * - For RGB and luma planes: + * + * (2^n - 1) * E + * + * F.ex. the range of 0-255 for 8 bits + * + * - For chroma planes: + * + * (2^n - 1) * E + 2^(n - 1) + * + * F.ex. the range of 1-255 for 8 bits + */ + AVCOL_RANGE_JPEG = 2, + AVCOL_RANGE_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * Location of chroma samples. + * + * Illustration showing the location of the first (top left) chroma sample of the + * image, the left shows only luma, the right + * shows the location of the chroma sample, the 2 could be imagined to overlay + * each other but are drawn separately due to limitations of ASCII + * + * 1st 2nd 1st 2nd horizontal luma sample positions + * v v v v + * ______ ______ + *1st luma line > |X X ... |3 4 X ... X are luma samples, + * | |1 2 1-6 are possible chroma positions + *2nd luma line > |X X ... |5 6 X ... 0 is undefined/unknown position + */ +enum AVChromaLocation { + AVCHROMA_LOC_UNSPECIFIED = 0, + AVCHROMA_LOC_LEFT = 1, ///< MPEG-2/4 4:2:0, H.264 default for 4:2:0 + AVCHROMA_LOC_CENTER = 2, ///< MPEG-1 4:2:0, JPEG 4:2:0, H.263 4:2:0 + AVCHROMA_LOC_TOPLEFT = 3, ///< ITU-R 601, SMPTE 274M 296M S314M(DV 4:1:1), mpeg2 4:2:2 + AVCHROMA_LOC_TOP = 4, + AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOMLEFT = 5, + AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOM = 6, + AVCHROMA_LOC_NB ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/random_seed.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/random_seed.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0462a04 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/random_seed.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2009 Baptiste Coudurier + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H +#define AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H + +#include +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Get a seed to use in conjunction with random functions. + * This function tries to provide a good seed at a best effort bases. + * Its possible to call this function multiple times if more bits are needed. + * It can be quite slow, which is why it should only be used as seed for a faster + * PRNG. The quality of the seed depends on the platform. + */ +uint32_t av_get_random_seed(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/rational.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/rational.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8cbfc8e --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/rational.h @@ -0,0 +1,221 @@ +/* + * rational numbers + * Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_math_rational + * Utilties for rational number calculation. + * @author Michael Niedermayer + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H +#define AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H + +#include +#include +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_math_rational AVRational + * @ingroup lavu_math + * Rational number calculation. + * + * While rational numbers can be expressed as floating-point numbers, the + * conversion process is a lossy one, so are floating-point operations. On the + * other hand, the nature of FFmpeg demands highly accurate calculation of + * timestamps. This set of rational number utilities serves as a generic + * interface for manipulating rational numbers as pairs of numerators and + * denominators. + * + * Many of the functions that operate on AVRational's have the suffix `_q`, in + * reference to the mathematical symbol "ℚ" (Q) which denotes the set of all + * rational numbers. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Rational number (pair of numerator and denominator). + */ +typedef struct AVRational{ + int num; ///< Numerator + int den; ///< Denominator +} AVRational; + +/** + * Create an AVRational. + * + * Useful for compilers that do not support compound literals. + * + * @note The return value is not reduced. + * @see av_reduce() + */ +static inline AVRational av_make_q(int num, int den) +{ + AVRational r = { num, den }; + return r; +} + +/** + * Compare two rationals. + * + * @param a First rational + * @param b Second rational + * + * @return One of the following values: + * - 0 if `a == b` + * - 1 if `a > b` + * - -1 if `a < b` + * - `INT_MIN` if one of the values is of the form `0 / 0` + */ +static inline int av_cmp_q(AVRational a, AVRational b){ + const int64_t tmp= a.num * (int64_t)b.den - b.num * (int64_t)a.den; + + if(tmp) return (int)((tmp ^ a.den ^ b.den)>>63)|1; + else if(b.den && a.den) return 0; + else if(a.num && b.num) return (a.num>>31) - (b.num>>31); + else return INT_MIN; +} + +/** + * Convert an AVRational to a `double`. + * @param a AVRational to convert + * @return `a` in floating-point form + * @see av_d2q() + */ +static inline double av_q2d(AVRational a){ + return a.num / (double) a.den; +} + +/** + * Reduce a fraction. + * + * This is useful for framerate calculations. + * + * @param[out] dst_num Destination numerator + * @param[out] dst_den Destination denominator + * @param[in] num Source numerator + * @param[in] den Source denominator + * @param[in] max Maximum allowed values for `dst_num` & `dst_den` + * @return 1 if the operation is exact, 0 otherwise + */ +int av_reduce(int *dst_num, int *dst_den, int64_t num, int64_t den, int64_t max); + +/** + * Multiply two rationals. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b*c + */ +AVRational av_mul_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Divide one rational by another. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b/c + */ +AVRational av_div_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Add two rationals. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b+c + */ +AVRational av_add_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Subtract one rational from another. + * @param b First rational + * @param c Second rational + * @return b-c + */ +AVRational av_sub_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Invert a rational. + * @param q value + * @return 1 / q + */ +static av_always_inline AVRational av_inv_q(AVRational q) +{ + AVRational r = { q.den, q.num }; + return r; +} + +/** + * Convert a double precision floating point number to a rational. + * + * In case of infinity, the returned value is expressed as `{1, 0}` or + * `{-1, 0}` depending on the sign. + * + * @param d `double` to convert + * @param max Maximum allowed numerator and denominator + * @return `d` in AVRational form + * @see av_q2d() + */ +AVRational av_d2q(double d, int max) av_const; + +/** + * Find which of the two rationals is closer to another rational. + * + * @param q Rational to be compared against + * @param q1 Rational to be tested + * @param q2 Rational to be tested + * @return One of the following values: + * - 1 if `q1` is nearer to `q` than `q2` + * - -1 if `q2` is nearer to `q` than `q1` + * - 0 if they have the same distance + */ +int av_nearer_q(AVRational q, AVRational q1, AVRational q2); + +/** + * Find the value in a list of rationals nearest a given reference rational. + * + * @param q Reference rational + * @param q_list Array of rationals terminated by `{0, 0}` + * @return Index of the nearest value found in the array + */ +int av_find_nearest_q_idx(AVRational q, const AVRational* q_list); + +/** + * Convert an AVRational to a IEEE 32-bit `float` expressed in fixed-point + * format. + * + * @param q Rational to be converted + * @return Equivalent floating-point value, expressed as an unsigned 32-bit + * integer. + * @note The returned value is platform-indepedant. + */ +uint32_t av_q2intfloat(AVRational q); + +/** + * Return the best rational so that a and b are multiple of it. + * If the resulting denominator is larger than max_den, return def. + */ +AVRational av_gcd_q(AVRational a, AVRational b, int max_den, AVRational def); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/rc4.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/rc4.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bf0ca6e --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/rc4.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/* + * RC4 encryption/decryption/pseudo-random number generator + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RC4_H +#define AVUTIL_RC4_H + +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_rc4 RC4 + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct AVRC4 { + uint8_t state[256]; + int x, y; +} AVRC4; + +/** + * Allocate an AVRC4 context. + */ +AVRC4 *av_rc4_alloc(void); + +/** + * @brief Initializes an AVRC4 context. + * + * @param d pointer to the AVRC4 context + * @param key buffer containig the key + * @param key_bits must be a multiple of 8 + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption, currently has no effect + * @return zero on success, negative value otherwise + */ +int av_rc4_init(struct AVRC4 *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt); + +/** + * @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the RC4 algorithm. + * + * @param d pointer to the AVRC4 context + * @param count number of bytes + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, may be NULL + * @param iv not (yet) used for RC4, should be NULL + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption, not (yet) used + */ +void av_rc4_crypt(struct AVRC4 *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RC4_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/replaygain.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/replaygain.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b49bf1a --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/replaygain.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H +#define AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H + +#include + +/** + * ReplayGain information (see + * http://wiki.hydrogenaudio.org/index.php?title=ReplayGain_1.0_specification). + * The size of this struct is a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVReplayGain { + /** + * Track replay gain in microbels (divide by 100000 to get the value in dB). + * Should be set to INT32_MIN when unknown. + */ + int32_t track_gain; + /** + * Peak track amplitude, with 100000 representing full scale (but values + * may overflow). 0 when unknown. + */ + uint32_t track_peak; + /** + * Same as track_gain, but for the whole album. + */ + int32_t album_gain; + /** + * Same as track_peak, but for the whole album, + */ + uint32_t album_peak; +} AVReplayGain; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/ripemd.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/ripemd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9df9f90 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/ripemd.h @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer + * Copyright (C) 2013 James Almer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_ripemd + * Public header for RIPEMD hash function implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H +#define AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_ripemd RIPEMD + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * RIPEMD hash function implementation. + * + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_ripemd_size; + +struct AVRIPEMD; + +/** + * Allocate an AVRIPEMD context. + */ +struct AVRIPEMD *av_ripemd_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize RIPEMD hashing. + * + * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_ripemd_size) + * @param bits number of bits in digest (128, 160, 256 or 320 bits) + * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise + */ +int av_ripemd_init(struct AVRIPEMD* context, int bits); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param data input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +void av_ripemd_update(struct AVRIPEMD* context, const uint8_t* data, size_t len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_ripemd_final(struct AVRIPEMD* context, uint8_t *digest); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6bad0e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h @@ -0,0 +1,269 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H +#define AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H + +#include + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_sampfmts Audio sample formats + * + * Audio sample format enumeration and related convenience functions. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Audio sample formats + * + * - The data described by the sample format is always in native-endian order. + * Sample values can be expressed by native C types, hence the lack of a signed + * 24-bit sample format even though it is a common raw audio data format. + * + * - The floating-point formats are based on full volume being in the range + * [-1.0, 1.0]. Any values outside this range are beyond full volume level. + * + * - The data layout as used in av_samples_fill_arrays() and elsewhere in FFmpeg + * (such as AVFrame in libavcodec) is as follows: + * + * @par + * For planar sample formats, each audio channel is in a separate data plane, + * and linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for a single plane. All data + * planes must be the same size. For packed sample formats, only the first data + * plane is used, and samples for each channel are interleaved. In this case, + * linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for the 1 plane. + * + */ +enum AVSampleFormat { + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE = -1, + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8, ///< unsigned 8 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, ///< signed 16 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32, ///< signed 32 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLT, ///< float + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBL, ///< double + + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8P, ///< unsigned 8 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16P, ///< signed 16 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32P, ///< signed 32 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, ///< float, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBLP, ///< double, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64, ///< signed 64 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64P, ///< signed 64 bits, planar + + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NB ///< Number of sample formats. DO NOT USE if linking dynamically +}; + +/** + * Return the name of sample_fmt, or NULL if sample_fmt is not + * recognized. + */ +const char *av_get_sample_fmt_name(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Return a sample format corresponding to name, or AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE + * on error. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_sample_fmt(const char *name); + +/** + * Return the planar<->packed alternative form of the given sample format, or + * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. If the passed sample_fmt is already in the + * requested planar/packed format, the format returned is the same as the + * input. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_alt_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int planar); + +/** + * Get the packed alternative form of the given sample format. + * + * If the passed sample_fmt is already in packed format, the format returned is + * the same as the input. + * + * @return the packed alternative form of the given sample format or + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_packed_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Get the planar alternative form of the given sample format. + * + * If the passed sample_fmt is already in planar format, the format returned is + * the same as the input. + * + * @return the planar alternative form of the given sample format or + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_planar_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Generate a string corresponding to the sample format with + * sample_fmt, or a header if sample_fmt is negative. + * + * @param buf the buffer where to write the string + * @param buf_size the size of buf + * @param sample_fmt the number of the sample format to print the + * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the + * corresponding header. + * @return the pointer to the filled buffer or NULL if sample_fmt is + * unknown or in case of other errors + */ +char *av_get_sample_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Return number of bytes per sample. + * + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @return number of bytes per sample or zero if unknown for the given + * sample format + */ +int av_get_bytes_per_sample(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Check if the sample format is planar. + * + * @param sample_fmt the sample format to inspect + * @return 1 if the sample format is planar, 0 if it is interleaved + */ +int av_sample_fmt_is_planar(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Get the required buffer size for the given audio parameters. + * + * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL + * @param nb_channels the number of channels + * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return required buffer size, or negative error code on failure + */ +int av_samples_get_buffer_size(int *linesize, int nb_channels, int nb_samples, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_sampmanip Samples manipulation + * + * Functions that manipulate audio samples + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Fill plane data pointers and linesize for samples with sample + * format sample_fmt. + * + * The audio_data array is filled with the pointers to the samples data planes: + * for planar, set the start point of each channel's data within the buffer, + * for packed, set the start point of the entire buffer only. + * + * The value pointed to by linesize is set to the aligned size of each + * channel's data buffer for planar layout, or to the aligned size of the + * buffer for all channels for packed layout. + * + * The buffer in buf must be big enough to contain all the samples + * (use av_samples_get_buffer_size() to compute its minimum size), + * otherwise the audio_data pointers will point to invalid data. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel + * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL + * @param buf the pointer to a buffer containing the samples + * @param nb_channels the number of channels + * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return minimum size in bytes required for the buffer on success, + * or a negative error code on failure + */ +int av_samples_fill_arrays(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, + const uint8_t *buf, + int nb_channels, int nb_samples, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Allocate a samples buffer for nb_samples samples, and fill data pointers and + * linesize accordingly. + * The allocated samples buffer can be freed by using av_freep(&audio_data[0]) + * Allocated data will be initialized to silence. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel + * @param[out] linesize aligned size for audio buffer(s), may be NULL + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param nb_samples number of samples per channel + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure + * @todo return the size of the allocated buffer in case of success at the next bump + * @see av_samples_fill_arrays() + * @see av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples() + */ +int av_samples_alloc(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels, + int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Allocate a data pointers array, samples buffer for nb_samples + * samples, and fill data pointers and linesize accordingly. + * + * This is the same as av_samples_alloc(), but also allocates the data + * pointers array. + * + * @see av_samples_alloc() + */ +int av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples(uint8_t ***audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels, + int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Copy samples from src to dst. + * + * @param dst destination array of pointers to data planes + * @param src source array of pointers to data planes + * @param dst_offset offset in samples at which the data will be written to dst + * @param src_offset offset in samples at which the data will be read from src + * @param nb_samples number of samples to be copied + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param sample_fmt audio sample format + */ +int av_samples_copy(uint8_t **dst, uint8_t * const *src, int dst_offset, + int src_offset, int nb_samples, int nb_channels, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Fill an audio buffer with silence. + * + * @param audio_data array of pointers to data planes + * @param offset offset in samples at which to start filling + * @param nb_samples number of samples to fill + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param sample_fmt audio sample format + */ +int av_samples_set_silence(uint8_t **audio_data, int offset, int nb_samples, + int nb_channels, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/sha.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/sha.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2e1220a --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/sha.h @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_sha + * Public header for SHA-1 & SHA-256 hash function implementations. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA_H +#define AVUTIL_SHA_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_sha SHA + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * SHA-1 and SHA-256 (Secure Hash Algorithm) hash function implementations. + * + * This module supports the following SHA hash functions: + * + * - SHA-1: 160 bits + * - SHA-224: 224 bits, as a variant of SHA-2 + * - SHA-256: 256 bits, as a variant of SHA-2 + * + * @see For SHA-384, SHA-512, and variants thereof, see @ref lavu_sha512. + * + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_sha_size; + +struct AVSHA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVSHA context. + */ +struct AVSHA *av_sha_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize SHA-1 or SHA-2 hashing. + * + * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha_size) + * @param bits number of bits in digest (SHA-1 - 160 bits, SHA-2 224 or 256 bits) + * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise + */ +int av_sha_init(struct AVSHA* context, int bits); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param ctx hash function context + * @param data input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +void av_sha_update(struct AVSHA *ctx, const uint8_t *data, size_t len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_sha_final(struct AVSHA* context, uint8_t *digest); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/sha512.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/sha512.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a4a3f23 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/sha512.h @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer + * Copyright (C) 2013 James Almer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_sha512 + * Public header for SHA-512 implementation. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA512_H +#define AVUTIL_SHA512_H + +#include +#include + +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_sha512 SHA-512 + * @ingroup lavu_hash + * SHA-512 (Secure Hash Algorithm) hash function implementations. + * + * This module supports the following SHA-2 hash functions: + * + * - SHA-512/224: 224 bits + * - SHA-512/256: 256 bits + * - SHA-384: 384 bits + * - SHA-512: 512 bits + * + * @see For SHA-1, SHA-256, and variants thereof, see @ref lavu_sha. + * + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_sha512_size; + +struct AVSHA512; + +/** + * Allocate an AVSHA512 context. + */ +struct AVSHA512 *av_sha512_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize SHA-2 512 hashing. + * + * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha512_size) + * @param bits number of bits in digest (224, 256, 384 or 512 bits) + * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise + */ +int av_sha512_init(struct AVSHA512* context, int bits); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param data input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +void av_sha512_update(struct AVSHA512* context, const uint8_t* data, size_t len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_sha512_final(struct AVSHA512* context, uint8_t *digest); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA512_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/spherical.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/spherical.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..828ac83 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/spherical.h @@ -0,0 +1,227 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2016 Vittorio Giovara + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_video_spherical + * Spherical video + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H +#define AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H + +#include +#include + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_video_spherical Spherical video mapping + * @ingroup lavu_video + * + * A spherical video file contains surfaces that need to be mapped onto a + * sphere. Depending on how the frame was converted, a different distortion + * transformation or surface recomposition function needs to be applied before + * the video should be mapped and displayed. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Projection of the video surface(s) on a sphere. + */ +enum AVSphericalProjection { + /** + * Video represents a sphere mapped on a flat surface using + * equirectangular projection. + */ + AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR, + + /** + * Video frame is split into 6 faces of a cube, and arranged on a + * 3x2 layout. Faces are oriented upwards for the front, left, right, + * and back faces. The up face is oriented so the top of the face is + * forwards and the down face is oriented so the top of the face is + * to the back. + */ + AV_SPHERICAL_CUBEMAP, + + /** + * Video represents a portion of a sphere mapped on a flat surface + * using equirectangular projection. The @ref bounding fields indicate + * the position of the current video in a larger surface. + */ + AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR_TILE, +}; + +/** + * This structure describes how to handle spherical videos, outlining + * information about projection, initial layout, and any other view modifier. + * + * @note The struct must be allocated with av_spherical_alloc() and + * its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVSphericalMapping { + /** + * Projection type. + */ + enum AVSphericalProjection projection; + + /** + * @name Initial orientation + * @{ + * There fields describe additional rotations applied to the sphere after + * the video frame is mapped onto it. The sphere is rotated around the + * viewer, who remains stationary. The order of transformation is always + * yaw, followed by pitch, and finally by roll. + * + * The coordinate system matches the one defined in OpenGL, where the + * forward vector (z) is coming out of screen, and it is equivalent to + * a rotation matrix of R = r_y(yaw) * r_x(pitch) * r_z(roll). + * + * A positive yaw rotates the portion of the sphere in front of the viewer + * toward their right. A positive pitch rotates the portion of the sphere + * in front of the viewer upwards. A positive roll tilts the portion of + * the sphere in front of the viewer to the viewer's right. + * + * These values are exported as 16.16 fixed point. + * + * See this equirectangular projection as example: + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * Yaw + * -180 0 180 + * 90 +-------------+-------------+ 180 + * | | | up + * P | | | y| forward + * i | ^ | | /z + * t 0 +-------------X-------------+ 0 Roll | / + * c | | | | / + * h | | | 0|/_____right + * | | | x + * -90 +-------------+-------------+ -180 + * + * X - the default camera center + * ^ - the default up vector + * @endcode + */ + int32_t yaw; ///< Rotation around the up vector [-180, 180]. + int32_t pitch; ///< Rotation around the right vector [-90, 90]. + int32_t roll; ///< Rotation around the forward vector [-180, 180]. + /** + * @} + */ + + /** + * @name Bounding rectangle + * @anchor bounding + * @{ + * These fields indicate the location of the current tile, and where + * it should be mapped relative to the original surface. They are + * exported as 0.32 fixed point, and can be converted to classic + * pixel values with av_spherical_bounds(). + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * +----------------+----------+ + * | |bound_top | + * | +--------+ | + * | bound_left |tile | | + * +<---------->| |<--->+bound_right + * | +--------+ | + * | | | + * | bound_bottom| | + * +----------------+----------+ + * @endcode + * + * If needed, the original video surface dimensions can be derived + * by adding the current stream or frame size to the related bounds, + * like in the following example: + * + * @code{c} + * original_width = tile->width + bound_left + bound_right; + * original_height = tile->height + bound_top + bound_bottom; + * @endcode + * + * @note These values are valid only for the tiled equirectangular + * projection type (@ref AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR_TILE), + * and should be ignored in all other cases. + */ + uint32_t bound_left; ///< Distance from the left edge + uint32_t bound_top; ///< Distance from the top edge + uint32_t bound_right; ///< Distance from the right edge + uint32_t bound_bottom; ///< Distance from the bottom edge + /** + * @} + */ + + /** + * Number of pixels to pad from the edge of each cube face. + * + * @note This value is valid for only for the cubemap projection type + * (@ref AV_SPHERICAL_CUBEMAP), and should be ignored in all other + * cases. + */ + uint32_t padding; +} AVSphericalMapping; + +/** + * Allocate a AVSphericalVideo structure and initialize its fields to default + * values. + * + * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure + */ +AVSphericalMapping *av_spherical_alloc(size_t *size); + +/** + * Convert the @ref bounding fields from an AVSphericalVideo + * from 0.32 fixed point to pixels. + * + * @param map The AVSphericalVideo map to read bound values from. + * @param width Width of the current frame or stream. + * @param height Height of the current frame or stream. + * @param left Pixels from the left edge. + * @param top Pixels from the top edge. + * @param right Pixels from the right edge. + * @param bottom Pixels from the bottom edge. + */ +void av_spherical_tile_bounds(const AVSphericalMapping *map, + size_t width, size_t height, + size_t *left, size_t *top, + size_t *right, size_t *bottom); + +/** + * Provide a human-readable name of a given AVSphericalProjection. + * + * @param projection The input AVSphericalProjection. + * + * @return The name of the AVSphericalProjection, or "unknown". + */ +const char *av_spherical_projection_name(enum AVSphericalProjection projection); + +/** + * Get the AVSphericalProjection form a human-readable name. + * + * @param name The input string. + * + * @return The AVSphericalProjection value, or -1 if not found. + */ +int av_spherical_from_name(const char *name); +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/stereo3d.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/stereo3d.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3aab959 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/stereo3d.h @@ -0,0 +1,229 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2013 Vittorio Giovara + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu_video_stereo3d + * Stereoscopic video + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H +#define AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H + +#include + +#include "frame.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_video_stereo3d Stereo3D types and functions + * @ingroup lavu_video + * + * A stereoscopic video file consists in multiple views embedded in a single + * frame, usually describing two views of a scene. This file describes all + * possible codec-independent view arrangements. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * List of possible 3D Types + */ +enum AVStereo3DType { + /** + * Video is not stereoscopic (and metadata has to be there). + */ + AV_STEREO3D_2D, + + /** + * Views are next to each other. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LLLLRRRR + * LLLLRRRR + * LLLLRRRR + * ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_SIDEBYSIDE, + + /** + * Views are on top of each other. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LLLLLLLL + * LLLLLLLL + * RRRRRRRR + * RRRRRRRR + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_TOPBOTTOM, + + /** + * Views are alternated temporally. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * frame0 frame1 frame2 ... + * LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL + * LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL + * LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL + * ... ... ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_FRAMESEQUENCE, + + /** + * Views are packed in a checkerboard-like structure per pixel. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LRLRLRLR + * RLRLRLRL + * LRLRLRLR + * ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_CHECKERBOARD, + + /** + * Views are next to each other, but when upscaling + * apply a checkerboard pattern. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R + * LLLLRRRR => L L L L R R R R + * LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R + * LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_SIDEBYSIDE_QUINCUNX, + + /** + * Views are packed per line, as if interlaced. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LLLLLLLL + * RRRRRRRR + * LLLLLLLL + * ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_LINES, + + /** + * Views are packed per column. + * + * @code{.unparsed} + * LRLRLRLR + * LRLRLRLR + * LRLRLRLR + * ... + * @endcode + */ + AV_STEREO3D_COLUMNS, +}; + +/** + * List of possible view types. + */ +enum AVStereo3DView { + /** + * Frame contains two packed views. + */ + AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_PACKED, + + /** + * Frame contains only the left view. + */ + AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_LEFT, + + /** + * Frame contains only the right view. + */ + AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_RIGHT, +}; + +/** + * Inverted views, Right/Bottom represents the left view. + */ +#define AV_STEREO3D_FLAG_INVERT (1 << 0) + +/** + * Stereo 3D type: this structure describes how two videos are packed + * within a single video surface, with additional information as needed. + * + * @note The struct must be allocated with av_stereo3d_alloc() and + * its size is not a part of the public ABI. + */ +typedef struct AVStereo3D { + /** + * How views are packed within the video. + */ + enum AVStereo3DType type; + + /** + * Additional information about the frame packing. + */ + int flags; + + /** + * Determines which views are packed. + */ + enum AVStereo3DView view; +} AVStereo3D; + +/** + * Allocate an AVStereo3D structure and set its fields to default values. + * The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). + * + * @return An AVStereo3D filled with default values or NULL on failure. + */ +AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_alloc(void); + +/** + * Allocate a complete AVFrameSideData and add it to the frame. + * + * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. + * + * @return The AVStereo3D structure to be filled by caller. + */ +AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Provide a human-readable name of a given stereo3d type. + * + * @param type The input stereo3d type value. + * + * @return The name of the stereo3d value, or "unknown". + */ +const char *av_stereo3d_type_name(unsigned int type); + +/** + * Get the AVStereo3DType form a human-readable name. + * + * @param name The input string. + * + * @return The AVStereo3DType value, or -1 if not found. + */ +int av_stereo3d_from_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/tea.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/tea.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dd929bd --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/tea.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +/* + * A 32-bit implementation of the TEA algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2015 Vesselin Bontchev + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TEA_H +#define AVUTIL_TEA_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil TEA algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_tea TEA + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_tea_size; + +struct AVTEA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVTEA context + * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) + */ +struct AVTEA *av_tea_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVTEA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVTEA context + * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption + * @param rounds the number of rounds in TEA (64 is the "standard") + */ +void av_tea_init(struct AVTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16], int rounds); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param ctx an AVTEA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_tea_crypt(struct AVTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TEA_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/threadmessage.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/threadmessage.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..42ce655 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/threadmessage.h @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + * along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., + * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H +#define AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H + +typedef struct AVThreadMessageQueue AVThreadMessageQueue; + +typedef enum AVThreadMessageFlags { + + /** + * Perform non-blocking operation. + * If this flag is set, send and recv operations are non-blocking and + * return AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately if they can not proceed. + */ + AV_THREAD_MESSAGE_NONBLOCK = 1, + +} AVThreadMessageFlags; + +/** + * Allocate a new message queue. + * + * @param mq pointer to the message queue + * @param nelem maximum number of elements in the queue + * @param elsize size of each element in the queue + * @return >=0 for success; <0 for error, in particular AVERROR(ENOSYS) if + * lavu was built without thread support + */ +int av_thread_message_queue_alloc(AVThreadMessageQueue **mq, + unsigned nelem, + unsigned elsize); + +/** + * Free a message queue. + * + * The message queue must no longer be in use by another thread. + */ +void av_thread_message_queue_free(AVThreadMessageQueue **mq); + +/** + * Send a message on the queue. + */ +int av_thread_message_queue_send(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + void *msg, + unsigned flags); + +/** + * Receive a message from the queue. + */ +int av_thread_message_queue_recv(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + void *msg, + unsigned flags); + +/** + * Set the sending error code. + * + * If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_send() will + * return it immediately. Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or + * AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used to cause the sending thread to stop or + * suspend its operation. + */ +void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_send(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + int err); + +/** + * Set the receiving error code. + * + * If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_recv() will + * return it immediately when there are no longer available messages. + * Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used + * to cause the receiving thread to stop or suspend its operation. + */ +void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_recv(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + int err); + +/** + * Set the optional free message callback function which will be called if an + * operation is removing messages from the queue. + */ +void av_thread_message_queue_set_free_func(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, + void (*free_func)(void *msg)); + +/** + * Return the current number of messages in the queue. + * + * @return the current number of messages or AVERROR(ENOSYS) if lavu was built + * without thread support + */ +int av_thread_message_queue_nb_elems(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq); + +/** + * Flush the message queue + * + * This function is mostly equivalent to reading and free-ing every message + * except that it will be done in a single operation (no lock/unlock between + * reads). + */ +void av_thread_message_flush(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/time.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/time.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dc169b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/time.h @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2000-2003 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TIME_H +#define AVUTIL_TIME_H + +#include + +/** + * Get the current time in microseconds. + */ +int64_t av_gettime(void); + +/** + * Get the current time in microseconds since some unspecified starting point. + * On platforms that support it, the time comes from a monotonic clock + * This property makes this time source ideal for measuring relative time. + * The returned values may not be monotonic on platforms where a monotonic + * clock is not available. + */ +int64_t av_gettime_relative(void); + +/** + * Indicates with a boolean result if the av_gettime_relative() time source + * is monotonic. + */ +int av_gettime_relative_is_monotonic(void); + +/** + * Sleep for a period of time. Although the duration is expressed in + * microseconds, the actual delay may be rounded to the precision of the + * system timer. + * + * @param usec Number of microseconds to sleep. + * @return zero on success or (negative) error code. + */ +int av_usleep(unsigned usec); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TIME_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/timecode.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/timecode.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..060574a --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/timecode.h @@ -0,0 +1,199 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2006 Smartjog S.A.S, Baptiste Coudurier + * Copyright (c) 2011-2012 Smartjog S.A.S, Clément Bœsch + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Timecode helpers header + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H +#define AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H + +#include +#include "rational.h" + +#define AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE 23 + +enum AVTimecodeFlag { + AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_DROPFRAME = 1<<0, ///< timecode is drop frame + AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_24HOURSMAX = 1<<1, ///< timecode wraps after 24 hours + AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_ALLOWNEGATIVE = 1<<2, ///< negative time values are allowed +}; + +typedef struct { + int start; ///< timecode frame start (first base frame number) + uint32_t flags; ///< flags such as drop frame, +24 hours support, ... + AVRational rate; ///< frame rate in rational form + unsigned fps; ///< frame per second; must be consistent with the rate field +} AVTimecode; + +/** + * Adjust frame number for NTSC drop frame time code. + * + * @param framenum frame number to adjust + * @param fps frame per second, multiples of 30 + * @return adjusted frame number + * @warning adjustment is only valid for multiples of NTSC 29.97 + */ +int av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum2(int framenum, int fps); + +/** + * Convert frame number to SMPTE 12M binary representation. + * + * @param tc timecode data correctly initialized + * @param framenum frame number + * @return the SMPTE binary representation + * + * See SMPTE ST 314M-2005 Sec 4.4.2.2.1 "Time code pack (TC)" + * the format description as follows: + * bits 0-5: hours, in BCD(6bits) + * bits 6: BGF1 + * bits 7: BGF2 (NTSC) or FIELD (PAL) + * bits 8-14: minutes, in BCD(7bits) + * bits 15: BGF0 (NTSC) or BGF2 (PAL) + * bits 16-22: seconds, in BCD(7bits) + * bits 23: FIELD (NTSC) or BGF0 (PAL) + * bits 24-29: frames, in BCD(6bits) + * bits 30: drop frame flag (0: non drop, 1: drop) + * bits 31: color frame flag (0: unsync mode, 1: sync mode) + * @note BCD numbers (6 or 7 bits): 4 or 5 lower bits for units, 2 higher bits for tens. + * @note Frame number adjustment is automatically done in case of drop timecode, + * you do NOT have to call av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum2(). + * @note The frame number is relative to tc->start. + * @note Color frame (CF) and binary group flags (BGF) bits are set to zero. + */ +uint32_t av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum(const AVTimecode *tc, int framenum); + +/** + * Convert sei info to SMPTE 12M binary representation. + * + * @param rate frame rate in rational form + * @param drop drop flag + * @param hh hour + * @param mm minute + * @param ss second + * @param ff frame number + * @return the SMPTE binary representation + */ +uint32_t av_timecode_get_smpte(AVRational rate, int drop, int hh, int mm, int ss, int ff); + +/** + * Load timecode string in buf. + * + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param tc timecode data correctly initialized + * @param framenum frame number + * @return the buf parameter + * + * @note Timecode representation can be a negative timecode and have more than + * 24 hours, but will only be honored if the flags are correctly set. + * @note The frame number is relative to tc->start. + */ +char *av_timecode_make_string(const AVTimecode *tc, char *buf, int framenum); + +/** + * Get the timecode string from the SMPTE timecode format. + * + * In contrast to av_timecode_make_smpte_tc_string this function supports 50/60 + * fps timecodes by using the field bit. + * + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param rate frame rate of the timecode + * @param tcsmpte the 32-bit SMPTE timecode + * @param prevent_df prevent the use of a drop flag when it is known the DF bit + * is arbitrary + * @param skip_field prevent the use of a field flag when it is known the field + * bit is arbitrary (e.g. because it is used as PC flag) + * @return the buf parameter + */ +char *av_timecode_make_smpte_tc_string2(char *buf, AVRational rate, uint32_t tcsmpte, int prevent_df, int skip_field); + +/** + * Get the timecode string from the SMPTE timecode format. + * + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param tcsmpte the 32-bit SMPTE timecode + * @param prevent_df prevent the use of a drop flag when it is known the DF bit + * is arbitrary + * @return the buf parameter + */ +char *av_timecode_make_smpte_tc_string(char *buf, uint32_t tcsmpte, int prevent_df); + +/** + * Get the timecode string from the 25-bit timecode format (MPEG GOP format). + * + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param tc25bit the 25-bits timecode + * @return the buf parameter + */ +char *av_timecode_make_mpeg_tc_string(char *buf, uint32_t tc25bit); + +/** + * Init a timecode struct with the passed parameters. + * + * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field + * is a pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log) + * @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode + * @param rate frame rate in rational form + * @param flags miscellaneous flags such as drop frame, +24 hours, ... + * (see AVTimecodeFlag) + * @param frame_start the first frame number + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_init(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, int flags, int frame_start, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Init a timecode struct from the passed timecode components. + * + * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field + * is a pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log) + * @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode + * @param rate frame rate in rational form + * @param flags miscellaneous flags such as drop frame, +24 hours, ... + * (see AVTimecodeFlag) + * @param hh hours + * @param mm minutes + * @param ss seconds + * @param ff frames + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_init_from_components(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, int flags, int hh, int mm, int ss, int ff, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Parse timecode representation (hh:mm:ss[:;.]ff). + * + * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log). + * @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode + * @param rate frame rate in rational form + * @param str timecode string which will determine the frame start + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_init_from_string(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, const char *str, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Check if the timecode feature is available for the given frame rate + * + * @return 0 if supported, <0 otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_check_frame_rate(AVRational rate); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/timestamp.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/timestamp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e082f01 --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/timestamp.h @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * timestamp utils, mostly useful for debugging/logging purposes + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H +#define AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H + +#include "common.h" + +#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS) && !defined(PRId64) +#error missing -D__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS / #define __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS +#endif + +#define AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE 32 + +/** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp + * representation. + * + * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE + * @param ts the timestamp to represent + * @return the buffer in input + */ +static inline char *av_ts_make_string(char *buf, int64_t ts) +{ + if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS"); + else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%" PRId64, ts); + return buf; +} + +/** + * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in + * function arguments but never stand-alone. + */ +#define av_ts2str(ts) av_ts_make_string((char[AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, ts) + +/** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp time + * representation. + * + * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE + * @param ts the timestamp to represent + * @param tb the timebase of the timestamp + * @return the buffer in input + */ +static inline char *av_ts_make_time_string(char *buf, int64_t ts, AVRational *tb) +{ + if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS"); + else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%.6g", av_q2d(*tb) * ts); + return buf; +} + +/** + * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in + * function arguments but never stand-alone. + */ +#define av_ts2timestr(ts, tb) av_ts_make_time_string((char[AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, ts, tb) + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/tree.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/tree.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bbb8fbb --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/tree.h @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * A tree container. + * @author Michael Niedermayer + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TREE_H +#define AVUTIL_TREE_H + +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_tree AVTree + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * Low-complexity tree container + * + * Insertion, removal, finding equal, largest which is smaller than and + * smallest which is larger than, all have O(log n) worst-case complexity. + * @{ + */ + + +struct AVTreeNode; +extern const int av_tree_node_size; + +/** + * Allocate an AVTreeNode. + */ +struct AVTreeNode *av_tree_node_alloc(void); + +/** + * Find an element. + * @param root a pointer to the root node of the tree + * @param next If next is not NULL, then next[0] will contain the previous + * element and next[1] the next element. If either does not exist, + * then the corresponding entry in next is unchanged. + * @param cmp compare function used to compare elements in the tree, + * API identical to that of Standard C's qsort + * It is guaranteed that the first and only the first argument to cmp() + * will be the key parameter to av_tree_find(), thus it could if the + * user wants, be a different type (like an opaque context). + * @return An element with cmp(key, elem) == 0 or NULL if no such element + * exists in the tree. + */ +void *av_tree_find(const struct AVTreeNode *root, void *key, + int (*cmp)(const void *key, const void *b), void *next[2]); + +/** + * Insert or remove an element. + * + * If *next is NULL, then the supplied element will be removed if it exists. + * If *next is non-NULL, then the supplied element will be inserted, unless + * it already exists in the tree. + * + * @param rootp A pointer to a pointer to the root node of the tree; note that + * the root node can change during insertions, this is required + * to keep the tree balanced. + * @param key pointer to the element key to insert in the tree + * @param next Used to allocate and free AVTreeNodes. For insertion the user + * must set it to an allocated and zeroed object of at least + * av_tree_node_size bytes size. av_tree_insert() will set it to + * NULL if it has been consumed. + * For deleting elements *next is set to NULL by the user and + * av_tree_insert() will set it to the AVTreeNode which was + * used for the removed element. + * This allows the use of flat arrays, which have + * lower overhead compared to many malloced elements. + * You might want to define a function like: + * @code + * void *tree_insert(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key, + * int (*cmp)(void *key, const void *b), + * AVTreeNode **next) + * { + * if (!*next) + * *next = av_mallocz(av_tree_node_size); + * return av_tree_insert(rootp, key, cmp, next); + * } + * void *tree_remove(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key, + * int (*cmp)(void *key, const void *b, AVTreeNode **next)) + * { + * av_freep(next); + * return av_tree_insert(rootp, key, cmp, next); + * } + * @endcode + * @param cmp compare function used to compare elements in the tree, API identical + * to that of Standard C's qsort + * @return If no insertion happened, the found element; if an insertion or + * removal happened, then either key or NULL will be returned. + * Which one it is depends on the tree state and the implementation. You + * should make no assumptions that it's one or the other in the code. + */ +void *av_tree_insert(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key, + int (*cmp)(const void *key, const void *b), + struct AVTreeNode **next); + +void av_tree_destroy(struct AVTreeNode *t); + +/** + * Apply enu(opaque, &elem) to all the elements in the tree in a given range. + * + * @param cmp a comparison function that returns < 0 for an element below the + * range, > 0 for an element above the range and == 0 for an + * element inside the range + * + * @note The cmp function should use the same ordering used to construct the + * tree. + */ +void av_tree_enumerate(struct AVTreeNode *t, void *opaque, + int (*cmp)(void *opaque, void *elem), + int (*enu)(void *opaque, void *elem)); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TREE_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/twofish.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/twofish.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..67f359e --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/twofish.h @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +/* + * An implementation of the TwoFish algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2015 Supraja Meedinti + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H +#define AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H + +#include + + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil TWOFISH algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_twofish TWOFISH + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_twofish_size; + +struct AVTWOFISH; + +/** + * Allocate an AVTWOFISH context + * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) + */ +struct AVTWOFISH *av_twofish_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVTWOFISH context. + * + * @param ctx an AVTWOFISH context + * @param key a key of size ranging from 1 to 32 bytes used for encryption/decryption + * @param key_bits number of keybits: 128, 192, 256 If less than the required, padded with zeroes to nearest valid value; return value is 0 if key_bits is 128/192/256, -1 if less than 0, 1 otherwise + */ +int av_twofish_init(struct AVTWOFISH *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context + * + * @param ctx an AVTWOFISH context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 16 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_twofish_crypt(struct AVTWOFISH *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t* iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/tx.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/tx.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..064edbc --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/tx.h @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TX_H +#define AVUTIL_TX_H + +#include +#include + +typedef struct AVTXContext AVTXContext; + +typedef struct AVComplexFloat { + float re, im; +} AVComplexFloat; + +typedef struct AVComplexDouble { + double re, im; +} AVComplexDouble; + +typedef struct AVComplexInt32 { + int32_t re, im; +} AVComplexInt32; + +enum AVTXType { + /** + * Standard complex to complex FFT with sample data type of AVComplexFloat, + * AVComplexDouble or AVComplexInt32, for each respective variant. + * + * Output is not 1/len normalized. Scaling currently unsupported. + * The stride parameter must be set to the size of a single sample in bytes. + */ + AV_TX_FLOAT_FFT = 0, + AV_TX_DOUBLE_FFT = 2, + AV_TX_INT32_FFT = 4, + + /** + * Standard MDCT with a sample data type of float, double or int32_t, + * respecively. For the float and int32 variants, the scale type is + * 'float', while for the double variant, it's 'double'. + * If scale is NULL, 1.0 will be used as a default. + * + * Length is the frame size, not the window size (which is 2x frame). + * For forward transforms, the stride specifies the spacing between each + * sample in the output array in bytes. The input must be a flat array. + * + * For inverse transforms, the stride specifies the spacing between each + * sample in the input array in bytes. The output must be a flat array. + * + * NOTE: the inverse transform is half-length, meaning the output will not + * contain redundant data. This is what most codecs work with. To do a full + * inverse transform, set the AV_TX_FULL_IMDCT flag on init. + */ + AV_TX_FLOAT_MDCT = 1, + AV_TX_DOUBLE_MDCT = 3, + AV_TX_INT32_MDCT = 5, + + /** + * Real to complex and complex to real DFTs. + * For the float and int32 variants, the scale type is 'float', while for + * the double variant, it's a 'double'. If scale is NULL, 1.0 will be used + * as a default. + * + * For forward transforms (R2C), stride must be the spacing between two + * samples in bytes. For inverse transforms, the stride must be set + * to the spacing between two complex values in bytes. + * + * The forward transform performs a real-to-complex DFT of N samples to + * N/2+1 complex values. + * + * The inverse transform performs a complex-to-real DFT of N/2+1 complex + * values to N real samples. The output is not normalized, but can be + * made so by setting the scale value to 1.0/len. + * NOTE: the inverse transform always overwrites the input. + */ + AV_TX_FLOAT_RDFT = 6, + AV_TX_DOUBLE_RDFT = 7, + AV_TX_INT32_RDFT = 8, + + /** + * Real to real (DCT) transforms. + * + * The forward transform is a DCT-II. + * The inverse transform is a DCT-III. + * + * The input array is always overwritten. DCT-III requires that the + * input be padded with 2 extra samples. Stride must be set to the + * spacing between two samples in bytes. + */ + AV_TX_FLOAT_DCT = 9, + AV_TX_DOUBLE_DCT = 10, + AV_TX_INT32_DCT = 11, + + /* Not part of the API, do not use */ + AV_TX_NB, +}; + +/** + * Function pointer to a function to perform the transform. + * + * @note Using a different context than the one allocated during av_tx_init() + * is not allowed. + * + * @param s the transform context + * @param out the output array + * @param in the input array + * @param stride the input or output stride in bytes + * + * The out and in arrays must be aligned to the maximum required by the CPU + * architecture unless the AV_TX_UNALIGNED flag was set in av_tx_init(). + * The stride must follow the constraints the transform type has specified. + */ +typedef void (*av_tx_fn)(AVTXContext *s, void *out, void *in, ptrdiff_t stride); + +/** + * Flags for av_tx_init() + */ +enum AVTXFlags { + /** + * Allows for in-place transformations, where input == output. + * May be unsupported or slower for some transform types. + */ + AV_TX_INPLACE = 1ULL << 0, + + /** + * Relaxes alignment requirement for the in and out arrays of av_tx_fn(). + * May be slower with certain transform types. + */ + AV_TX_UNALIGNED = 1ULL << 1, + + /** + * Performs a full inverse MDCT rather than leaving out samples that can be + * derived through symmetry. Requires an output array of 'len' floats, + * rather than the usual 'len/2' floats. + * Ignored for all transforms but inverse MDCTs. + */ + AV_TX_FULL_IMDCT = 1ULL << 2, +}; + +/** + * Initialize a transform context with the given configuration + * (i)MDCTs with an odd length are currently not supported. + * + * @param ctx the context to allocate, will be NULL on error + * @param tx pointer to the transform function pointer to set + * @param type type the type of transform + * @param inv whether to do an inverse or a forward transform + * @param len the size of the transform in samples + * @param scale pointer to the value to scale the output if supported by type + * @param flags a bitmask of AVTXFlags or 0 + * + * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure + */ +int av_tx_init(AVTXContext **ctx, av_tx_fn *tx, enum AVTXType type, + int inv, int len, const void *scale, uint64_t flags); + +/** + * Frees a context and sets *ctx to NULL, does nothing when *ctx == NULL. + */ +void av_tx_uninit(AVTXContext **ctx); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TX_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/uuid.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/uuid.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..748b7ed --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/uuid.h @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2022 Pierre-Anthony Lemieux + * Zane van Iperen + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * UUID parsing and serialization utilities. + * The library treats the UUID as an opaque sequence of 16 unsigned bytes, + * i.e. ignoring the internal layout of the UUID, which depends on the type + * of the UUID. + * + * @author Pierre-Anthony Lemieux + * @author Zane van Iperen + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_UUID_H +#define AVUTIL_UUID_H + +#include +#include + +#define AV_PRI_UUID \ + "%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx-" \ + "%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx" + +#define AV_PRI_URN_UUID \ + "urn:uuid:%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx-" \ + "%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx" + +/* AV_UUID_ARG() is used together with AV_PRI_UUID() or AV_PRI_URN_UUID + * to print UUIDs, e.g. + * av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_DEBUG, "UUID: " AV_PRI_UUID, AV_UUID_ARG(uuid)); + */ +#define AV_UUID_ARG(x) \ + (x)[ 0], (x)[ 1], (x)[ 2], (x)[ 3], \ + (x)[ 4], (x)[ 5], (x)[ 6], (x)[ 7], \ + (x)[ 8], (x)[ 9], (x)[10], (x)[11], \ + (x)[12], (x)[13], (x)[14], (x)[15] + +#define AV_UUID_LEN 16 + +/* Binary representation of a UUID */ +typedef uint8_t AVUUID[AV_UUID_LEN]; + +/** + * Parses a string representation of a UUID formatted according to IETF RFC 4122 + * into an AVUUID. The parsing is case-insensitive. The string must be 37 + * characters long, including the terminating NUL character. + * + * Example string representation: "2fceebd0-7017-433d-bafb-d073a7116696" + * + * @param[in] in String representation of a UUID, + * e.g. 2fceebd0-7017-433d-bafb-d073a7116696 + * @param[out] uu AVUUID + * @return A non-zero value in case of an error. + */ +int av_uuid_parse(const char *in, AVUUID uu); + +/** + * Parses a URN representation of a UUID, as specified at IETF RFC 4122, + * into an AVUUID. The parsing is case-insensitive. The string must be 46 + * characters long, including the terminating NUL character. + * + * Example string representation: "urn:uuid:2fceebd0-7017-433d-bafb-d073a7116696" + * + * @param[in] in URN UUID + * @param[out] uu AVUUID + * @return A non-zero value in case of an error. + */ +int av_uuid_urn_parse(const char *in, AVUUID uu); + +/** + * Parses a string representation of a UUID formatted according to IETF RFC 4122 + * into an AVUUID. The parsing is case-insensitive. + * + * @param[in] in_start Pointer to the first character of the string representation + * @param[in] in_end Pointer to the character after the last character of the + * string representation. That memory location is never + * accessed. It is an error if `in_end - in_start != 36`. + * @param[out] uu AVUUID + * @return A non-zero value in case of an error. + */ +int av_uuid_parse_range(const char *in_start, const char *in_end, AVUUID uu); + +/** + * Serializes a AVUUID into a string representation according to IETF RFC 4122. + * The string is lowercase and always 37 characters long, including the + * terminating NUL character. + * + * @param[in] uu AVUUID + * @param[out] out Pointer to an array of no less than 37 characters. + */ +void av_uuid_unparse(const AVUUID uu, char *out); + +/** + * Compares two UUIDs for equality. + * + * @param[in] uu1 AVUUID + * @param[in] uu2 AVUUID + * @return Nonzero if uu1 and uu2 are identical, 0 otherwise + */ +static inline int av_uuid_equal(const AVUUID uu1, const AVUUID uu2) +{ + return memcmp(uu1, uu2, AV_UUID_LEN) == 0; +} + +/** + * Copies the bytes of src into dest. + * + * @param[out] dest AVUUID + * @param[in] src AVUUID + */ +static inline void av_uuid_copy(AVUUID dest, const AVUUID src) +{ + memcpy(dest, src, AV_UUID_LEN); +} + +/** + * Sets a UUID to the nil UUID, i.e. a UUID with have all + * its 128 bits set to zero. + * + * @param[in,out] uu UUID to be set to the nil UUID + */ +static inline void av_uuid_nil(AVUUID uu) +{ + memset(uu, 0, AV_UUID_LEN); +} + +#endif /* AVUTIL_UUID_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/version.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3b616ea --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu + * Libavutil version macros + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_VERSION_H +#define AVUTIL_VERSION_H + +#include "macros.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup version_utils + * + * Useful to check and match library version in order to maintain + * backward compatibility. + * + * The FFmpeg libraries follow a versioning sheme very similar to + * Semantic Versioning (http://semver.org/) + * The difference is that the component called PATCH is called MICRO in FFmpeg + * and its value is reset to 100 instead of 0 to keep it above or equal to 100. + * Also we do not increase MICRO for every bugfix or change in git master. + * + * Prior to FFmpeg 3.2 point releases did not change any lib version number to + * avoid aliassing different git master checkouts. + * Starting with FFmpeg 3.2, the released library versions will occupy + * a separate MAJOR.MINOR that is not used on the master development branch. + * That is if we branch a release of master 55.10.123 we will bump to 55.11.100 + * for the release and master will continue at 55.12.100 after it. Each new + * point release will then bump the MICRO improving the usefulness of the lib + * versions. + * + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_VERSION_INT(a, b, c) ((a)<<16 | (b)<<8 | (c)) +#define AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) a ##.## b ##.## c +#define AV_VERSION(a, b, c) AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) + +/** + * Extract version components from the full ::AV_VERSION_INT int as returned + * by functions like ::avformat_version() and ::avcodec_version() + */ +#define AV_VERSION_MAJOR(a) ((a) >> 16) +#define AV_VERSION_MINOR(a) (((a) & 0x00FF00) >> 8) +#define AV_VERSION_MICRO(a) ((a) & 0xFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_ver Version and Build diagnostics + * + * Macros and function useful to check at compiletime and at runtime + * which version of libavutil is in use. + * + * @{ + */ + +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR 57 +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR 43 +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVUTIL_BUILD LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVUTIL_IDENT "Lavu" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION) + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_depr_guards Deprecation Guards + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + * + * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually + * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all + * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change. + * + * @{ + */ + +#define FF_API_D2STR (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#define FF_API_DECLARE_ALIGNED (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#define FF_API_COLORSPACE_NAME (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#define FF_API_AV_MALLOCZ_ARRAY (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#define FF_API_FIFO_PEEK2 (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#define FF_API_FIFO_OLD_API (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#define FF_API_XVMC (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#define FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#define FF_API_AV_FOPEN_UTF8 (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) +#define FF_API_PKT_DURATION (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/video_enc_params.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/video_enc_params.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fc0c3bc --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/video_enc_params.h @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_H +#define AVUTIL_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_H + +#include +#include + +#include "libavutil/avassert.h" +#include "libavutil/frame.h" + +enum AVVideoEncParamsType { + AV_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_NONE = -1, + /** + * VP9 stores: + * - per-frame base (luma AC) quantizer index, exported as AVVideoEncParams.qp + * - deltas for luma DC, chroma AC and chroma DC, exported in the + * corresponding entries in AVVideoEncParams.delta_qp + * - per-segment delta, exported as for each block as AVVideoBlockParams.delta_qp + * + * To compute the resulting quantizer index for a block: + * - for luma AC, add the base qp and the per-block delta_qp, saturating to + * unsigned 8-bit. + * - for luma DC and chroma AC/DC, add the corresponding + * AVVideoBlockParams.delta_qp to the luma AC index, again saturating to + * unsigned 8-bit. + */ + AV_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_VP9, + + /** + * H.264 stores: + * - in PPS (per-picture): + * * initial QP_Y (luma) value, exported as AVVideoEncParams.qp + * * delta(s) for chroma QP values (same for both, or each separately), + * exported as in the corresponding entries in AVVideoEncParams.delta_qp + * - per-slice QP delta, not exported directly, added to the per-MB value + * - per-MB delta; not exported directly; the final per-MB quantizer + * parameter - QP_Y - minus the value in AVVideoEncParams.qp is exported + * as AVVideoBlockParams.qp_delta. + */ + AV_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_H264, + + /* + * MPEG-2-compatible quantizer. + * + * Summing the frame-level qp with the per-block delta_qp gives the + * resulting quantizer for the block. + */ + AV_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_MPEG2, +}; + +/** + * Video encoding parameters for a given frame. This struct is allocated along + * with an optional array of per-block AVVideoBlockParams descriptors. + * Must be allocated with av_video_enc_params_alloc(). + */ +typedef struct AVVideoEncParams { + /** + * Number of blocks in the array. + * + * May be 0, in which case no per-block information is present. In this case + * the values of blocks_offset / block_size are unspecified and should not + * be accessed. + */ + unsigned int nb_blocks; + /** + * Offset in bytes from the beginning of this structure at which the array + * of blocks starts. + */ + size_t blocks_offset; + /* + * Size of each block in bytes. May not match sizeof(AVVideoBlockParams). + */ + size_t block_size; + + /** + * Type of the parameters (the codec they are used with). + */ + enum AVVideoEncParamsType type; + + /** + * Base quantisation parameter for the frame. The final quantiser for a + * given block in a given plane is obtained from this value, possibly + * combined with {@code delta_qp} and the per-block delta in a manner + * documented for each type. + */ + int32_t qp; + + /** + * Quantisation parameter offset from the base (per-frame) qp for a given + * plane (first index) and AC/DC coefficients (second index). + */ + int32_t delta_qp[4][2]; +} AVVideoEncParams; + +/** + * Data structure for storing block-level encoding information. + * It is allocated as a part of AVVideoEncParams and should be retrieved with + * av_video_enc_params_block(). + * + * sizeof(AVVideoBlockParams) is not a part of the ABI and new fields may be + * added to it. + */ +typedef struct AVVideoBlockParams { + /** + * Distance in luma pixels from the top-left corner of the visible frame + * to the top-left corner of the block. + * Can be negative if top/right padding is present on the coded frame. + */ + int src_x, src_y; + /** + * Width and height of the block in luma pixels. + */ + int w, h; + + /** + * Difference between this block's final quantization parameter and the + * corresponding per-frame value. + */ + int32_t delta_qp; +} AVVideoBlockParams; + +/* + * Get the block at the specified {@code idx}. Must be between 0 and nb_blocks. + */ +static av_always_inline AVVideoBlockParams* +av_video_enc_params_block(AVVideoEncParams *par, unsigned int idx) +{ + av_assert0(idx < par->nb_blocks); + return (AVVideoBlockParams *)((uint8_t *)par + par->blocks_offset + + idx * par->block_size); +} + +/** + * Allocates memory for AVVideoEncParams of the given type, plus an array of + * {@code nb_blocks} AVVideoBlockParams and initializes the variables. Can be + * freed with a normal av_free() call. + * + * @param out_size if non-NULL, the size in bytes of the resulting data array is + * written here. + */ +AVVideoEncParams *av_video_enc_params_alloc(enum AVVideoEncParamsType type, + unsigned int nb_blocks, size_t *out_size); + +/** + * Allocates memory for AVEncodeInfoFrame plus an array of + * {@code nb_blocks} AVEncodeInfoBlock in the given AVFrame {@code frame} + * as AVFrameSideData of type AV_FRAME_DATA_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS + * and initializes the variables. + */ +AVVideoEncParams* +av_video_enc_params_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame, enum AVVideoEncParamsType type, + unsigned int nb_blocks); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_H */ diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/xtea.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/xtea.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..735427c --- /dev/null +++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/xtea.h @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +/* + * A 32-bit implementation of the XTEA algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_XTEA_H +#define AVUTIL_XTEA_H + +#include + +/** + * @file + * @brief Public header for libavutil XTEA algorithm + * @defgroup lavu_xtea XTEA + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct AVXTEA { + uint32_t key[16]; +} AVXTEA; + +/** + * Allocate an AVXTEA context. + */ +AVXTEA *av_xtea_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize an AVXTEA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption, + * interpreted as big endian 32 bit numbers + */ +void av_xtea_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]); + +/** + * Initialize an AVXTEA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption, + * interpreted as little endian 32 bit numbers + */ +void av_xtea_le_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, + * in big endian format. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_xtea_crypt(struct AVXTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, + * in little endian format. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_xtea_le_crypt(struct AVXTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_XTEA_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3